Tractor New Hollnad

SERVICE MANUAL
TT55 / TT65 / TT75

Tractor
Part number 47899732

1st edition English
June 2015
© 2016 CNH Industrial (India) Pvt.Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

SERVICE MANUAL
TT55 Tier3 engine, 2WD tractor , TT55 Tier3 engine, 4WD tractor , TT65 Tier3
engine, 2WD tractor , TT65 Tier3 engine, 4WD tractor , TT75 Tier3 engine,
4WD tractors , TT75 Tier3, 2WD tractor
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Engine....................................................................................... 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7
[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10
[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
Clutch ....................................................................................... 18
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
Transmission.............................................................................. 21
[21.114] Mechanical transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.126] Gearbox external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
[21.145] Gearbox internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

[23.314] Drive shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.400] Non-powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
47899732 23/06/2015
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

[31.101] Rear mechanical control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.201] Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.120] Mechanical service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
Hydraulic systems....................................................................... 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.359] Main control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
Steering..................................................................................... 41
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
Wheels ...................................................................................... 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.000] Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.201] Engine starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
47899732 23/06/2015
[55.301] Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
[55.404] External lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6
[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.7
47899732 23/06/2015
INTRODUCTION
47899732 23/06/2015
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47899732 23/06/2015
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword
Important notice
All maintenance and repair operations described in this manual should be carried out exclusively by NEW
HOLLAND authorised workshops. All instructions should be carefully observed and special equipment where
indicated should be used.
Anyone who carries out service operations described without carefully observing these prescriptions will be
directly responsible for any damage caused.
Notes for equipment

Equipment which NEW HOLLAND proposes and shows in this manual is:
- Studied and designed expressly for use on NEW HOLLAND tractors.
- Necessary to make reliable repair.
- Accurately built and strictly tested to offer efficient and long-lasting working life.
Notice
The words “front”, “rear”, “right-hand side” and “left-hand side” refer to the different parts as seen from the
operator’s seat oriented to the normal direction of movement of the tractor.
47899732 23/06/2015
3
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
This warning symbol points out important messages involving personal safety. Carefully read the safety
rules contained herein and follow advised precautions to avoid potential hazards and safeguarded your safety.
In this manual you will find this symbol together with the following keywords.
WARNING: It gives warning about improper repair operations and potential consequences affecting the service tech-
nician’s personal safety.
DANGER: It gives specific warning about potential dangers for personal safety of the operator or other persons directly
or indirectly involved in the operation.
To prevent accidents
Most accidents and personal injuries taking place in workshops are due from non-observance of some essential rules
and safety precautions.
The possibility that an accident might occur with any type of machines should not be disregarded, no matter how well
the machine in question was designed and built.
A wise and careful service technician is the best precautions against accidents.
Careful observance of this only basic precaution would be enough to avoid many severe accidents.
DANGER
Never carry out any cleaning, lubrication or maintenance operations when the engine is running.
47899732 23/06/2015
4
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
Generalities
Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
• Do not wear rings, wrist watches, jewels, unbuttoned or flapping clothing such as ties, torn clothes, scarves, open
jackets or shirts with open zips which could get caught in moving parts. Use approved safety clothing such as
anti-slipping footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Wear safety glasses with side guards when cleaning parts using compressed air.
• Damaged or frayed wires and chains are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing.
• Wear suitable protection such as approved eye protection, helmets, special clothing, gloves and footwear whenever
welding. All persons standing in vicinity of the welding process should wear approved eye protection. Never look
at the welding arc if your eyes are not suitably protected.
• Never carry out any repair on the machine if someone is sitting on the operator’s seat, except they are qualified
operators assisting in the operation to be carried out.
• Never operate the machine or use attachments from a place other than sitting at the operator’s seat or at the side
of the machine when operating the fender switches.
• Never carry out any operation on the machine when the engine is running, except when specifically indicated. Stop
the engine and ensure that all pressure is relieved from hydraulic circuits before removing caps, covers, valves, etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations should be carried out with greatest care and attention.
• Disconnect the batteries and label all controls to warn that the tractor is being serviced. Block the machine and all
equipment which should be raised.
• Never check or fill fuel tanks or batteries, nor use starting liquid if you are smoking or near open flames as such
fluids are flammable.
• The fuel filling gun should always remain in contact with filler neck. Maintain this contact until the fuel stops flowing
into the tank to avoid possible sparks due to static electricity build-up.
• To transfer a failed tractor, use a trailer of a low loading platform trolley if available.
• To load and unload the machine from the transportation means, select a flat area providing a firm support to the
trailer or truck wheels. Firmly tie the machine to the truck or the trailer platform and block wheels as required by
the transporter.
• Always use lifting equipment of appropriate capacity to lift or move heavy components.
• Chains should always be safely fastened. Ensure that fastening device is strong enough to hold the load foreseen.
No persons should stand near the fastening point.
• The working area should be always kept clean and dry. Immediately clean any spillage of water or oil.
• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other flammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non-flammable non-toxic propri-
etary solvents.
• Do not pile up grease or oil soaked rags, as they constitute a great fire hazard. Always place them into a metal
container.
Start up
• Never run the engine in confined spaces which are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas extrac-
tion.
• Never bring your body, arms, legs, feet, hands, fingers near fans or rotating belts.
Engine
• Always loosen the radiator cap very slowly before removing it to allow pressure in the system to dissipate. Coolant
should be topped up only when the engine is stopped.
• Do not fill up fuel tank when the engine is running.
• Never adjust the fuel injection pump when the tractor is moving. Never lubricate the tractor when the engine is
running.
47899732 23/06/2015
5
INTRODUCTION
Electrical systems
• If it is necessary to use auxiliary batteries, cables must be connected at both sides as follows.
(+) to (+) and (-) to (-). Avoid short-circuiting the terminals. Gas released from batteries is highly flammable. During
charging, leave the battery compartment uncovered to improve ventilation. Avoid sparks or flames near the battery
area. Do not smoke.
• Do not charge batteries in confined spaces.
• Always disconnect the batteries before performing any type of service on the electrical system.
Hydraulic systems
• Some fluid coming out from a very small port can be almost invisible and be strong enough to penetrate skin. For
this reason, Never use your hands to check for leaks, but use a piece of cardboard or a piece of wood for this
purpose. If any fluid is injected into the skin, seek medical aid immediately. Lack of immediate medical attention
may result in serious infections or dermatitis.
• Always take system pressure readings using the appropriate gauges.
Wheels and tires

• Check that the tires are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check for
possible damage to the rims and tires.
• Stay a the tire side when inflating.
• Check the pressure only when the tractor is unloaded and tires are cold to avoid wrong reading due to over- pres-
sure.
• Never cut, nor weld a rim with the inflated tire assembled.
• To remove the wheels, block both front and rear tractor wheels. Raise the tractor and install safe and stable supports
under the tractor in accordance with the regulations in force.
• Deflate the tire before removing any object caught into the tire tread.
• Never inflate tires using flammable gases as they may originate explosions and cause injuries to bystanders.
Removal and installation

• Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of adequate capacity. Ensure that parts are supported
by appropriate slings and hooks. Use lifting eyes provided to this purpose. Take care of the persons near the loads
to be lifted.
47899732 23/06/2015
6
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
Health and safety precautions
Many of the procedures associated with vehicle maintenance and repair involve physical hazards or other risks to
health. This section lists, alphabetically, some of these hazardous operations and the materials and equipment asso-
ciated with them. The precautions necessary to avoid these hazards are identified.
The list is not exhaustive and all operations and procedures and the handling of materials, should be carried out with
health and safety in mind.
Acid and alkalis

See battery acids, e.g. caustic soda, sulfuric acid.
Used in batteries and cleaning materials.
Irritant and corrosive to the skin, eyes, nose and throat. Causes burns.
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear suitable protective gloves and goggles. Can destroy ordinary
protective clothing. Do not breathe mists.
Ensure access to water and soap is readily available for splashing accidents.
Adhesives and sealers

See fire highly flammable, flammable, combustible.
Generally should be stored in “No smoking” areas, cleanliness and tidiness in use should be observed. E.g. dispos-
able paper covering benches should be dispensed from applicators where possible containers including secondary
containers, should be labelled.
Solvent based adhesive / sealers

See solvents. Follow manufacturer’s instructions.
Water base adhesive / sealers

Those based on polymer emulsions and rubber lattices may contain small amounts of volatile toxic and harmful chem-
icals. Skin and eye contact should be avoided and adequate ventilation provided during use.
Follow manufacturers instructions.
Resin based adhesives / sealers

E.g. Epoxide and formaldehyde resin based.
Mixing should only be carried out in well ventilated areas as harmful or toxic volatile chemicals may be released.
Skin contact with uncured resins and hardeners can result in irritation, dermatitis and absorption of toxic of harmful
chemicals through the skin. Splashes can damage the eyes.
Provide adequate ventilation and avoid skin and eye contact. Follow manufacturers’ instructions.
Anaerobic, cyanoacrylate and other acrylic adhesives

Many are irritant, sensitizing or harmful to the skin. Some are eye irritants.
Skin and eye contact should be avoided and the manufacturers’ instructions followed.
Cyanaocrylate adhesives (super-glues) must not contact the skin or eyes. If skin or eye tissue is bonded cover with a
clean moist pad and get medical attention. Do not attempt to pull tissue apart. Use in well ventilated areas as vapors
can cause irritation of the nose and eyes.
For two-pack systems see resin based adhesives / sealers.
47899732 23/06/2015
7
INTRODUCTION
Isocyanate (polyurethane) adhesives / sealers

See resin based adhesives.
Individuals suffering from asthma or respiratory allergies should not work with or near these materials as sensitivity
reactions can occur.
Any spraying should preferably be carried out in exhaust ventilated booths removing vapors and spray droplets form
the breathing zone. Individuals working with spray applications should wear supplied air respirators.
Antifreeze
See fire, solvents e.g. isopropanol, ethylene glycol, menthol.
Highly flammable, flammable, combustible.
Used in vehicle cooling systems, brake air pressure systems, screen wash solutions.
vapors given off from coolant antifreeze (glycol) arise only when heated.
Antifreeze may be absorbed through skin in toxic or harmful quantities. Antifreeze if swallowed is fatal and medical
attention must be found immediately.
Arc welding
See welding.
Battery acids
See acids and alkalis.
Gases released during charging are explosive. Never use naked flames or allow sparks near charging or recently
charged batteries.
Brake and clutch fluids (polyalkylene glycols)

See fire combustible.
Splashes to the skin and eyes are slightly irritating. Avoid skin and eye contact as far as possible. Inhalation of vapor
hazards do not arise at ambient temperatures because of the very low vapor pressure.
Brazing
See welding.
Chemical materials - general

See legal aspects.
Chemical materials such as solvents, sealers, adhesives, paints, resin foams, battery acids, antifreeze, brake fluids,
oils and grease should always be used with caution and stored and handled with care. They may be toxic, harmful,
corrosive irritant or highly inflammable and give rise to hazardous fumes and dusts.
The effects of excessive exposure to chemicals may be immediate or delayed, briefly experienced or permanent,
cumulative, superficial, life threatening or may reduce life expectancy.
Do’s
Do remove chemical materials from the skin and clothing as soon as practicable after soiling. Change heavily soiled
clothing and have it cleaned.
Do carefully read and observe hazard and precaution warning given on material containers (labels) and in any ac-
companying leaflets, poster or other instructions. Material health and safety data sheets can be obtained from man-
ufacturers’.
47899732 23/06/2015
8
INTRODUCTION
Do organise work practices and protective clothing to avoid soling of the skin and eyes, breathing vapors / aerosols /
dusts / fumes, inadequate container labelling; fire and explosion hazards.
Do wash before job breaks, before eating, smoking, drinking or using toilet facilities when handling chemical materials.
Do keep work areas clean, uncluttered and free of spills.
Do store according to national and local regulations.
Do keep chemical materials out of reach of children.
Do not’s
Do not mix chemical materials except under the manufacturers’ instructions. Some chemicals can form other toxic or
harmful chemicals give off toxic or harmful fumes be explosive when mixed together.
Do not spray chemical materials, particular those based on solvents, in confined spaces. E.g. When people are inside
a vehicle.
Do not apply heat or flame to chemical materials except under the manufacturers’ instructions. Some are highly
inflammable and some may release toxic or harmful fumes.
Do not leave containers open. Fumes given off can build up to toxic, harmful or explosive concentrations. Some
fumes are heavier than air and will accumulate in confined areas, pits etc.
Do not transfer chemical materials to unlabeled containers.
Do not clean hands or clothing with chemical materials. Chemicals, particularly solvents and fuels will dry the skin
and may cause irritation with dermatitis. Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Do not use emptied containers for other materials, except when they have been cleaned under supervised conditions.
Do not sniff or smell chemical materials. Brief exposure to high concentrations of fumes can be toxic or harmful.
Clutch fluids
See brake and clutch fluids.
Clutch linings and pads

See brake and clutch linings and pads.
Corrosion protection materials

See solvents, fire.
Highly flammable, flammable.
These materials are varied and the manufactures’ instructions should be followed. They may contain solvents, resins,
petroleum products etc. skin and eye contact should be avoided. They should only be sprayed in conditions of ade-
quate ventilation and not in confined spaces.
Cutting
See welding.
De-waxing
See solvents and fuels (kerosene).
47899732 23/06/2015
9
INTRODUCTION
Dusts
Powder, dusts or clouds may be irritant, harmful or toxic. Avoid breathing dusts from powdery chemical materials or
those arising from dry abrasion operations. Wear respiratory protection if ventilation is inadequate.
Electric shocks
Electric shocks can result from the use of the faulty electrical equipment or from the misuse of equipment even in
good condition.
Ensure that electrical equipment is maintained in good condition and frequently tested.
Ensure that flexes, cables, plugs and sockets are not frayed, kinked, cut, cracked or otherwise damaged.
Ensure that electric equipment is protected by the correct rated fuse.
Never misuse electrical equipment and never use equipment which is in anyway faulty. The results could be fatal.
Use reduced voltage equipment where possible in preference to electrical equipment.
In cases of electrocution:
• Switch off electricity before approaching victim.
• If this is not possible, push or drag victim from source of electricity using dry non-conductive material.
• Commence resuscitation if trained to do so.
• Summon medical assistance
Exhaust fumes
These contain asphyxiating, harmful and toxic chemicals and particles such as carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides, alde-
hydes, lead and aromatic hydrocarbons. Engines should only be run under conditions of adequate extraction or
general ventilator and not in confined spaces.
Gasoline (petrol) engine

There may not be adequate warning properties of odour or irritation before immediate and delayed toxic or harmful
effects arise.
Diesel engine
Soot, discomfort and irritation usually give adequate warning of hazardous fume concentrations.
Fiber insulation
See ducts.
Used in noise and sound insulation.
The fibrous nature of surfaces and cut edges can cause skin irritation. This is usually a physical and not a chemical
effect.
Precautions should be taken to avoid excessive skin contact through careful organization of work practices and the
use of gloves.
Fire
See welding, foams, legal aspects.
Many of the materials found on or associated with the repair of vehicles are highly inflammable. Some give off toxic
or harmful fumes if burnt.
47899732 23/06/2015
10
INTRODUCTION
Observe strict fire safety when storing and handling flammable materials or solvents, particularly near electrical equip-
ment or welding processes.
Ensure before using electrical or welding equipment but that there is no fire hazard present.
Have suitable fire extinguisher available when using welding or heating equipment.
First aid
Apart from meeting any legal requirements its i desirable for someone in the workshop to be trained in first aid proce-
dures.
Splashes in the eye should be flushed with clean water for at least 10 min.
Soiled skin should be washed with soap and water.

Inhalation affected individuals should be removed to fresh air immediately.
If swallowed or if effects persist consult a doctor with information (label) on material used.
Do not induce vomiting (unless indicated by manufacturer).
Foams
See fire.
Used in sound and noise insulation. Cured foams used in seat and trim cushioning.
Follow manufacturers’ instructions.
Un reacted components are irritating and may be harmful to the skin and eyes. Wear gloves and goggles.
Individuals with chronic respiratory diseases, asthma, bronchial medical problems or histories of allergic diseases
should not work with or near uncured materials.
The components, vapors, spray mists can cause direct irritation, sensitivity reactions and may be toxic or harmful.
vapors and spray mists must not be breathed. These materials must be applied with adequate ventilation and respi-
ratory protection. Do not remove respirator immediately after spraying, wait until vapor / mists have cleared.
Burning of the uncured components and the cured foams can generate toxic and harmful fumes.
Smoking, open flames or the use of electrical equipment during foaming operations and until vapors/mists have
cleared should not be allowed. Any heat cutting of cured foams or partially cured foams should be conducted with
extraction ventilation.
Fuels
See fire, legal aspects, chemicals - general, solvents.
Used as fuels and cleaning agents.
Gasoline (petrol)
Highly flammable.
Swallowing can result in mouth and throat irritation and absorption from the stomach can result in drowsiness and
unconsciousness. Small amounts can be fatal to children. Aspiration of liquid into the lungs, e.g. through vomiting,
is a very serious hazard.
Gasoline dries the skin and can cause irritation and dermatitis on prolonged or repeated contact. Liquid in the eye
causes severe smarting.
Motor gasoline may contain appreciable quantities of benzene, which is toxic upon inhalation and the concentrations
of gasoline vapors must be kept very low. High concentrations will cause eye, nose and throat irritation, nausea,
headache, depression and symptoms of drunkenness. Very high concentrations will result in rapid loss of conscious-
ness.
47899732 23/06/2015
11
INTRODUCTION
Ensure there is adequate ventilation when handling and using gasoline. Great care must be taken to avoid the serious
consequences of inhalation in the event of vapor build up arising from spillages in confined spaces.
Special precautions apply to cleaning and maintenance operations on gasoline storage tanks. Gasoline should not
be used as a cleaning agent. It must not be siphoned by mouth.
Kerosene (paraffin)
Used also as heating fuel, solvent and cleaning agent.
Flammable.
Irritation of the mouth and throat may result from swallowing. The main hazard from swallowing arises if liquid aspi-
ration into the lungs occurs. Liquid contact dries the skin and can cause irritation or dermatitis. Splashes in the eye
may be slightly irritating.
In normal circumstances the low volatility does not give rise to harmful vapors. Exposure to mists and vapors from
kerosene at elevated temperatures should be avoided (mists may arise in de-waxing). Avoid skin and eye contact
and ensure there is adequate ventilation.
Gas-oil (diesel fuel)

See fuels (kerosene). Combustible.
Gross or prolonged skin contact with high boiling gas oils may also cause serious skin disorders including skin cancer.
Gas cylinders
See fire.
Gases such as oxygen, acetylene, carbon dioxide, argon and propane are normally stored in cylinders at pressures of
up to 2000 Ib/sq. in. (13,790 kn/m2) and great care should be taken in handling these cylinders to avoid mechanical
damage to them or to the valve gear attached. The contents of each cylinder should be clearly identified by appropriate
markings.
Cylinders should be stored in well ventilated enclosures, and protected from ice and snow, or direct sunlight. Fuel
gases (e.g. acetylene and propane) should not be stored in close proximity to oxygen cylinders.
Care should be exercised to prevent leaks from gas cylinders and lines, and to avoid sources of ignition.
Only trained personnel should undertake work involving gas cylinders.
Gases
See gas cylinders.
Gas shielded welding

See welding.
Gas welding
See welding.
General workshop tools and equipment

It is essential that all tools and equipment are maintained in good condition and the correct safety equipment used
where required.
Never use tools or equipment for any purpose other than that for which they were designed.
Never overload equipment such as hoists, jacks, axle and chassis stands or lifting slings. Damage caused by over-
loading is not always immediately apparent andmay result in a fatal failurethe next time that the equipment is used.
47899732 23/06/2015
12
INTRODUCTION
Do not use damaged or defective tools or equipment, particularly high speed equipment such as grinding wheels. A
damaged grinding wheel can disintegrate without warning and cause serious injury.
Wear suitable eye protection when using grinding, chiselling or sand blasting equipment.
Wear a suitable breathing mask when using sand blasting equipment, working with asbestos based materials or using
spraying equipment.
Glues
See adhesives and sealers.
High pressure air, lubrication and oil test equipment

See lubricants and greases.
Always keep high pressure equipment in good condition and regularly maintained, particularly at joints and unions.
Never direct a high pressure nozzle at the skin as the fluid may penetrate to the underlying tissue etc. and cause
serious injury.
Legal aspects
Many laws and regulations make requirements relating to health and safety in the use of materials and equipment in
workshops.
Workshops should be familiar, in detail, with associated laws and regulations. Consult local factory inspectorate if in
any doubt.
Lubricants and greases

Avoid all prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oils, especially used oils. Used oils contaminated during service
(e.g. routine service change sump oils) are more irritating and more likely to cause serious effects including skin
cancer in the event of gross and prolonged skin contact.
Wash skin thoroughly after work involving oil. Proprietary hand cleaners may be of value provided they can be re-
moved from the skin with water. Do not use petrol, paraffin or other solvents to remove oil from the skin.
Lubricants and greases may be slightly irritating to the eyes.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact should be avoided by wearing protective clothing if necessary. Particular care
should be taken with used oils and greases containing lead. Do not allow work clothing to be contaminated with oil.
Dry clean or launder such clothing at regular intervals. Discard oil soaked shoes.
Do not employ used engine oils as lubricants or for any application where appreciable skin contact is likely to occur.
Used oils may only be disposed of in accordance with local regulations.
There are publications describing the problems and advising on precautionary measures.
Noise insulation materials

See foams, fibre insulation.
Paints
See solvents and chemical materials - general.
Highly flammable, flammable.
One pack
Can contain harmful or toxic pigments, driers and other components as well as solvents. Spraying should only be
carried out with adequate ventilation.
47899732 23/06/2015
13
INTRODUCTION
Two pack
Can also contain harmful and toxic unreacted resins and resin hardening agents. The manufacturers instructions
should be followed and the on resin based adhesives, isocyanate containing adhesives and foams should be con-
sulted.
Spraying should preferably be carried out in exhausted ventilated booths removing vapor and spray mists from the
breathing zone. Individuals working in booths should wear respiratory protection. Those doing small scale repair work
in the open shop should wear supplied air respirators.
Paint thinners
See solvents.
Petrol
See fuels (gasoline).
Pressurised equipment
See high pressure air, lubrication and oil test equipment.
Resistance welding
See welding.
Sealers
See adhesives and sealers.
Solder
See welding.
Solders are mixtures of metals such that the melting point of the mixture is below that of the constituent metals (nor-
mally lead and tin). Solder application does not normally give rise to toxic lead fumes, provided a gas/air flame is
used. Oxy-acetylene flames should not be used, as they are much hotter and will cause lead fumes to be evolved.
Some fumes may be produced by the application of any flame to surfaces coated with grease etc. and inhalation of
these should be avoided.
Removal of excess solder should be under taken with care, to ensure that fine lead dust is not produced, which can
give toxic effects if inhaled. Respiratory protection may be necessary.
Solder spillage and filing should be collected and removed promptly to prevent general air contamination by lead.
High standards of personal hygiene are necessary in order to avoid indigestion of lead or inhalation of solder dust
from clothing.
Solvents
See chemical materials- general fuels (kerosene), fire.
E.g. Acetone, white spirit, toluene, xylene, trichlorethane.
Used in cleaning materials, de-waxing, paints, plastics, resins, thinners etc.
Highly Inflammable, flammable.
Skin contact will decrease the skin and may result in.irritation and dematitis following repeated or prolonged contact.
Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Splashes in the eye may cause severe irritation and could lead to loss of vision.
47899732 23/06/2015
14
INTRODUCTION
Brief exposure to high concentrations of vapors or mists will cause eye and throat irritation, drowsiness, dizziness,
headaches and in the worst circumstances, unconsciousness.
Repeated or prolonged exposures to excessive but lower concentrations of vapors or mists, for which theremight not
be adequatewarning indications, can cause more serious toxic or harmful effects.
Aspiration into the lungs (e.g. through vomiting) is the most serious consequence of swallowing.
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear protective gloves, goggles and clothing if necessary.
Ensure good ventilation when in use, avoid breathing fumes, vapors and spray mists and keep containers tightly
sealed. Do not use in confined spaces.
When the spraying material contains solvents, e.g. paints, adhesives, coatings, use extraction ventilation or personal
respiratory protection in the absence of adequate general ventilation.
Do not apply heat or flame except under specific and detailed manufacturers instructions.
Sound insulation
See fibre insulation, foams.
Spot welding
See welding.
Suspended loads
There is always a danger when loads are lifted or suspended. Never work under an unsupported suspended or raised
load, e.g. jacked up vehicle, suspended engine, etc.
Always ensure that lifting equipment such as jacks, hoists, axle stands, slings, etc. are adequate and suitable for the
job, in good condition and regularly maintained.
Never improvise lifting tackle.
Underseal
See corrosion protection.
Welding
See fire, electric shock, gas cylinders.
Welding processes include resistance welding (spot welding), arc welding and gas welding.
Resistance welding
This process may cause particles of molten metal to be emitted at high velocity and the eyes and skin must be pro-
tected.
Arc welding
This process emits a high level of ultraviolet radiation which may cause eye and skin burns to the welder and to other
persons nearby. Gas-shielded welding processes are particularly hazardous in this respect. Personal protection must
be worn, and screens used to shield other people.
Metal spatter will also occur and appropriate eye and skin protection is necessary.
The heat of the welding arc will produce fumes and gases from the metals being welded and from any applied coatings
or contamination on the surfaces being worked on. These gases and fumes may be toxic and inhalation should
always be avoided. The use of extraction ventilation to remove the fumes from the working area may be necessary,
47899732 23/06/2015
15
INTRODUCTION
particularly in cases where the general ventilation is poor, or where considerable welding work is anticipated. In
extreme cases where adequate ventilation cannot be provided, supplied air respirators may be necessary.
Gas welding
Oxy-acetylene torches may be used for welding and cutting and special care must be taken to prevent leakage of
these gases, with consequent risk of fire and explosion.
The process will produce metal spatter and eye and skin protection is necessary.
The flame is bright and eye protection should be used, but the ultra-violet emission is much less than that from arc
welding, and lighter filters may be used.
The process itself produces few toxic fumes, but such fumes and gases may be produced from coatings on the work,
particularly during cutting away of damaged body parts and inhalation of the fumes should be avoided.
In brazing, toxic fumes may be evolved from the metals in the brazing rod, and a severe hazard may arise if brazing
rods containing cadmium are used. In this event particular care must be taken to avoid inhalation of fumes and expert
advice may be required.
Special precautions must be taken before any welding or cutting takes place on vessels which have contained com-
bustible materials, e.g. boiling or steaming out of fuel tanks.
White spirit
See solvents.
47899732 23/06/2015
16
SERVICE MANUAL
Engine
47899732 23/06/2015
10
Contents
Engine - 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7
[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8
[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10
[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
47899732 23/06/2015
10
Engine - 10
Engine and crankcase - 001
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Crankcase
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Engine
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Compression test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
DIAGNOSTIC
Engine
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 2
Engine - Engine and crankcase
Engine - General specification

General specifications TT55 TT65 TT75
Make IVECO
Type 4 stroke, diesel, turbocharged, direct injection, water cooled
Power 55 Hp 65 Hp 75 Hp
Number of cylinders 3 3 4
Bore 104 mm (4 in) 104 mm (4 in) 104 mm (4 in)
Stroke 115 mm (5 in) 115 mm (5 in) 115 mm (5 in)
3908 cm³
Cubic capacity 2931 cm³ (179 in³) 2931 cm³ (179 in³)
(238 in³)
Compression ratio 18:1 18:1 18:1
Firing order 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-3-4-2
Idle speed 650 RPM 650 RPM 650 RPM
Maximum no load speed 2525 RPM 2770 RPM 2525 RPM
Rated speed 2300 RPM 2500 RPM 2300 RPM
Engine block
Type Dry type pre fitted liner with collar
Cylinder liner seat diameter in engine block 106.850 – 106.900 mm (4.207 – 4.209 in)
Cylinder sleeve O.D 107.020 – 107.050 mm (4.213 – 4.215 in)
Interference between liners and seats in block 0.120 – 0.200 mm (0.005 – 0.008 in)
Liner O.D oversize 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
Cylinder liner inner diameter 104.00 – 104.024 mm (4.09 – 4.095 in)
Maximum ovality and taper due to wear 0.120 mm (0.005 in)
Liner inner diameter oversize 0.400 – 0.800 mm (0.016 – 0.031 in)
Camshaft bush seat diameters

• Front 54.780 – 54.805 mm (2.157 – 2.158 in)
• Intermediate 54.280 – 54.305 mm (2.137 – 2.138 in)
• Rear 53.780 – 53.805 mm (2.117 – 2.118 in)
Tappet seat bore diameter 15.000 – 15.018 mm (0.591 – 0.591 in)
0.100 mm (0.004 in)
Tappet oversize 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
0.300 mm (0.012 in)
Main bearing seat bore diameter 84.200 – 84.230 mm (3.315 – 3.316 in)
Cylinder head
Valve guide seat bore diameter in head 13.950 – 13.983 mm (0.549 – 0.551 in)
Valve guide oversize 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
Valve stand-in 0.700 – 1.000 mm (0.028 – 0.039 in)
• Maximum stand-in permitted 1.300 mm (0.051 in)
Injector standout 0.050 – 0.700 mm (0.002 – 0.028 in)
• Maximum stand-out permitted 1.000 mm (0.039 in)
Original cylinder head height 92 mm (4 in)
Maximum head dressing allowed 0.500 mm (0.020 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 3
Exhaust valves TT55 TT65 TT75

41.000 – 41.250 mm 37.500 – 37.750 mm 41.000 – 41.250 mm
Valve head diameter
(1.614 – 1.624 in) (1.476 – 1.486 in) (1.614 – 1.624 in)
7.985 – 8.000 mm 7.985 – 8.000 mm 7.985 – 8.000 mm
Valve stem diameter
(0.314 – 0.315 in) (0.314 – 0.315 in) (0.314 – 0.315 in)
Face angle 45° 30’±7’ 45° 30’±7’ 45° 30’±7’
Tappet (cold) 0.300 mm (0.012 in) 0.300 mm (0.012 in)
0.450 mm (0.018 in)/
Valve clearance (cold/hot )
0.300 mm (0.012 in)
Cam lift 6.167 mm (0.243 in) 5.677 mm (0.224 in) 6.167 mm (0.243 in)
Valve lift 10.937 mm (0.431 in) 10.060 mm (0.396 in) 10.937 mm (0.431 in)
Intake valves TT55 TT65 TT75

43.300 – 45.500 mm 43.300 – 45.500 mm 43.300 – 45.500 mm
Valve head diameter
(1.705 – 1.791 in) (1.705 – 1.791 in) (1.705 – 1.791 in)
7.985 – 8.000 mm 7.985 – 8.000 mm 7.985 – 8.000 mm
Valve stem diameter
(0.314 – 0.315 in) (0.314 – 0.315 in) (0.314 – 0.315 in)
Face angle 60° 30'±7' 60° 30'±7' 60° 30'±7'
Tappet (cold) 0.300 mm (0.012 in) 0.300 mm (0.012 in)
0.450 mm (0.018 in)/
Valve clearance (cold/hot )
0.300 mm (0.012 in)
Cam lift 5.889 mm (0.232 in) 5.250 mm (0.207 in) 5.889 mm (0.232 in)
Valve lift 10.444 mm (0.411 in) 9.310 mm (0.367 in) 10.444 mm (0.411 in)
Valve springs
Number per valve 1
Free length 44.600 mm (1.756 in)
Length loaded at 26.1 – 28.9 kg (57.5 – 63.7 lb) 34.000 mm (1.339 in)
Length loaded at 51.2 – 56.5 kg (112.9 – 124.6 lb) 23.800 mm (0.937 in)
Valve timing TT55 TT65 TT75

Intake opening (before top dead centre) 15° 12° 15°
Intake closing (after bottom dead centre) 45° 31° 45°
Exhaust opening (before bottom dead
56° 50° 52°
centre)
Exhaust closing (after top dead centre) 26° 16° 22°
Valve timing
Intake opening (before top dead centre) 15° 15°
Intake closing (after bottom dead centre) 45° 45°
Exhaust opening (before bottom dead centre) 56° 52°
Exhaust closing (after top dead centre) 26° 22°
Valve inserts
Valve guide O.D 13.933 – 14.016 mm (0.549 – 0.552 in)
Valve guide interference fit in housing cylinder head 0.0050 – 0.0500 mm (0.0002 – 0.0020 in)
Valve guide fitted I.D after reaming 8.023 – 8.043 mm (0.316 – 0.317 in)
Valve stem clearance in guide 0.0230 – 0.0580 mm (0.0009 – 0.0023 in)
Maximum wear clearance 0.130 mm (0.005 in)
Maximum valve stem eccentricity over one revolution with stylus on
0.030 mm (0.001 in)
sealing face
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 4
Engine - Torque
Description Thread size Torque Angle
( 125 – 135°) +
Bolt, cylinder head (C1) M12 X 1.25 40 N·m (354 lb in)
( 135 – 145°)
Bolt, main bearing caps (C2) M14 X 1.25 80 N·m (708 lb in) 90°
Bolt, timing cover and case (C3) M12 X 1.25 40 N·m (354 lb in) –
Bolt, connecting rod caps (C4) M11 X 1.25 40 N·m (354 lb in) 60°
Bolt, flywheel (C5) M12 X 1.25 40 N·m (354 lb in) 60°
Bolt, rocker shaft bracket (C6) M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (221 lb in) –
Nut, crankshaft pulley hub (C7) M30 X 1.5 300 N·m (2655 lb in) –
Bolt, fan and alternator drive pulley (C8) M12 X 1.25 49 N·m (434 lb in) –
Nut, injection pump shaft gear (C9) M12 X 1.25 64 N·m (566 lb in) –
Nuts, injection pump to support (C10) M12 X 1.25 23 N·m (204 lb in) –
Retaining screws, additional weights (C11) M12 X 1.25 110 N·m (974 lb in) –
Injector clamp nut M8 M8 18 N·m (159 lb in) –
Engine - Sealing
Operation description Sealant specification
Adopter for oil filter (S1) LOCTITE® 270
Adopter for tachometer cable (S2) LOCTITE® 243™
Flywheel housing to engine block (S3) LOCTITE® 510™
Timing gear case studs (S4) LOCTITE® 270
Timing gear cover dowel pin (S5) LOCTITE® 270
Starter motor to flywheel housing (S6) LOCTITE® 510™
Allen plug in cylinder head thermostat housing (S7) LOCTITE® 243™
Cylinder head exhaust manifold studs (S8) LOCTITE® 270
Oil sump to engine block (S9) Loctite® 5699
Silencer mounting studs on exhaust manifold (S10) Loctite® 77164
Flywheel bolt (S11) LOCTITE® 243™
Engine - Special tools

CAUTION
Operations described in this section of the manual must be performed using the following essential tools to work
safely and achieve the best technical results with additional savings of time and effort.
Tool description Tool number

Injector tester 290284
Sling hook, engine 290740
Cylinder head valve spring compressor 291050
Tractor splitting trolley 292320
Installer rear main oil seal 9970846
Installer front oil seal 9970845
Dummy injector 9970364
Swan neck pipe (fuel timing) 9970848
Engine mounting bracket (to be used with engine stand 293860) 9970844
Steering wheel puller 82834312
Bushes for steering wheel puller 9971375
Remover, hand accelerator pin 9971378
Cylinder pressure test Kit 9971410
Lube pressure check Kit 9971367
Piston ring compressor Local
Piston ring expander Local
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 5
Crankcase - General specification

Crank gear
Crankshaft - bearings
Main journal diameter 79.791 – 79.810 mm (3.141 – 3.142 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) –
0.508 mm (0.020 in) –
Main journal undersize
0.762 mm (0.030 in) –
1.016 mm (0.040 in)
Main bearing wall thickness 2.168 – 2.178 mm (0.085 – 0.086 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) –
0.508 mm (0.020 in) –
Main bearing undersize
0.762 mm (0.030 in) –
1.016 mm (0.040 in)
Main journal clearance in bearings 0.034 – 0.103 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
• Maximum wear clearance 0.180 mm (0.007 in)
Crankpin diameter 63.725 – 63.744 mm (2.509 – 2.510 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) –
0.508 mm (0.020 in) –
Crankpin undersize
0.762 mm (0.030 in) –
1.016 mm (0.040 in)
Big end bearing wall thickness 1.805 – 1.815 mm (0.071 – 0.071 in)
0.254 mm (0.010 in) –
0.508 mm (0.020 in) –
Big end bearing undersize
0.762 mm (0.030 in) –
1.016 mm (0.040 in)
Crankpin clearance in big end bearing 0.033 – 0.087 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Crankshaft thrust washer thickness 3.378 – 3.429 mm (0.133 – 0.135 in)
0.127 mm (0.005 in) –
Thrust washer oversize 0.254 mm (0.508 in) –
0.508 mm (0.020 in)
Width of main bearing housing over thrust washers 31.766 – 31.918 mm (1.251 – 1.257 in)
Length of corresponding main journal 32.000 – 32.100 mm (1.260 – 1.264 in)
Crankshaft end float 0.082 – 0.334 mm (0.003 – 0.013 in)
Maximum main journal and crankpin ovality or taper after
0.0100 mm (0.0004 in)
grinding
Maximum main journal and crankpin ovality or taper due
0.0500 mm (0.0020 in)
to wear
Maximum main journal misalignment crankshaft resting
0.0100 mm (0.00039 in)
on end journals
Maximum misalignment of crankpins relative to main
0.2500 mm (0.00984 in)
journals (in either direction)
Tolerance from outer crankpin edge to crankshaft center
± 0.1000 mm (0.0039 in)
line
Maximum crankshaft flange run-out with gauge stylu,
over 108.000 mm (4.252 in) diameter (total gauge 0.0250 mm (0.0010 in)
reading)
Maximum flywheel seat eccentricity relative to main
0.0400 mm (0.0016 in)
journals (total gauge reading)
Connecting rods
Small end bore diameter 41.846 – 41.884 mm (1.647 – 1.649 in)
Small end bushing outer diameter 41.979 – 42.017 mm (1.647 – 1.649 in)
Bushing interference fit in small end 0.0950 – 0.1710 mm (0.0037 – 0.0067 in)
Small end bushing fitted ID 38.004 – 38.014 mm (1.496 – 1.497 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 6
Big end bore diameter 67.407 – 67.422 mm (2.654 – 2.654 in)

Maximum connecting rod axis misalignment at
± 0.0700 mm (0.0028 in)
125.000 mm (4.921 in)
Maximum connecting rod weight difference over a
complete set from the same engine 25.00 g (0.88 oz)
NOTE: TT65 Big end bearing is without hole
Pistons
Piston diameter (Measured at 12.000 mm (0.472 in)
103.852 – 103.870 mm (4.089 – 4.089 in)
from base of skirt and right angles to pin)
Piston clearance in liner 0.130 – 0.172 mm (0.005 – 0.007 in)
Piston oversize range 0.600 mm (0.024 in)
Piston stand-out with respect to head at TDC 0.430 – 0.840 mm (0.017 – 0.033 in)
Piston pin diameter 37.983 – 37.990 mm (1.495 – 1.496 in)
Piston pin seat bore in piston 38.000 – 38.006 mm (1.496 – 1.496 in)
Piston pin clearance in piston 0.0100 – 0.0230 mm (0.0004 – 0.0009 in)
Piston pin clearance in small end bushing 0.0140 – 0.0310 mm (0.0006 – 0.0012 in)
Maximum weight difference between pistons on same
20.00 g (0.71 oz)
engine
Piston ring clearance in groove
• Top 0.0900 – 0.1220 mm (0.0035 – 0.0048 in)
• 2nd 0.0600 – 0.0850 mm (0.0024 – 0.0033 in)
• 3rd 0.0400 – 0.0750 mm (0.0016 – 0.0030 in)
Maximum wear clearance
• Top 0.50 mm (0.02 in)
• 2nd and 3rd 0.20 mm (0.01 in)
Piston ring gap
• Top 0.250 – 0.400 mm (0.010 – 0.016 in)
• 2nd 0.600 – 0.850 mm (0.024 – 0.033 in)
• 3rd 0.300 – 0.550 mm (0.012 – 0.022 in)
Maximum wear gap 1.20 mm (0.05 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 7
Engine - Static description

The engines are with 4 cylinders (TT75) and 3 cylinders (TT55), naturally aspirated in (TT65) 3 cylinder with turbo
charger. Both engines feature cross flow cylinder heads, with the inlet and exhaust manifolds on opposite sides of
the cylinder head. The fuel and air combustion process, takes place in the specially designed bowel in the crown of
the pistons.
Cylinder head assembly

The cylinder head incorporates valves and springs, with the valve rocker arm shaft assembly bolted to the cylinder
block through the cylinder head. Cylinder head retaining bolts are evenly spaced with a six-point pattern around each
cylinder, this ensures an even clamping load across the cylinder head.
The intake and exhaust manifolds are bolted to the head. The intake manifold is mounted on the right-hand side of
the engine, with the diesel injectors mounted outside the rocker cover. The exhaust manifold is mounted on the left
side of the engine.
Water outlet connections and thermostat being attached to the front of the cylinder block directly behind the radiator.
Valve guides are inserted into the cylinder head, and replaceable. Special replaceable cast alloy valve seats are
pressed into each valve port during manufacturing. No over size valve seats on guides are available.
All valves are fitted with positive value rotators, valve clearance is maintained by adjustment of the self locking ad-
justing screw, mounted in each of the rocker arms.
Camshaft assembly
The camshaft runs in 3 replaceable bushes. The camshaft drive gear is in mesh with and driven by the camshaft idler
gear which is driven by the crankshaft timing gear.
Camshaft end thrust is controlled by a thrust plate bolted to the block, and located between the camshaft gear and
the front camshaft journal.
A helical gear is integral on rear of cam shaft, and drives the engine oil lubrication pump mounted forward of the
flywheel.
Cylinder block assembly

The cylinder block is an alloy cast iron with deep cylinder skirts & water jackets for cooling the cylinders. The cylinder
bores are machined integral with the cylinder block, during the manufacturing process. Cylinders are in line and
vertical and numbered from 1 to 3 or 4 from front of the engine to the rear.
The oil sump, which is attached to the bottom of the cylinder block, is the reservoir for the engine oil lubrication system.
A cast iron engine front cover and front plate is attached to the front of the engine and covers all of the timing gear
assembly.
Crankshaft assembly
The crankshaft is supported in the cylinder block by 5 and 4 main bearings in TT75 and TT55 engines respectively.
The crankshaft is manufactured from steel with machined finished crank webs.
End thrust is controlled by a thrust bearing incorporated in the centre main bearing of the crankshaft in TT75 engine
and in the second main bearing from flywheel side in TT55 / TT65 engine.
A dynamic balancer is fitted and driven by crankshaft to ensure smooth running operation.
Front and rear crankshaft oil sealing is effected by one piece seals that are designed for long and durable service life.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 8
Connecting rods
Connecting rods “Wedge” shaped at the small end has been designed to reduce the reciprocating weight at the piston
end. The connecting rods are heavy beam construction and are assembled as a matched set to each engine, attached
to the crankshaft, by means of insert type bearings.
They are retained in position by the connecting rod big end cap and secured by two bolts per rod. The small end of
the connecting rod is fitted with a replaceable bronze bushing, through which the free floating piston pin is fitted. The
steel pin being held in place within the piston by two snap rings.
Pistons
Pistons are constructed of an aluminium silicon alloy with notch type combustion chamber being recessed in to the
piston crowns.
Each piston has two compression rings and one oil control ring, to reduce the friction and increase positive seating.
All rings are located above the piston pin.
Manifolds
The cross flow design aluminium intake, and cast iron exhaust manifolds are on opposite sides of the cylinder head.
This is designed to maintain balanced heat distribution within the cylinder head. The configuration of the manifolds
also ensures minimum heat transfer to the intake manifold.
The intake manifold is connected through hose to air cleaner.
NDIL14TR00947FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 9
NDIL14TR00948FB 2
Timing gears
The crankshaft timing gear is heated and press fitted on to the front of the crankshaft, to a high degree of accuracy
during manufacturing. This enables precise timing being maintained during the life of the engine. The crankshaft gear
drives the idler gear, which is attached to the front of cylinder block. The idler gear then drives the camshaft and the
injection pump via meshing helical gears.
The camshaft gear is bolted to the front of the shaft and is keyed to maintain position of the gear on the camshaft.
Lubrication system
Lubrication of the engine, figure 3 is maintained by a gear type oil pump mounted in the rear of the engine block.,
forward of the flywheel on the left-hand side viewing from rear side of the engine. The oil pump is driven from the rear
of the camshaft and drains oil from the engine oil sump through a tube and screen assembly.
A spring loaded relief valve is integral with the oil filter and prevents over pressurization of the system. A spin on type
oil filter is mounted externally to its support housing on the left-hand side of the engine.
Oil flows from the filter to the main oil gallery, which runs the length of the cylinder block, which also intersects the
camshaft follower chamber.
The main gallery also supplies oil to the crankshaft main bearings, connecting rods both big and small ends and timing
gear bushes. The underside of the pistons and pins are lubricated by oil pressure spray jets fitted in the cylinder block
and oil supply is via a internal drilled passage through the 2nd bearing in the cylinder block. Big end are without a
hole for small end bush as lubrication is through jets.
Timing gears are lubricated by splashed oil from the cam follower chamber and the pressure lubricated camshaft drive
gear bushing.
An intermittent flow of oil is directed to the value rocker arm shaft assembly via a drilled passage in the cylinder block.
This is located vertically above number 3 camshaft bearing and aligns to a hole in the cylinder head. The rotation of
the camshaft allows a controlled intermediate flow of lubrication.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 10
NDIL14TR00210FB 3
F. Filter G. Oil pressure sensor

P. Pump S. Suction filter
C. Turbocharger T. Oil filter cap
Vf. Filter relief valve B. Breather cap
L. Dipstick
Cooling system
The function of the water pump mounted at the front of the engine, is to maintain a continuous flow of water around the
cooling system. This is essential to ensure correct engine temperature, and performance, during vehicle operation.
The pump is driven by a ‘V’ belt from the crankshaft pulley, when the engine is running.
The cooling system for the new generation of engines, is of recirculating by-pass type with full length water-jackets
for the bottom tank of the radiator by the water pump, which passes the coolant to the cylinder block. This coolant
then flows through cored passages to cool the cylinder walls.
Passages in the cylinder head gasket allow coolant to flow from the cylinder block, into the cylinder head cored pas-
sages also conduct the coolant to the fuel injector nozzle locations before re-entering the water pump below the
thermostat.
The thermostat is located in the top of the water pump body, and controls the flow of the water as required by tem-
perature changes.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to operate at too high (hot) or low (cold) on operating temperature.
If not replaced this could result in a damaged engine or impaired engine performance.
When the thermostat is closed a recirculating by-pass is provided to allow the coolant to recirculate from the head to
the block to effort a faster warm-up.
Once the engine has reached its normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow water to be drawn
through the radiator by the pump action. Cooled water then returns to the engine system. Cooling occurs as the
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 11
coolant passes down through the radiator cores, which are exposed to the air as it is drawn through the radiator by
the fan.
NOTE: Do not operate an engine without a thermostat. The cooling system incorporates a drain plug, on the left hand
side of the cylinder block. The cap on the radiator is a system pressure cap and should not be removed unless refilling
the system from empty.
The engine cooling fan is mounted on a pump pulley which is belt driven from the crankshaft.
NDIL14TR00925FB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 12
NDIL14TR00926FA 5
Fuel system
The diesel fuel system consists of fuel tank, lift pump, fuel filters, mico rotary type fuel injection pump, fuel injectors,
and interconnecting tubes and lines.
The fuel injection pump is pressure fed from the lift pump. Fuel flows from the fuel tank to the sediment separator
(incorporated in lift pump), through the lift pump, then through the primary fuel filter and then to secondary fuel filter.
from the filter the fuel passes to the fuel injection pump to supply fuel at high pressure to each injector and also
provides extra fuel which lubricates and cools the injection pump.
This extra fuel is recirculated to the fuel tank, by means of the injector leak-off line.
Also excess fuel that leaks past the needle value of the injectors in directed back to the fuel tank, by means of the
injection leaf off-line.
Fuel shut-off (Injection pump)

Fuel injection pump is equipped with an electrically operated fuel shut off solenoid is energized by operation of the
ignition switch mounted in the instrument panel.
With the ignition switched “Off” a spring loaded plunger in the solenoid (held in position by the spring tension), prevents
fuel flowing into the pump from the main fuel feed port. With the ignition switched “on” the magnetized plunger is
energized by an internal coil and is drawn up into the body of the solenoid. Fuel is then allowed to flow through the
open port into the pump.
Lift pump
A diaphragm type fuel lift pump is located between tank and primary fuel filter. The pump draws fuel from the tank via
the sediments (incorporated in lift pump) and passes fuel under pressure to the primary and secondary fuel filter and
onto the fuel injection pump.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 13
Fuel Filters
Spin-on type fuel filters situated to the right-hand side of the engine, receives fuel from lift pump. From the filter head
the fuel is diverted down through the filter element and into the base chamber.
The filtered fuel then flows up the centre tube of the element to the filter head outlet and into the injection pump.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 14
Engine - Service instruction

In the following procedures and illustrations the engine
in the main is shown removed from the tractor.
However there are certain operations that can per-
formed with the engine still in the tractor, or separated
at the connection to the front axle support, or separated
from the transmission housing.
The engine overhaul procedure initially describes the
assembly process for rebuilding an engine using all new
components. Following this section are defined head-
ings, which describe detailed repair specifications and
procedures, where components are suitable for re-use.
Where overhaul of components is required without en-
gine being removed from the tractor refer to the follow-
ing headings, and the relevant paragraphs, in the main
overhaul procedure.
Operations or repairs that can be performed with the
engine still in the tractor.
1. Cylinder head and associated inlet and exhaust
components.
2. Fuel injection pump and related parts.
3. Water pump, thermostat, and associated compo-
nents.
4. Front timing cover/timing gear removal.
5. Front pulley.
Operations or repair that are performed with the engine
separated from the front axle.
• Oil pan removal for access to oil pan gasket, crank-
shaft, bearing shells, piston removal and oil pump.
Operations or repairs that are performed with the en-
gine separated from the transmission housing, and with
oil pan removed.
• Crankshaft rear oil seal and carrier removal. Dis-
mantle the engine by referring to the following re-
moval procedure. Refer to the specification section
as necessary.
NOTE: All gaskets, seals and O-rings must be replaced
while reassembling. Where new sealant is to be applied
refer to “Engine Specifications”.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 15
Engine - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal Protec-
tive Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this manual, including protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0208A
1. Remove front ballast weights if fitted.
NDIL14TR00006AB 1
2. Slide the lock (1) to right, hold and lift the handle (2) to
raise the hood.
NDIL14TR00007AB 2
3. To maintain the hood in the raised position, a gas strut

(1) is provided underside the hood.
NDIL14TR00008AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 16
4. Disconnect battery terminals (1) and (2).

NOTICE: Always disconnect the negative cable (1) first.
NDIL14TR00009AB 4
5. Loosen silencer mounting clamp bolts (1) and remove

the silencer assembly.
NDIL14TR00010AB 5
6. Disconnect electric connections of centre harness (1).
NDIL14TR00011AB 6
7. Remove the split pins and remove the roll pins (1).
8. Unscrew the gas strut bolt (2) and remove the front
hood.
NDIL14TR00012AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 17
9. Remove tool box (1), tool box mounting bracket (2) and
cover plate of self starter (3).
NDIL14TR00013AB 8
10. Disconnect electric connections to starter motor (1).
NDIL14TR00014AB 9
11. Close diesel tap (1) and disconnect hose (2) between
diesel tank and feed pump.
NDIL14TR00015AB 10
12. Remove the steering wheel cover and remove the nut
(1).
NDIL14TR00016AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 18
13. Remove the steering wheel using tool number

82834312 (1) (incase of mechanical steering use also
tool number 9971375) (2).
NDIL14TR00017AB 12
14. Disconnect start safety switch connector (1).
NDIL14TR00018AB 13
15. Unscrew the rear hood bolts (1) and remove cover
strip and fire wall.
NDIL14TR00019AB 14
16. Remove the accelerator knob (1).
NDIL14TR00020AB 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 19
17. Unscrew all the screws (1) of instrument panel.
NDIL14TR00021AB 16
18. Remove the steering hose (1).
NDIL14TR00022AB 17
19. Pull out the instrument panel from the rear hood.
NDIL14TR00023AB 18
20. Disconnect all electric wire connections of the

switches and unscrew hourmeter cable (1) from in-
strument panel.
21. Remove fuel tank cap.
NDIL14TR00024AB 19
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 20
22. Loosen the bolts (1) from both sides and on steering
column securing rear hood (2) and remove rear hood
carefully from tractor (keeping it parallel to steering
column).
23. Remove all electric connections to rear hood.
NDIL14TR00025AB 20
24. Unscrew all rear hood securing bolts, lift and remove
the rear hood.
NDIL14TR00026AB 21
25. To remove the throttle cable. First press the foot throt-
tle lever (1).
NDIL14TR00027AB 22
26. Then, without releasing the foot throttle lever, remove

the accelerator cable after disconnecting from Fuel
Injection Pump (FIP) and removing bracket.
NDIL14TR00028AB 23
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 21
27. Disconnect diesel overflow hose pipe (1) and fuel

sender electric connections (2).
28. Loosen bolts and release fuel tank strap from steering
column.
29. Lift off fuel tank from tractor carefully.
NOTE: It is advisable to drain diesel from fuel tank if tank
is more than half filled.
NDIL14TR00029AB 24
30. Loosen bolts and remove fuel tank support bracket

(1).
NDIL14TR00030AB 25
31. Position splitting trolley (special tool number 292320)

with engine supports in position.
32. Block the front wheels both at front and back using
suitable wedges.
NDIL14TR00031AA 26
33. Drain steering oil and disconnect all oil connections

from steering motor (1). (In case of power steering).
NDIL14TR00032AB 27
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 22
34. Support the engine at the back of the front axle and
position wedges (1) between axle and support to pre-
vent articulation.
NDIL14TR00033AB 28
35. Remove the bolts (1) securing the engine to the trans-
mission housing.
NDIL14TR00034AB 29
36. Split the engine from transmission by rolling the rear

wheels away from engine.
NDIL14TR00035AA 30
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 23
Separating front axle from engine
With engine previously separated from center housing.

DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0076A
1. Disconnect hose (1) from radiator and drain the

coolant.
NDIL14TR00050AB 31
2. Loosen the clamps (1) and (2) and disconnect the pipe
(3) from air cleaner and hose (4) from radiator.
3. Remove the bolt securing radiator support bracket (5).
NDIL14TR00037AB 32
4. Disconnect power steering hoses (1) and (2) if power

steering is fitted.
NDIL14TR00038AB 33
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 24
5. Cut the plastic clamps and take out complete center

wiring to front side.
6. Remove wiring connections of alternator, sensor, WT
relay, OPS, FIP and starter solenoid.
7. Support the front axle using a suitable stand.
8. Connect the engine to a suitable hoist.
NDIL14TR00040AA 34
9. Remove 4 buckle up bolts (1) coupling engine and front

axle support.
NDIL14TR00041AB 35
10. Detach the engine from front axle carefully and mount
on engine stand (special tool number 293860).
NDIL14TR00042AA 36
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 25
Engine - Install
Reinstall the engine on tractor by observing the follow-
ing:
1. Reinstallation follows the removal procedure in re-
verse from step 10 back to step 1.
2. Apply thread sealant at the required places.
3. Before coupling engine and transmission housing,
clean and decrease the mating surfaces thor-
oughly and apply a strip of sealing compound of
about 2.00 mm (0.08 in) diameter as shown in the
figure.
4. Due care should be taken in aligning input shaft
with clutch plates and pilot bearing as to avoid
damage to input shaft and hearing.
5. Apply the torque. Refer to Engine - Torque
(10.001).
6. Before starting all the fluid levels should be cor-
rect. Start and run the engine until oil and coolant
temperature reaches to operating temperature and
check for leaks and rectify if required and recheck
fluid levels.
NDIL14TR00043FA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 26
Engine - Compression test

Test procedure
1. Be sure battery performance meets specifications.
2. Warm up the engine by operating for a minimum of half
an hour at 1200 RPM.
3. Stop the engine and remove the injector and seat
washer from number 1 cylinder.
4. Clean the injector bore and crank the engine to blow
out any loose carbon particles.
5. Install an engine compression test gauge. Fit dummy
injector (special tool number 9977364), into the injector
bore, using a new seat washer and injector mounting
bolts.
6. Connect the gauge and hose to the adapter dummy
injector.
7. Crank the engine with the electric fuel shut off to pre-
vent engine start up.
8. Observe the gauge reading and repeat the compres-
sion test, steps 5 - 7 for each cylinder.
Test readings
1. All cylinder compressions should be uniform or differ-
ence should be within 1.7 bar (24.6 psi) of each other.
2. A reading of more than the 1.7 bar (24.6 psi) below the
other cylinders indicates leakage at the cylinder head
gasket, piston rings or valves.
3. A reading of more than 1.7 bar (24.6 psi) above the
other cylinders indicates excessive carbon deposits on
the piston and cylinder head.
4. A low even compression in two adjacent cylinders in-
dicates a cylinder head gasket leak. Check this item
before condemning the rings or valves.
Test conclusion
To determine whether the rings or the valve are at fault,
squirt the equivalent of a table spoon of heavy oil into
the combustion chamber. Crank the engine to distribute
the oil and repeat the compression test.
The oil will temporarily seal any leakage past the rings.
If approximately the same reading is obtained as for the
first test, the rings are satisfactory, but the valves are
leaking. Once they has been established the exhaust
manifold can be removed to visually inspect of oil is
leaking down the valve stems.
If compression has increased over the original reading,
there is leakage past the rings.
During a compression test, if the pressure fails to climb
steadily and remains the same during the first two suc-
cessive strokes, but climbs higher on the succeeding
strokes, or fails to climb during the entire test, suspect
a sticking valve.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 27
Re-work instructions
After the above tests have been carried out and an oil
consumption figure has been calculated, a decision can
be made on what course of action to take:
• If the oil consumption is below 0.4% no service repair
action should be taken.
• If oil consumption is diagnosed the engine should be
repaired.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 28
Engine - Troubleshooting
NOTICE: When attending a repair the cause of the problem must also be investigated and corrected to avoid repeat
failures.
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Engine does not develop Clogged air cleaner Clean or renew element
full power
Fuel line obstructed Clean
Faulty injectors Clean and reset
Incorrect valve clearance adjustment Check and reset
Burnt, worn or sticking valves Replace valves with new or oversize, and
or machine the valve guide bores
Blown head gasket Check head flatness and fit new gasket
Incorrect fuel delivery Check injectors and pump
Low cylinder compression Renew piston rings or re-bore/re-sleeve as
necessary
Oil pressure warning light Bulb burnt out Renew bulb
fails to operate
Warning Light pressure switch faulty Renew pressure switch
Warning light circuit faulty Check and renew wiring
Excessive exhaust smoke Exhaust leak on exhaust manifold Fit new gasket
Air cleaner dirty or restricted Clean
Excessive fuel delivery Overall injection pump and injectors
Engine knocks Diluted or thin oil Check crankshaft bearings for damage,
change as required. Drain and refill with
specified oil and renew filter. Ascertain
cause of dilution
Insufficient oil supply Check oil level and top up as necessary
Overhaul or renew pump as necessary
Check oil filter is not clogged
Low oil pressure Overhaul pump or relief valve as necessary
Excessive crankshaft end play Install new thrust bearing liner
Flywheel or ring gear run-out excessive Skim flywheel or fit new ring gear
Excessive connecting rod or main Install new bearing inserts and or bearing
clearance re-grind crankshaft
Bent or twisted connecting rods Renew connecting rods
Crankshaft journals out-of-round Re-grind crankshaft and fit undersize bear-
ing inserts
Excessive piston-to- cylinder Re-bore/re-sleeve block and fit i bore clear-
ance new pistons
Excessive piston ring clearance Fit new pistons and rings
Broken rings Fit new rings, check bore and pistons for
damage
Excessive piston pin clearance Fit new piston or pin
Piston pin retainer loose or missing Install new retainer, and check bore/pistons
for damage
Excessive camshaft play Install new thrust plate
Imperfections on timing gear teeth Renew timing gear
Excessive timing gear backlash Check and adjust backlash /renew, timing
gear
Engine overheats Hose connection leaking or collapsed Tighten hose connection, renew hose if
damaged
Radiator cap defective or not sealing Renew radiator cap
Radiator leakage Repair/renew radiator
Improper fan belt adjustment Re-adjust fan belt
Radiator fins restricted Clean with compressed air
Faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
Internal engine leakage Check for source of leakage, renew gasket
or defective parts
Water pump faulty Overhaul water pump
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 29

Exhaust gas leakage into cooling Renew cylinder head gasket
Coolant aeration Tighten all connections and check coolant
level is correct. Ensure cylinder head gas-
ket has not blown
Cylinder head gasket improperly installed Renew cylinder head gasket installed
Hot spot due to rust and scale or clogged Reverse flush entire clogged water
water jackets
Obstruction to radiator air flow Remove the obstruction
Extended engine idling Do not allow engine to idle for long periods
Oil cooler tube blocked Clean
Radiator core tubes blocked Check free flow
Water temperature gauge Faulty temperature sender Renew sender switch
fails to reach normal
operating temperature
Incorrect or faulty thermostat Renew thermostat
Faulty water temperature gauge Renew temperature gauge
Low oil pressure Engine oil level low Top up, as necessary
Wrong grade of oil Drain and refill with correct grade of oil
Blocked oil pump sump screen Clean pump screen
Oil pressure relief valve faulty Fit new relief valve
Oil pump worn Renew oil pump
Excessive oil pump rotor and shaft assem- Overhaul pump
bly clearance
Excessive main or connecting rod bearing Install new bearings inserts and bearing
clearance clearance or re-grind crankshaft if neces-
sary
Excessive oil Engine oil level too high Reduce oil level
consumption
External oil leaks Renew gaskets and seals, where neces-
sary. Check mating surfaces for damage
or distortion
Worn valves, valve guides or bores Renew
Cylinder head gasket leaking Renew gasket. Check head for damage or
distortion
Oil loss past the pistons and rings Renew rings and or rebore / re-sleeve block
as necessary
Oil cooler leak Repair/renew oil cooler assembly
Engine tends to keep Air cleaner dirty or restricted Clean or renew element
firing after fuel is shut–off
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 30
Index
Engine - 10

Crankcase - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine - Compression test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Engine - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Engine - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Engine - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 31
47899732 23/06/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 32
Engine - 10
Pan and covers - 102
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Engine oil pan

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine block cover
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Timing gear housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Timing check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 2
Engine - Pan and covers
Engine oil pan - Remove

WARNING
Due to the weight of the oil sump, it is recommended that a hydraulic jack is used to support and lower the
oil sump to the ground.
NOTE: It is necessary to move the front support forward a

couple of inches to allow removal of the oil sump. Refer to
engine removal at beginning of this section.
1. Drain engine oil through oil sump plug and remove oil
level indicator.
2. Remove oil sump bolts including those through the tim-
ing cover and lower to ground.
NDIL14TR00117AA 1
NDIL14TR00916AB 2
NOTICE: In TT75 model before removing oil sump lubri-

cating oil pump strainer have to be removed. To remove,
first open oil sump bottom plate (1) and then remove the
strainer.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 3
Engine oil pan - Inspect

Clean gasket material from sump face, clean sump in
a suitable solvent, inspect sump for cracks damaged
threads or sump face.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 4
Engine oil pan - Install

Installation is the reverse of removal but with the fol-
lowing requirements.
• Ensure block face is clear and free of gasket mate-
rial. Install a new gasket to the oil sump.
• Position the oil sump and install a bolt at each corner
finger tight to hold in position, install remaining bolts
and tighten to specified torque.
• In TT75 model, install back oil strainer and oil sump
bottom cover plate.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 5
Engine block cover - Overhaul

Cylinder bore
1. Cylinder block plugs and senders, require changing if
leaking and rusty, and must be replaced. Clean the old
sealant of the block, and fit new plugs with sealer.
NDIL14TR00135AA 1
2. Check the seating surface of the cylinder head for un-

evenness by means of a calibrated ruler and a feeler
gauge. Surface-grind the sealing surface by means of
a grinding machine, removing as little material as pos-
sible after determination of the unevenness.
NOTICE: Pull out the center ring pin, only if sealing surface
must be surface-ground.
NDIL14TR00136AA 2
3. Check the cylinder bore for scuffing or rings around

the ring frame area. Irregularities can be felt by run-
ning a finger over the surface. To check out-of-round-
ness, wear, or taper, use a telescopic gauge or dial bore
gauge (1).
NDIL14TR00137AB 3
Removal of sleeves
NOTE: Engines are supplied with initially no sleeves. How-
ever for engine overhauling, new sleeves have to be fitted.
Press or draw the sleeves out through the top of the
cylinder block ensuring no damage is done to the parent
bores (cast iron production sleeves are an interference
fit and it should be removed with a heavy duty press).
NOTICE: For sleeve removal and Installation, do not heat
sleeves, use a press.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 6
Installation of new sleeves

1. Preparation for fitting new sleeves:
• After removal of the old sleeves, the parent bore
must be thoroughly cleaned both in the top recess
off the sleeve flange and in the parent bore itself.
• A check must be made to ensure that the whole ar-
eas of contact with the sleeves in the cylinder block
are free from burrs, corrosion or damage. Remove
any burrs present.
• Check engine block bore ovality and if necessary
restore to 106.850 – 106.900 mm (4.207 – 4.209 in).
• Check if cylinder liner outer diameter is 107.020 –
107.050 mm (4.213 – 4.215 in). NDIL14TR00138AB 4
NOTE: The cylinder liners are delivered as spare

parts with an over dimension outer diameter of
0.200 mm (0.008 in).
• Ensure that the sleeve is thoroughly clean before
fitting. If cleaning fluid is used to wash the sleeve, it
is important that the sleeve be thoroughly dried and
well oiled before fitting.
• Throughout the whole operation, extreme cleanli-
ness is essential as the entry of the smallest parti-
cle or other foreign matter is sufficient to cause local
distortion of the sleeve bore.
2. Lubricate the outside diameter of the sleeves with clean
oil using spray. The use of brush is not recommended.
3. Press a new sleeve ( 0.200 mm (0.008 in) oversize if
necessary) from the top of the block as below.
• Set the liner on the crankcase and start force fit-
ting. After force fitting 70.000 – 90.000 mm (2.756 –
3.543 in). Check that the load is higher than 5000 N
(1124 lb) and lower than 23000 N (5171 lb). Con-
tinue force fitting stop for 5 min with a setting load of
above 50000 N (11240 lb).
• Ensure contact between edge and crank case with
a settling blow. After inserting, the liners must be
bored and surface-ground. Cylinder liners are de-
livered as spare parts with an inner diameter slightly
below nominal diameter in order to be able to correct
possible deformation appearing during mounting.
4. Skim the block face, and top of sleeves to achieve re-
quired flatness.
5. A chamfer in the internal diameter at the top of sleeve
to 30°, 0.500 mm (0.020 in) should be maintained, to
prevent piston damage on re-assembly.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 7
Engine block cover - Assemble
NOTE: Pistons that are replaced must be of the same type

that were removed and have the same identification letters,
and numbers, as embossed on the piston.
1. Upon re-assembly with the piston at top dead centre,
ensure that piston stand out from engine block is 0.355
– 0.761 mm (0.014 – 0.030 in). ( TT75 )
NOTE: With most new pistons, a machining allowance is
provided on the crown of the piston and the necessary
amount must be removed in a lathe to give clearance
quoted above. Some pistons may be available that do not
require topping.
• Measure the piston stand out and depending on the
piston projection value choose the below mentioned
gasket of desired thickness.
0.72 mm (0.03 in) A type ( 1.35 mm (0.05 in))
0.72 – 0.90 mm (0.03 – 0.04 in) B type ( 1.55 mm NDIL14TR00139AA 1
(0.06 in)).
Ensure words ALTO on top.
2. Lubricate all the components with engine oil and as-
semble the connecting rod and piston, piston pin and
retainers. When fitting pistons to connecting rods,
ensure that the side of the connecting rod which is
stamped with the number is placed opposite to the
lettering “Tappet side” stamped on the piston.
NDIL14TR00140AA 2
3. Ensure the correct expander tool is used to remove

or install rings. The rings must be mounted with the
lettering “Top” to the top.
4. Install the piston rings, but note the following.
NOTE: Before installing new pistons and rings into a used
cylinder bore, remove the high polish from the cylinder
walls by honing.
5. Ensure the ring gaps are staggered a minimum of 120°
from each other on the diameter and with no gap on the
thrust side of the piston.
NDIL14TR00141AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 8
Timing gear housing - Remove

NOTE: Timing cover and gears can only be serviced after removing the radiator.
1. Refer to Radiator - Remove (10.400) for radiator re-
moval procedure.
2. Loosen the alternator belt tight adjusting bolt (1) and
remove the fan belt.
NDIL14TR00087AB 1
3. Remove bolt (1) securing alternator mounting bracket

with timing cover and bolt (2), and remove alternator.
NDIL14TR00051AB 2
4. Loosen fan mounting bolts and remove fan (1).

5. Remove fan pulley by gently hammering with mallet or
plastic hammer.
NDIL14TR00088AB 3
6. Loosen dognut and remove pulley using special tool

number 82834300.
NDIL14TR00090AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 9
7. Loosen all the bolts (1) securing front cover and 3 bolts
(2) on oil sump.
NOTE: In power steering model, connect hydraulic con-
nections to power steering pump and remove pump before
removing timing cover.
8. Remove front cover, taking care of front oil seal and oil
sump gasket.
NDIL14TR00091AB 5
Timing gear removal

NOTE: The crankshaft timing gear cannot be removed
without removing crankshaft from the engine.
1. Before removing the timing gear use a dial indicator on
feeler gauge to measure the backlash between each
set of gears.
2. Rotate the gears and check the backlash at four equal
points on the gears. Renew if the backlash exceeds
0.160 mm (0.006 in).
NDIL14TR00092AA 6
Idler gear
1. Remove circlip (1) and spacer and idler gear (2) from
the hub.
NDIL14TR00093AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 10
2. Withdraw 3 bolts (1) and remove hub from the rear

cover.
NDIL14TR00094AB 8
Feed pump drive gear

1. Withdraw 3 nuts (1) and remove feed pump along with
supporting bracket (2) from the rear side of timing gear
case.
NDIL14TR00095AB 9
2. Remove circlip (1) from feed pump drive shaft.
NDIL14TR00096AB 10
3. Pull out feed pump drive shaft along with feed pump
drive gear.
NOTE: Drive gear can be removed from shaft by loosening
4 bolts.
NDIL14TR00098AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 11
4. Remove bush housing from rear cover.
NDIL14TR00099AA 12
Fuel Injection pump drive gear

1. Withdraw bolt (A) securing gear to fuel injection pump
drive shaft.
NDIL14TR00111AB 13
2. Remove gear from the shaft using special tool number

82834300.
NDIL14TR00100AA 14
Camshaft drive gear

1. Withdraw 2 bolts (1) retaining thrust washers (2) with
rear cover.
2. Pull out drive gear along with camshaft.
NDIL14TR00101AB 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 12
Hydraulic and power steering pump drive gear removal

1. Loosen three bolts and remove bracket (1).
2. Take-off hydraulic pump drive gear from the rear timing
gear case.
NDIL14TR00102AB 16
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 13
Timing gear housing - Inspect

1. Wash the gears using a suitable solvent and examine
gear teeth for wear, burrs or scratches. Minor marks
can be removed using a fine abrasive, thoroughly clean
before re-assembly.
2. Ensure the idler gear adapter is free from obstruction
and bushing is not damaged. Camshaft key and key-
way should be checked for damage and repaired as
required.
3. Clean the oil galleries on idler gear hub and feed pump
drive gear bush housings and in rear cover using suit-
able solvent and pressurised air.
Cam shaft
Inspection and repair

1. The surfaces of the bearing journals of the shaft and
cams must be completely smooth. If they have scoring
and furrows, the shaft and the corresponding bushes
must be replaced.
2. Clamped camshaft (1) between centres and check cam
lift by means of a dial gauge (2) for cams.
Cam lifts:
• Inlet cam - 5.955 mm (0.234 in)
• Exhaust cam - 6.027 mm (0.237 in)
3. Check alignment of bearing journals by means of
dial gauge. The offset must not exceed 0.020 mm
1
(0.001 in). NDIL14TR00103AB
4. Straighten camshaft with press for distortion up to

0.200 mm (0.008 in). If distortion exceeds 0.200 mm
(0.008 in), replace camshaft.
Camshaft drive gear

Check for excessive wear or damage in the camshaft
drive gear teeth, replace gear if necessary.
In order to mount the new drive gear it must be heated
to 180.0 °C (356.0 °F) in the furnace for about 10 min
and must be fitted in the shaft with the plate and the
conical washer.
NDIL14TR00104AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 14
5. Camshaft mounting clearance

In order to check the mounting clearance, measure in-
ner diameter of bushes and diameter of camshaft jour-
nals. The difference represents the actual clearance.
If clearance exceeds 0.160 mm (0.006 in) replace
bushes and if necessary also the camshaft.
NDIL14TR00929AB 3
NDIL14TR00930AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 15
Timing gear housing - Inspect

1. Wash the gears using a suitable solvent and examine
gear teeth for wear, burrs or scratches. Minor marks
can be removed using a fine abrasive, thoroughly clean
before re-assembly.
2. Ensure the idler gear adapter is free from obstruction
and bushing is not damaged. Camshaft key and key-
way should be checked for damage and repaired as
required.
3. Clean the oil galleries on idler gear hub and feed pump
drive gear bush housings and in rear cover using suit-
able solvent and pressurised air.
Cam shaft

1. The surfaces of the bearing journals of the shaft and
cams must be completely smooth. If they have scoring
and furrows, the shaft and the corresponding bushes
must be replaced.
2. Clamped camshaft (1) between centres and check cam
lift by means of a dial gauge (2) for cams.
Cam lifts:
• Inlet cam - 5.955 mm (0.234 in)
• Exhaust cam - 6.027 mm (0.237 in)
3. Check alignment of bearing journals by means of
dial gauge. The offset must not exceed 0.020 mm
1
(0.001 in). NDIL14TR00103AB
4. Straighten camshaft with press for distortion up to

0.200 mm (0.008 in). If distortion exceeds 0.200 mm
(0.008 in), replace camshaft.
Camshaft drive gear

Check for excessive wear or damage in the camshaft
drive gear teeth, replace gear if necessary.
In order to mount the new drive gear it must be heated
to 180.0 °C (356.0 °F) in the furnace for about 10 min
and must be fitted in the shaft with the plate and the
conical washer.
NDIL14TR00104AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 16
5. Camshaft mounting clearance

In order to check the mounting clearance, measure in-
ner diameter of bushes and diameter of camshaft jour-
nals. The difference represents the actual clearance.
If clearance exceeds 0.160 mm (0.006 in) replace
bushes and if necessary also the camshaft.
NDIL14TR00958AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 17
Timing gear housing - Install

1. If the rear cover was removed thoroughly clean the mat-
ing surfaces between the cover and engine block, us-
ing a suitable solvent cleaner and apply a thin coat of
grease to the engine block and assemble the cover to
the engine and tighten the retaining bolts to the speci-
fied torque.
2. Rotate the flywheel to PMS1 position before assem-
bling timing gears.
NDIL14TR00112AB 1
3. Assemble the camshaft, thrust washer, flange and

camshaft gear and tighten the two bolts to specified
torque.
NDIL14TR00112AA 2
4. Install the feed pump drive gear by following the re-

moval procedure in reverse.
5. Install the idler gear to the block, aligning the timing
marks 1-1, 2-2 and 3-3 to the crankshaft gear, camshaft
drive gear and feed pump drive gear respectively.
NOTE: Ensure that flywheel is positioned at PMS1 mark
while aligning the timing marks.
6. Install the fuel injection pump drive gear by aligning
mark 4-4 to the feed pump drive gear when idler gear
is aligned with other gears as mentioned in step 5.
NDIL14TR00112AB 3
7. Tighten the fuel injection pump drive gear bolt to the

specified torque.
8. Install the hydraulic and power steering drive gear by
following the removal procedure in reverse.
9. Replace new gaskets between timing cover and
hydraulic and power steering pump flange before
installing pump.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 18
Timing gear housing - Timing check

Valve timing gear train
To check valve timing after overhaul, adjust valve clear-
ance provisionally to 0.450 mm (0.018 in). Turn the
crankshaft and using an angle gauge, check that valve
opening and closing angles are as specified in the dia-
gram.
NDIL14TR00115AB 1
Adjust valve clearance as described in Engine - Re-

move (10.001).
NDIL14TR00116AA 2
Fuel injection pump timing

Please refer to Connecting rods and pistons - In-
spect (10.105) under “Fuel system”.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 19
Index
Engine - 10

Engine block cover - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine block cover - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine oil pan - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine oil pan - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine oil pan - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Timing gear housing - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Timing gear housing - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Timing gear housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Timing gear housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Timing gear housing - Timing check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47899732 23/06/2015
10.2 [10.102] / 20
Engine - 10
Valve drive and gears - 106
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve drive and gears

SERVICE
Rocker shaft
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Camshaft
Adjust – Tappets and pushrods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 2
Engine - Valve drive and gears
Valve drive and gears - General specification

Valve gear
Valve timing gears
Timing gear backlash 0.160 mm (0.006 in)
Idler gear jack shaft diameter 36.975 – 37.000 mm (1.456 – 1.457 in)
Idler gear bushing fitted I.D. after reaming 37.050 – 37.075 mm (1.459 – 1.460 in)
Jack shaft journal clearance in bushing 0.050 – 0.100 mm (0.002 – 0.004 in)
• Max wear clearance 0.150 mm (0.006 in)
Bushing interference fit in idler gear 0.063 – 0.140 mm (0.002 – 0.006 in)
Lift and power steering pump drive gear shaft diameter 36.975 – 37.000 mm (1.456 – 1.457 in)
Bushing fitted I.D. after reaming 37.050 – 37.075 mm (1.459 – 1.460 in)
Shaft clearance in bushing 0.050 – 0.100 mm (0.002 – 0.004 in)
Bushing interference fit in housing 0.063 – 0.140 mm (0.002 – 0.006 in)
Pump drive gear thrust washer thickness 1.450 – 1.500 mm (0.057 – 0.059 in)
Camshaft
Camshaft bushing O.D.
• Front 54.875 – 54.930 mm (2.160 – 2.163 in)
• Rear 53.875 – 53.930 mm (2.121 – 2.123 in)
Camshaft bushing fitted I.D. after reaming
• Front 51.080 – 51.130 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
• Rear 50.080 – 50.130 mm (1.972 – 1.974 in)
Camshaft journal diameter
• Front 50.970 – 51.000 mm (2.007 – 2.008 in)
• Rear 49.970 – 50.000 mm (1.967 – 1.969 in)
Camshaft journal clearance in bushing 0.080 – 0.160 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
Camshaft end float (thrust plate to associated seat in
0.070 – 0.220 mm (0.003 – 0.009 in)
camshaft)
Tappets
Tappet O.D. 14.950 – 14.970 mm (0.589 – 0.589 in)
Tappet clearance in housing on engine block 0.030 – 0.068 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
0.1000 mm (0.0039 in)
Tappet oversize 0.2000 mm (0.0079 in)
0.3000 mm (0.0118 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 3
Rockers
Rocker bushing O.D. 21.006 – 21.031 mm (0.827 – 0.828 in)
Rocker bore diameter 20.939 – 20.972 mm (0.824 – 0.826 in)
Bushing interference fit in rocker 0.034 – 0.092 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
Rocker bracket bore diameter 18.016 – 18.034 mm (0.709 – 0.710 in)
Rocker shaft diameter 17.982 – 18.000 mm (0.708 – 0.709 in)
Rocker shaft clearance in bracket 0.016 – 0.052 mm (0.001 – 0.002 in)
Rocker spacer spring length
• Free 59.500 mm (2.343 in)
• Under load ( 4.7 – 5.3 kg (10.4 – 11.7 lb)) 44.00 mm (1.732 in)
Valves, guides and springs

• Valve head diameter inlet 45.300 – 45.500 mm (1.783 – 1.791 in)
• Valve head diameter exhaust 41.000 – 41.250 mm (1.614 – 1.624 in)
• Valve stem diameter 7.985 – 8.000 mm (0.314 – 0.315 in)
Valve face angle
• Inlet 60° 30’ ± 7’
• Exhaust 45° 30’ ± 7’
Timing check 0.450 mm (0.018 in)
Valve clearance:
• Valve clearance inlet (warm or cold) 0.300 mm (0.012 in)
• Valve clearance exhaust (warm or cold) 0.300 mm (0.012 in)
Cam lift inlet 5.8890 mm (0.2319 in)
Cam lift exhaust 6.1670 mm (0.2428 in)
Valve lift Inlet 10.4440 mm (0.4112 in)
Valve lift exhaust 10.9370 mm (0.4306 in)
Valve guide O.D. 13.933 – 14.016 mm (0.549 – 0.552 in)
Valve guide interference fit in housing on cylinder head 0.0050 – 0.0500 mm (0.0002 – 0.0020 in)
Valve guide fitted I.D. after reaming 8.023 – 8.043 mm (0.316 – 0.317 in)
Valve stem clearance in guide 0.023 – 0.058 mm (0.001 – 0.002 in)
Maximum valve stem eccentricity over one revolution
0.0300 mm (0.0012 in)
with stylus on sealing face
Inlet and exhaust valve spring length
• Free 44.600 mm (1.756 in)
• With load of 26.1 – 28.9 kg (57.5 – 63.7 lb) 34.000 mm (1.339 in)
• With load of 51.2 – 56.5 kg (112.9 – 124.6 lb) 23.800 mm (0.937 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 4
Rocker shaft - Inspect

1. Inspect rocker arm adjusting screws and push rod ends
of the rocker arm, including the ball end of the screws
for nicks, damage or excessive wear.
1. Also inspect the inside diameter of rocker arm for
damage or wear. If any of these characteristics are
not to specification replace with new parts.
2. Check the rocker shaft for signs of wear or damage
on diameter. If not to specification replace with
new. If re-used, before assembly clean thoroughly
in solvent making sure all oil passages are clear.
NOTE: When dressing of the rockers and screw
working surfaces becomes necessary, remove as
NDIL14TR00078AA 1
little material as possible.
3. Length of rocker spacer spring length should be
checked on both free length and load length.
• Free length - 59.50 mm (2.34 in).
• Loaded length - 44.00 mm (1.73 in) using a weight
of 4.70 – 5.30 kg (10.36 – 11.68 lb).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 5
Camshaft - Adjust – Tappets and pushrods

1. Ensure that the tappets slide smoothly in their housing
without excessive clearance.
1. If excessive tappet clearance is detected, replace
with oversize tappets and open out the associated
housing bores. See figure for standard dimension.
2. Oversize tappets are available in steps of
0.1000 mm (0.0039 in), 0.2000 mm (0.0079 in)
and 0.3000 mm (0.0118 in).
3. The push rods should be perfectly straight and the
rocker screw seat should not show signs of pick-up
or undue wear.
NOTE: Do not attempt to straighten bent push rods, re- NDIL14TR00077AB 1
place with new.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 6
Index
Engine - 10

Camshaft - Adjust – Tappets and pushrods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rocker shaft - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Valve drive and gears - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.3 [10.106] / 8
Engine - 10
Cylinder heads - 101
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Cylinder heads
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Valves
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Inspect – Valve springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Valve guide
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 2
Engine - Cylinder heads
Cylinder heads - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
NOTE: The cylinder head can be removed with the engine installed on the tractor.
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal (1).
NDIL14TR00044AB 1
2. Remove silencer, front hood, rear hood and fuel tank.

3. Drain the coolant after disconnecting hose (1).
NDIL14TR00045AB 2
4. Disconnect the air intake hose (1) from the intake man-
ifold.
NDIL14TR00046AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 3
5. Remove the radiator supporting bracket (1).

6. Disconnect electric connection on water temperature
sensor.
NDIL14TR00047AB 4
7. Remove the bolts securing flasher unit mounting plate

(1).
8. Remove the high pressure fuel pipes (2) between noz-
zle and fuel Injection pump, after removing clamps (3).
NOTICE: Plug the fuel injection pump delivery parts and
injectors inlet ports with suitable protective caps, to avoid
foreign particles ingress.
NDIL14TR00048AB 5
9. Remove fuel pipes between feed pump, primary fuel

filters, secondary filters and fuel injection pump.
10. Remove primary and secondary fuel filters mounting
brackets (1) along with filters.
NDIL14TR00049AB 6
11. Remove left-hand side cover.
NDIL14TR00050AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 4
12. Remove the bolts (1) securing alternator mounting

bracket with coolant pump.
NDIL14TR00051AB 8
13. Remove overflow pipe (1) from injectors.
NDIL14TR00052AB 9
14. Loosen the 2 bolts securing injector and remove in-

jectors from cylinder head using special tool number
292927.
NDIL14TR00053AA 10
15. For easy access to cylinder head, remove intake and

exhaust manifolds and retrieve packing seals from the
housing.
NOTE: Cylinder head can also be removed from the engine
without removing intake and exhaust manifolds.
16. Loosen bolts (1) and remove tappet cover (2).
NDIL14TR00054AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 5
17. Loosen rocker shaft mounting bolts (1) and nuts (2)
and remove rocker shaft assembly.
NDIL14TR00055AB 12
18. Take out all the push rods (1) from the cylinder head.
NDIL14TR00056AB 13
19. Loosen the cylinder head bolts (1) and lift off the cylin-
der head from cylinder block. Retrieve gasket from the
cylinder block.
NDIL14TR00057AA 14
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 6
Cylinder heads - Install

Installation of cylinder head is the reverse of the re-
moval procedure, but observe the following:
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and re-position
the head gasket with the mark “ALTO” facing towards
the cylinder head.
2. Replace the cylinder head and tighten the retaining
bolts in sequence and progressively in four stages as
shown in figure.
3. Install new cylinder head, intake and exhaust manifold
gaskets.
NOTE: Lightly lubricate the bolts prior to assembly and
NDIL14TR00927AB 1
tighten to the torque specification, with the engine cold.
Stage 1
• Initial tightening torque: 40 N·m (354 lb in)
Stage 2
• Initial tightening torque check: 40 N·m (354 lb in)
Stage 3
• Tightening angle: 130°
Stage 4
• Tightening angle: 140°
NDIL14TR00928AB 2
NOTE: Before re-using the bolts, check that the diameter

“d” measured as shown above zone “a”) exceeds 11.5 mm
(0.5 in), if not replace bolt.
NDIL14TR00083AB 3
4. Adjust valve clearance setting with each piston in turn

at top dead centre and rockers free to move.
• Intake valve clearance: 0.30 mm (0.01 in) (warm or
cold)
• Exhaust valve clearance: 0.30 mm (0.01 in) (warm
or cold)
NDIL14TR00085AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 7
5. Install the injectors with new seat washers, cork seals.

6. Install the high pressure fuel lines between injectors
and fuel injection pump.
7. Install leak off line with new washers.
8. Tighten all bolts and nuts to correct torques.
NDIL14TR00086AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 8
Cylinder heads - Disassemble

NOTICE: In case of replacement of parts is not required
make and identification mark to keep the parts in a num-
bered rack to assemble parts back in original location.
1. Remove the circlip on each side of the rocker shaft and
withdraw the rocker arm (1), adjusting shims (2), rocker
bracket (3), spring (4) from the rocker shaft (5).
NDIL14TR00058AB 1
NOTE: Prior to disassembling rockershaft, take-off the

screw (1) securing support (2) to shaft.
NDIL14TR00059AB 2
Valves and spring assembly removal

1. Remove the upper boot of valve.
2. Using the special tool number 291050, remove the re-
tainer locks.
3. Slowly release the special tool and withdraw springs,
seal and take out the valves.
NDIL14TR00060AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 9
Cylinder heads - Inspect

1. Clean the cylinder head and remove the carbon de-
posits around the valve heads.
2. Cylinder head core plugs if discolored (rusting) or leak-
ing require changing. Before fitting new plugs. Remove
all old sealer from the cylinder head. Apply sealant to
the new plug mating faces and drive the new plugs into
location.
NDIL14TR00061AA 1
3. Scrape all gasket surfaces clean and wash cylinder

head in a suitable solvent, also cleaning valve guide
bores.
NOTE: Ensure injector washers have been removed prior
to cleaning.
4. Inspect cylinder head for nicks and burrs on mating
face. Remove using a suitable abrasive and ensure
faces are clean after repair.
5. Using a straight edge (1) and feeler gauges (2), check
the flatness of the cylinder head in all directions. The
cylinder head face may be skimmed if necessary, re-
moving not more than 0.500 mm (0.020 in). NDIL14TR00062AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 10
Cylinder heads - Assemble

Cylinder head re-assembly
1. Insert the valves into the guides from which they were
removed and lap with a suitable paste. Ensure that all
traces and paste are removed after lapping.
A. Exhaust
B. Inlet
NDIL14TR00079AB 1
2. Lubricate all components with clean engine oil on re-as-

sembly. Use a spring compressor (special tool number
291050 ) to re-assemble the valves, valve springs and
retainers, and collets.
3. Coat all tappets with clean engine oil prior to assembly
and insert tappet into its original position.
4. Reassemble the rocker shaft assembly following the
same order in reverse of disassembly.
NDIL14TR00080AA 2
NOTE: Ensure that screw (1) securing second retainer

(from side of the engine) and shaft is fitted. This ensures
oil grooves and holes face downwards.
5. Ensure each ball end of rocker arm screws are seated
in its push rod before tightening rocker assembly fully.
NDIL14TR00081AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 11
Valves - Inspect
Valve settings
8. Check that valve seating stand-in from cylinder head
plane does not exceed 0.7000 – 1.0000 mm (0.0276
– 0.0394 in) (max permissible stand-in: 1.30 mm
(0.05 in)).
NDIL14TR00069AA 1
1. To recruit valve seats, use suitable fixture and uni-

versal hand lathe.
2. Maintain the valve seat and guide dimensions as
shown in figure.
NDIL14TR00070AB 2
Valves
9. To eliminate slight seating defects, grind valves to-
gether with seats using air grinder. With greater
defects, re-cut the valve seats and grind the valves.
1. During grinding maintain the dimensions of the
valves as in figure.
2. After grinding, check that the minimum stand-in is
not less than 0.500 mm (0.020 in).
3. Refer general specification.
NDIL14TR00071AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 12
Valves - Inspect – Valve springs

11. Checked on a flat surface squareness, should not ex-
ceed 1.5200 mm (0.0598 in), between the square and
spring at the top edge.
NDIL14TR00791AA 1
12. Length of valve spring should be checked on both free

length and loaded length.
Free length = 44.600 mm (1.756 in)
Loaded length:
• 34.000 mm (1.339 in) using a weight of 26.100 –
28.900 kg (57.541 – 63.714 lb)
• 23.800 mm (0.937 in) using a weight of 51.200 –
56.500 kg (112.877 – 124.561 lb)
Ensure the valve spring retainer locks are in good con-
dition and replace if worn or damaged.
NDIL14TR00076AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 13
Valve guide - Inspect

Valve guides
10. To remove and install the valve guides, use special
tool number 291046 together with 293231.
NDIL14TR00072AA 1
1. Valve guides should be a drive fit in their housing.

If loose, they should be replaced using oversize
guides. See figure Valves - Inspect (10.101) for
valve guide dimensions (B).
NDIL14TR00073AB 2
2. After installation, each valve guides should be

reamed using suitable reaming tool. Also refer
general specifications.
NDIL14TR00074AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 14
Index
Engine - 10

Cylinder heads - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cylinder heads - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cylinder heads - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cylinder heads - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinder heads - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Valve guide - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Valves - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Valves - Inspect – Valve springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.4 [10.101] / 16
Engine - 10
Connecting rods and pistons - 105
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Connecting rods and pistons

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 2
Engine - Connecting rods and pistons
Connecting rods and pistons - Remove

NOTE: Connecting rods and pistons can be removed with the engine installed on tractor after removing of the cylinder
head and oil pan.
For cylinder head and oil sump removal procedure,
please refer to Cylinder heads - Disassemble
(10.101) and Engine oil pan - Remove (10.102) re-
spectively.
1. With cylinder head removed clean off any ridge from
the top of the cylinder bore to enable removal of the
pistons, this is essential if old pistons are to be re-used
and failure to do so could result in ring damage when
removing.
2. With the piston at the bottom of the stroke remove the
end cap bolts, cap, and sleeve using the handle end
of a hammer push the piston assembly out through the
top of the block, and remove the bearing sleeve from
the connecting rod.
NOTE: Bearing caps and sleeves must be kept with their
respective connecting rods.
NDIL14TR00125AA 1
3. Turn the crankshaft again and repeat the process for

the remaining pistons.
4. Using expander remove the piston rings.
NDIL14TR00126AA 2
5. Remove piston pin snap rings from each side of piston

using a suitable tool and remove pin.
6. Ensure each piston and rod assembly, remains
matched together for re-assembly into the cylinder
block.
NDIL14TR00127AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 3
Connecting rods and pistons - Inspect

1. Clean the piston and connecting rod assembly in a suit-
able solvent and inspect for damage to ring lands, skirts
or pin bosses.
2. Check connecting rod components for damage and
place in the test mandrel to check for distortion and en-
sure that any distortion is within specifications.
Connecting rod alignment

Large and small end bores must be square and parallel
to each other within the limits of 0.070 mm (0.003 in)
measured at a distance of 125 mm (5 in) from the lon-
gitudinal axis of connecting rod.
NOTICE: Replacement rods should be stamped with the
reference numbers of the cylinder to which they belong.
Also ensure that the weight difference between rods of the
same engine does not exceed 25.00 g (0.88 oz).
NDIL14TR00128AA 1
NOTICE: Ensure that the connecting rod lubricating ports

(L and M ) are unobstructed.
NOTE: Connecting rod nuts should be replaced whenever
the big ends are disturbed.
3. Check connecting rod small end bush and piston pin
for wear.
• Connecting rod bush fitted internal diameter: 38.004
– 38.014 mm (1.496 – 1.497 in).
• Piston pin outside diameter: 37.983 – 37.990 mm
(1.495 – 1.496 in).
NDIL14TR00129AA 2
If new bush to be replaced, proceed as follows:

• The small end bushes are press fitted in the connect-
ing rods.
• Press out the old bushes using a suitable press.
• Remove any sharp edges around the connecting rod
small end parent bores.
• Press in the new bushes using a suitable dolly at the
same time ensuring that the oil holes in the bushes
coincide with the holes in the top of the connecting
rods.
• After installation grind the side faces of the new bush
to match the side faces of the connecting rod. En- NDIL14TR00130AA 3
sure all sharp edges are removed, and loose clip-

pings are cleaned from the connecting rod before
re-assembly into the engine.
• Ream out the new bushes to suit their respective
piston pins, and check parallelism and twist.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 4
4. Wash the piston assembly in a suitable solvent and dry

with a clean lint free cloth or compressed air.
5. Inspect the piston ring lands, skirts and pin boses for
damage.
6. Clean the ring grooves and using a new ring and feeler
gauge check the piston ring land for wear. (Gap be-
tween the ring and the groove.)
• Top compression ring – 0.0900 – 0.1220 mm
(0.0035 – 0.0048 in)
• 2nd compression ring – 0.0600 – 0.0920 mm
(0.0024 – 0.0036 in)
NDIL14TR00131AA 4
• Oil control ring – 0.0400 – 0.0750 mm (0.0016 –
0.0030 in)
Maximum groove wear clearance:
• Top compression ring – 0.0500 mm (0.0020 in)
• 2nd compression ring and oil control ring –
0.0200 mm (0.0008 in)
7. Place a new ring into the cylinder bore and check the
piston ring gap width at top middle and bottom of the
bore.
• Top ring – 0.4000 – 0.6500 mm (0.0157 – 0.0256 in)
• Second ring – 0.3000 – 0.5500 mm (0.0118 –
0.0217 in)
• Third ring – 0.3000 – 0.6000 mm (0.0118 –
0.0236 in)
• Maximum wear gap – 1.2000 mm (0.0472 in)
NOTE: In a worn cylinder, ring gap should be checked at
the bottom of cylinder.
NDIL14TR00132AA 5
8. Measure of piston diameter by means of micrometer in

order to determine the mounting clearance.
NOTE: The diameter must be measured at a distance of
12.000 mm (0.472 in) from the piston head. The pistons
are delivered as spare parts with standard dimension
or over size dimension of 0.400 – 0.800 mm (0.016 –
0.031 in).
NDIL14TR00133AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 5
9. The clearance between piston and cylinder liner can

also be checked by means of a feeler gauge as shown
in the Fig. 7.
NDIL14TR00134AA 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 6
Connecting rods and pistons - Install

1. Select the correct bearing sleeves as in the following
crankshaft section, and install in the rod and cap, en-
sure the liner tang locates in the slots of the rod and
cap.
NOTE: The sleeves are pre-finished and needs no rework-
ing.
2. Turn the crankshaft to position number 1 crankpin at
the bottom of the stroke, and lubricate all parts with new
engine oil. Using ring compressor and a soft drive slide
pistons into bores.
NDIL14TR00142AA 1
3. See figure 2 for correct fitment of piston and connecting

rods in cylinder block. The arrow indicates the direction
of rotation of the engine looked from the front of engine.
NDIL14TR00143AA 2
4. Ensure the connecting rod bearing liner, seats on the

crankpin with the bearing cap fitted, to the connecting
rod as a matched assembly. Fit bolts lubricated with
oil, and tighten to a torque value as detailed below:
• By means of a torque wrench tighten to 40 N·m
(30 lb ft).
• Using angular torque wrench tighten further by 60°.
NDIL14TR00144AA 3
NOTICE: The connecting rod screws can be used as long

as the thread diameter measured at a distance of between
19.00 – 35.00 mm (0.75 – 1.38 in) from the screw head is
not smaller than 10.50 mm (0.41 in).
NDIL14TR00145AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 7
5. Using feeler gauges, check the side clearance of each

connecting rod to crankshaft, which should be within
0.060 – 0.100 mm (0.002 – 0.004 in).
6. Refit the oil pump tube/screen and oil sump as de-
scribed in the relevant section, refill engine oil and
coolant and run the engine checking for leaks.
NDIL14TR00146AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 8
Index
Engine - 10

Connecting rods and pistons - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Connecting rods and pistons - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Connecting rods and pistons - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 9
47899732 23/06/2015
10.5 [10.105] / 10
Engine - 10
Crankshaft and flywheel - 103
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Crankshaft and flywheel

Service instruction – Main bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine flywheel
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Crankshaft oil seal
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Main bearings
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 2
Engine - Crankshaft and flywheel
Crankshaft and flywheel - Service instruction – Main bearing

To remove the flywheel, the engine requires to be split
from the transmission housing.
The crankshaft itself can only be serviced after removal
from the engine for which engine has to be separated
from the tractor totally.
NOTE: Replaceable bearings are installed in production.
Ensure correct crankshaft journal to bearing clearance is
maintained in service. To renew main bearings, crankshaft
has to be removed.
NDIL14TR00147AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 3
Engine flywheel - Remove

1. To gain access to the flywheel separate the engine to
transmission.
2. Remove clutch assembly from the flywheel. Refer
Clutch - Remove (18.110) for removal procedure.
NDIL14TR00148AB 1
3. Prior to removal and using a dial indicator, rotate the fly-

wheel, figure 2 and measure the flywheel run-out and
eccentricity relative to flywheel housing. If not to spec-
ification, check crankshaft to flywheel seating.
NDIL14TR00149AA 2
4. Loosen flywheel mounting bolts (1) and carefully re-

move flywheel from engine using suitable hoist.
NDIL14TR00150AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 4
Engine flywheel - Inspect

1. Inspect the flywheel ring gear and if damaged renew
in the following manner, cut old ring gear free from the
flywheel. Clean the mating surfaces of the new ring
gear and flywheel.
2. Use an oxy-acetylene torch with a tip size of number
2 (maximum) and direct the flame against the internal
face of the gear.
3. Quickly place the hot gear on the flywheel, with flat face
against the shoulder on the flywheel. The gear to fly-
wheel run out should be checked using a dial indicator
and should not exceed the specified limit.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 5
Engine flywheel - Install

1. Clean the crankshaft rear flange and mating surface of
the flywheel and install the flywheel, torque the bolts to
40 N·m (30 lb ft) followed by angular torque of 60°.
NDIL14TR00151AA 1
2. Before reusing flywheel bolts. Check that diameter ‘d’

(measured as shown at zone ‘a’) exceeds 11.500 mm
(0.453 in). If not replaces the bolts.
NDIL14TR00152AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 6
Crankshaft oil seal - Remove

Front oil seal
NOTE: Front oil seal can also be removed and installed
with front cover mounted on the engine.
1. The front oil seal should be replaced every time the
front cover is removed. Drive out the old seal using
punch taking care, not to damage the front cover.
2. Thoroughly clean the mating surface between the rear
cover and front cover using a suitable solvent. Apply a
thin coat of grease on the mating surface and paste the
timing cover gasket. Assemble the timing cover to the
rear cover and tighten the retaining bolts.
3. Lubricate the new seal (1) and install the seal using
special tool number 293329 with tip of the seal towards
the engine side.
4. Ensure that the new seal does not sit on the seat/mark NDIL14TR00114AB 1
already made by old seal on crankshaft journal.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 7
Main bearings - Disassemble

1. Remove the engine from tractor and install on stand
(special tool number 293860) by following the proce-
dure.
NDIL14TR00153AA 1
2. Remove clutch assembly and flywheel from the engine

as described earlier.
NDIL14TR00154AA 2
3. Remove oil sump as described earlier to gain access

to the crankshaft.
4. Remove oil pump (1) by loosening the securing bolts
(2).
NDIL14TR00155AB 3
5. Loosen two bolts (1) and remove rear oil seal housing
(2).
NDIL14TR00156AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 8
6. Remove front timing gear cover.

7. Remove engine head.
NDIL14TR00157AA 5
8. Loosen the crankshaft big end bearing bolts and re-

move connecting rod piston assembly from the engine.
NDIL14TR00158AA 6
NOTE: It is possible to remove crankshaft without removing

connecting rod and piston assembly from cylinder block.
However it is advisable to remove the assembly from cylin-
der block for easy removal and installation.
9. Loosen the main bearing bolts and remove main bear-
ing caps.
NDIL14TR00159AA 7
10. Lift the crankshaft from the cylinder block carefully and
place it on a clean flat surface.
NDIL14TR00160AA 8
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 9
11. Retrieve main bearing shells (1) and thrust washer

from the cylinder block.
NDIL14TR00161AB 9
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 10
Main bearings - Inspect

Carefully inspect the crankshaft, even the slightest
crack makes replacement necessary.
1. Measure crankshaft main journals (1) by means of a
micrometer caliper. If necessary, grind to the next un-
dersize bearing. Refer to Crankcase - General spec-
ification (10.001) for undersize specifications.
NOTICE: All main and connecting rod bearings journals are
always ground to the same smaller dimension in order to
avoid out of balance of the shaft.
NDIL14TR00162AB 1
2. Measure connecting rod journals by means of a mi-

crometer caliper. If necessary, grind to the next under-
size.
NDIL14TR00163AA 2
3. Check that the plugs (1) of the lubricating circuit are

not leaking for an inner pressure of 15 bar (218 psi),
otherwise replace plugs by means of a suitable drift.
NDIL14TR00164AB 3
4. The crankshaft clamped between centres, alignment

should be checked using dial gauge. Max. tolerance ±
0.100 mm (0.004 in).
NOTICE: Alignment check must be carried out after re-
grinding crankshaft.
NDIL14TR00165AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 11
5. Connecting rod bearing.

6. Connecting rod bearing journal alignment referred to
main bearing journals the axis of each connecting rod
bearing journal pair and the axis of the main bearing
journals must be at one plain. Maximum permissi-
ble tolerance perpendicular to this plain ± 0.250 mm
(0.010 in).
NDIL14TR00166AB 5
7. Check the tooth of the gear (1) or damage or wear. If

any damage or wear is noticed the gears should be
replaced. Pull of gear by means of special tool number
292911. In order to move the new gear, heat the gear
in an oven to 180° for 10 min.
8. Please refer figure [Invalid Reference] for more spec-
ifications.
NDIL14TR00167AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 12
NDIL14TR00931GB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 13
NDIL14TR00932GB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 14
Main bearings - Assemble

1. Place bearing shell (1) in the main bearings.
NOTICE: The bearing shells are all pre-finished and re-
quires no re-work.
NOTE: The main bearings are delivered as spare parts
with the following under sizes 0.254 mm (0.010 in) and
0.508 mm (0.020 in).
NDIL14TR00161AB 1
2. Lubricate bearing shells. Lift and mount crankshaft in

the crank case.
NOTICE: The bearings caps with attached thin shell bear-
ing are numbered for correct installation. The cap identifi-
cation number should tally with that stamped on the engine
block.
NDIL14TR00160AA 2
3. The clearance between the shaft journal and the corre-

sponding bearings are checked by means of a plastic
gauge (1) as follows:
• Clean parts carefully and remove oil, place a piece of
correct size plastic gauge (1) across the full width of
the bearing cap, approximately 6.000 mm (0.236 in)
of centre.
• Mount bearing cover fastening screws and tighten
them by means of a torque. Wrench to the pre-
scribed tightening torque ( 80 N·m (59 lb ft) + 90°
angular torque).
NOTICE: The screws must be previously lubricated
NDIL14TR00171AB 3
with oil.
• Remove the cap and use the scale to check the width
of the flattened plastic gauge.
• Widest point, of gauge establishes the minimum
clearance. The difference between the two readings
is the taper.
NOTE: Normally main bearings journals wear evenly
and will not be out of round, but if a bearing which is
to specification is fitted to an out of round journal,
ensure liner suits maximum diameter of journal.
• If these combinations of bearings do not produce
specified clearance, refinish crankshaft and fit ap-
NDIL14TR00172AA 4
proximate size service bearings.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 15
4. Position the bearings and caps in the block and coat

with oil. If the crankshaft has been refinished, fit ap-
proximate size service bearings.
5. Place thrust washer (1) at the 2nd bearing from flywheel
side with surface covered with anti-friction metal, facing
the crankshaft.
NDIL14TR00173AB 5
NOTICE: The mounting clearance is in general 0.032 –

0.334 mm (0.001 – 0.013 in). For a longer clearance the
thrust washer must be replaced by new ones with standard
dimension or with over dimensions.
NOTE: Over dimensions of the thrust washer available
0.127 mm (0.005 in), 0.254 mm (0.010 in), 0.508 mm
(0.020 in).
6. Mount the bearing cap together with bearing shells. Lu-
bricate the bolt and tighten them by means of a torque
wrench to 80 N·m (59 lb ft) followed by angular torque
of 90°. NDIL14TR00174AB 6
NOTICE: Before re-using main bearing cap bolts, check

that diameter ‘d’ (measured at zone ‘a’ shown in the figure
7) exceeds 13.5 mm (0.5 in). If not replace bolt.
NDIL14TR00175AB 7
7. Place dial gauge (1) with magnetic base check end play
of the crank shaft.
NDIL14TR00176AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 16
8. Mount real oil seal cover (1) together with oil seal in the
crankcase.
NOTICE: In service, the rear oil seal (1) has left a groove
on the crank shaft, the location of the crankshaft. Oil seal
has to be moved inside by removing the spacer ring (2)
provided on the inside.
NDIL14TR00177AB 9
9. Install flywheel, connecting and piston assembly, front

timing cover, cylinder head and oil pan as described
earlier.
10. Install the engine on tractor and test the engine for
compression check as described earlier.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 17
Index
Engine - 10

Crankshaft and flywheel - Service instruction – Main bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Crankshaft oil seal - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine flywheel - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine flywheel - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine flywheel - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Main bearings - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Main bearings - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Main bearings - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47899732 23/06/2015
10.6 [10.103] / 18
Engine - 10
Balancer and damper - 110
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Balancer
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 2
Engine - Balancer and damper
Balancer - Remove
TT75 only
To remove balancer assembly with engine fitted on trac-
tor, proceed as follows:
1. Drain completely oil in engine sump and remove oil
sump cover.
NDIL14TR00119AA 1
2. Remove oil pump strainer support screw.

3. Remove oil pump along with the strainer.
NDIL14TR00120AA 2
4. Loosen balancer assembly retaining bolts and slide the

assembly towards flywheel side until shaft (1) cleans
stiff coupling (2).
5. Remove balancer assembly from the engine.
NDIL14TR00121AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 3
Balancer - Install
TT75 Model only
• Lock weights in correct installation position with pin
(1), checking match of reference marks.
• Fit drive coupling (2) and lock assembly tightening
bolts to specified torque.
NDIL14TR00124AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 4
Balancer - Disassemble
TT75 Model only
1. Withdraw split pins (1) and disassemble weight shaft
by punch blows.
2. Disassemble drive gear (2) by removing circlip (3) and
bolts (4) securing housing.
3. Disassemble idler gear (5) removing circlip (6).
NDIL14TR00122AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 5
Balancer - Inspect
TT75 Model only
Check wear of parts, replacing damaged ones and
dress inside of bushes replaced using expanding blade
dressers. Weight bushes must be fitted in their housing
after heating weights in oil at 140 °C (284 °F) - 160 °C
(320 °F).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 6
Balancer - Assemble
TT75 Model only
1. When reassembling part, gear (5), and weights (8)
must be positioned so as to observe matching of marks
shown by arrows.
2. Refer to figures and note that:
• Weight drive idler gear (5) must have longer part of
hub facing case wall.
• Holes for the pins made on the shaft must be aligned
with corresponding holes on case.
NDIL14TR00123AB 1
3. When refitting contra-rotating mass unit, timing is un-

dertaken as follows:
• Position piston number 1 at T.D.C.
• Secure power drive (9), matching reference marks
as shown in figure.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 7
Index
Engine - 10

Balancer - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Balancer - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Balancer - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Balancer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Balancer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.7 [10.110] / 8
Engine - 10
Fuel injection system - 218
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuel injection system

SERVICE
Fuel injection system

Remove – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspect – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Injection pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Timing check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fuel injectors
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 2
Engine - Fuel injection system
Fuel injection system - General specification

TT75 Models
Fuel pump Double diaphragm
Operation Engine driven
Minimum fuel flow at 1600 RPM shaft speed 100 L/hour (26 US gal/hour)
Drive shaft eccentricity 3.0000 mm (0.1181 in)
Fuel pump drive
Shaft journal diameter 31.9750 – 32.0000 mm (1.2589 – 1.2598 in)
Inner washer thickness 1.4500 – 1.5000 mm (0.0571 – 0.0591 in)
Outer washer thickness 2.9300 – 3.0000 mm (0.1154 – 0.1181 in)
Injection pump Distributor, integral governor and advance device
VE 4/12 F 1250 L985
(0 460 414170L774) or
BOSCH
VE 4/11 F 1250 LV 15325
(0 460 414 235)
Rotation direction Anti-clockwise
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Injectors
Make MICO BOSCH
Nozzle holder KBEL 83S352 260 (apa)
Nozzle DLLA 132S1320
Number of spray orifices 5
Spray orifice diameter 0.2300 mm (0.0091 in) / 0.2100 mm (0.0083 in)
Pressure setting 260 – 272 Kg/cm² (3698 – 3869 psi)
Delivery pipes
Type 4797516
6.000 mm (0.236 in) x 1.500 mm (0.059 in) x
Pipe dimensions
530.000 mm (20.866 in)
Pump timing, cylinder number 1 in compression stroke
6 – 8° B.T.D.C.
(delivery connection of cylinder number 1 marked with letter “A”
TT65 Models
Fuel pump drive
BOSCH 0460423012(VE 3/11F1250 L977)
Firing order 1-2-3
Injectors
Make MICO BOSCH
Nozzle holder KBEL 83S352 260 (apa)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 3

Spray orifice diameter 0.2300 mm (0.0091 in) / 0.2100 mm (0.0083 in)
Delivery pipes
Type 500303653
6.000 mm (0.236 in) x 1.500 mm (0.059 in) x
Pipe dimensions
475.000 mm (18.701 in)
Pump timing, cylinder number 1 in compression stroke
0° T.D.C. (PMS1)
(delivery connection of cylinder number 1 marked with letter “A”
Fuel injection system - General specification

TT55 Models
Fuel pump drive
BOSCH VE4/12F1150LV16752
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Injectors
Make MICO BOSCH
Nozzle holder KBAL 86P163
Nozzle DSLA 142P5561
Spray orifice diameter 0.1930 mm (0.0076 in)
Delivery pipes
5801426425,
Type
5801426426
6.000 mm (0.236 in) x 1.600 mm (0.063 in) x
Pipe dimensions
530.000 mm (20.866 in)
Pump timing, cylinder no. 1 in compression stroke (delivery
0.5@TDC
connection of cylinder no. 1 marked with letter “A” (mm)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 4
Fuel injection system - Remove – Feed pump
NOTE: Ensure that the head pump and areas around the
feed pump are clean.
1. Close cock (1) on fuel Intake line.
NDIL14TR00199AB 1
2. Disconnect fuel intake and return lines from the feed

pump.
3. Loosen two nuts (1) securing feed pump to the mount-
ing bracket and remove feed pump. Retrieve gasket
between feed pump and mounting bracket.
NDIL14TR00200AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 5
Fuel injection system - Install – Feed pump

1. For installation follow the removal procedure in reverse.
Refer to Fuel injection system - Remove (10.218).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 6
Fuel injection system - Disassemble – Feed pump

1. Screw out butterfly nut open strainer cap (1) and re-
move strainer (2).
NDIL14TR00201AB 1
2. Loosen screws and remove feed pump head (1).
NDIL14TR00202AB 2
3. Remove nyloc cup (1) using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00203AB 3
4. Remove diaphragm assembly by pressing and turning

90° clockwise or anti-clockwise.
NDIL14TR00204AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 7
5. Retrieve spacer (1) from the diaphragm assembly.
NDIL14TR00205AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 8
Fuel injection system - Inspect – Feed pump

1. Check diaphragm for damage cut or cracks. Replace
diaphragm assembly if necessary.
2. Check rubber valves and O-ring in nyloc cup and
head for damage. If necessary, replace nyloc cup and
O-ring.
NDIL14TR00206AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 9
Fuel injection system - Assemble – Feed pump

For re-assembly follow the disassembly procedure in
reverse from step 5 back to step 1. Refer to Fuel injec-
tion system - Disassemble (10.218).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 10
Injection pump - Remove
NOTE: Ensure that the areas around the injectors and front
cover access plate are clean.
1. Close cock (1) on fuel intake line.
2. Remove injection pump drive gear front cover.
NDIL14TR00188AB 1
3. Disconnect fuel intake and return lines (1), high pres-

sure lines (2) to injectors, throttle control linkage (3) and
solenoid connection from the pump.
4. Unscrew pump retaining nut securing pump shaft to
drive gear and remove injection pump.
NDIL14TR00189AB 2
5. Loosen dognut and remove pulley using special tool

number 82834300.
NDIL14TR00190AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 11
Injection pump - Inspect

The pump should not be tampered with in any way. If
the pump operation is suspect it should be taken to an
approved MICO service centre for testing and repair.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 12
Injection pump - Install

1. Place the flat gasket between the pump flange and the
spacer.
2. Fit shaft to drive gear locking by means of provided
nut and insert pump retaining nuts (2), figure 1 without
tightening.
3. Turn the pump body to align reference marks (1) on the
pump and spacer.
NDIL14TR00194AB 1
4. Tighten the pump retaining nuts reconnect the various

fuel lines, solenoid switch electric connection and throt-
tle linkage.
5. Finally vent the circuit.
NDIL14TR00192AA 2
6. If there are no reference marks (1), figure 1, or if they

are not reliable, timing must be carried out as follows:
• Bring cylinder number 1 piston in compression stage
to T.D.C. (valves closed), turn the flywheel anti-
clockwise (as seen from fan side) until the reference
mark is aligned with the inscription PMS1.
• With the pump reinstalled, remove the plug, fit the
tool 291755 complete with gauge 9971094 and with
feeler preloaded by about 2.500 mm (0.098 in).
• Turn again slowly backwards until the pumping ele-
ment to B.D.C. in start of delivery position (the gauge
will stop dropping).
NDIL14TR00193AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 13
• Set gauge to zero and turn flywheel clockwise un-

til reference marks is aligned with the inscription
PMS1.
• Check the gauge to ensure that the pumping element
stroke is 1.000 mm (0.039 in). If not, slacken the
pump retaining nuts (2).
• If the stroke is too short, turn the pump clockwise
(as seen from drive side). If it is too long, turn anti-
clockwise.
• Check that a pumping element stroke of 1.000 mm
(0.039 in) has been obtained, and repeat above op-
erations as required.
NDIL14TR00194AB 4
• Tighten the pump retaining nuts and cut reference.
• Marks into the pump flange and spacer.
• Remove gauge, tool and fit plug, tightening to 0.8 –
1.0 kgm (5.8 – 7.2 ftlbs.).
• Reconnect the fuel lines, the fuel pump and filters.
• Vent the circuit.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 14
Injection pump - Timing check

BOSCH injection pump timing
1. Using an external cable, supply 12 V to the thermomet-
ric circuit breaker cutting out starting advance accord-
ing to temperature (KSB) (1) attaching the positive ter-
minal to the connection and earth to the pump housing.
NDIL14TR00236AB 1
2. Make sure that the KSB fork (1) is free to move.
NDIL14TR00237AB 2
3. Unscrew the unions of the supply lines (1), detaching

them from the injection pump. If necessary, disconnect
the injection pump supply and return lines (2) and (3)
and the LDA / intake manifold connecting pipe.
NDIL14TR00238AB 3
4. Remove the flywheel inspection window cover (1) and

the tappet cover.
Rotate the crankshaft to bring cylinder number 1 at
PMS1 (T.D.C.) and make sure the valves are closed
(compression stroke).
NDIL14TR00239AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 15
5. Check through the inspection window that the pointer

is aligned with reference marks PMS1.
NDIL14TR00240AA 5
6. With the injection pump in its seat, remove the plug (1)
on the pump cover.
NDIL14TR00241AB 6
7. Fit dial gauge 9971094 (1) and the adopter 9971500

(2), pre-loading the shaft by approximately 2.500 mm
(0.098 in).
NDIL14TR00242AB 7
8. Turn the flywheel slowly anti-clockwise, so as to bring

the plunger to B.D.C. at the start of the delivery stroke
(the point at which the dial gauge needle stops falling).
9. Zero-set the dial gauge and slowly turn the flywheel
clockwise (as viewed from the fan end of the engine)
until the pointer lines up with PMS1.
10. Check on the dial gauge that the plunger has com-
pleted a stroke of 1.000 mm (0.039 in) up to this point,
if not, slacken off the pump mounting bolts.
11. Turn the pump upwards if the plunger has completed
a shorter stroke and downwards if the stroke is longer,
repeating the test until the correct stroke is obtained.
12. Having obtained the correct plunger stroke, fix the
pump in position by tightening the mounting nuts to
the torque specified.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 16
13. Remove the dial gauge 9971094 (1) and adopter

99715001 (2) and replace the plug and tighten to a
torque of 8 – 10 N·m (71 – 89 lb in).
14. Disconnect the KSB external power supply unit.
15. Refit other parts in the reverse of the dismantling or-
der.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 17
Test specification PV-No. : 1 469 423 012

Robert Bosch mechanically-governed distributor Change : 5 08.01.2008
GmbH Stuttgart pumps Status : vorläufig
Kundendienstvorschrift Date of print : 05.05.2009
Pump : 0 460 423 012 VE 3/12 F 1250 L977
Customer drawing : A460907020 Engine : Series 8000
Power : 48 kw
Customer : IVECO – FIAT Pist. swept vol. : 2.9 I
Customer order no. Application : Traktoren
Test conditions
Calibr, nozzle and holder assembly : 1 688 901 027

Test fuel-injection tubing : Øa 6.00 x Øi 2.00 x 450mm
Calibrating oil : ISONORM
Calibration oil inlet pressure : 35.00 +/- 5.00 kPa
Calibration oil overflow pressure : 55 +/- 1.00 ºC
Opening pressure : 25.0 +/- 0.3 MPa
Overflow restriction : 0.55 mm
LDA -
n Sollwert/ DA -Sollwert Pres- ELA TV KSB
Test point Index Distribution
1/min. Tolerance / Tolerance sure BV % v
hPa
Overflow quantity at pump (l/h)
USMO 1250 31.0 +/ - 9.0 1000 12
USMO 500 23.0 +/ - 7.0 0 12
Supply pump pressure (MPa)
PSEP 1100 0.84 +/ - 0.07 1000 12
PSU 500 0.55 +/ - 0.07 1000 12
Timing device travel (mm) N
SVEP 1100 2.0 +/ - 0.6 1000 12
SVO 1250 3.0 +/ - 0.6 1000 12
SVU 900 0.8 +/ - 0.6 1000 12
Full -load start -quantity (mm3/H)
STM 120.0 +/ -
100 0 12
20.0
STO 300 82.0 +/ - 7.0 0 12
Full -load (mm3/H)
VEP 900 76.7 +/ - 2.5 </ - 3.5 1000 12
VEPM 600 76.7 +/ - 3.0 275 12
VEPU 600 74.0 +/ - 3.0 0 12
VO 1250 68.5 +/ - 3.0 1000 12
Speed regulation breakaway (mm3/H)
AB1 1390 1.5 +/ - 1.5 1000 12
Electric shut -off (mm3/H)
SPE1 325 1.5 +/ - 1.5 </ - 5.0 0 0
SPE2 325 1.5 +/ - 1.5 0 0
LFB -quantity (mm3/H)
Q3 1250 38.5 +/ - 0.5 1000 12
Q4 1250 28.0 +/ - 0.5 1000 12
DQ2 1250 -14.0 +/ - 6.0 1000 12
LFB Timing Device Travel (mm) N
DS2 1250 -0.3 +/ - 0.1 1000 12
DS3 1250 -0.5 +/ - 0.4 1000 12
S4 1250 3.1 +/ - 0.5 1000 12
Control lever spacing - angle
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 18
Ya 38.9 +/ - 1.0 mm
Yb 42.3 +/ - 2.5 mm
Remarks:
Pump with 3.5º cam angle RR -KSB
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 19
Fuel injectors - Remove

1. Ensure the areas around the injectors and fuel pump
are clean prior to disassembly.
2. Remove the injector high pressure lines (1) loosen leak
off pipe banjo bolts (2) and carefully pull the leak off
tubes from the injectors.
NDIL14TR00195AB 1
3. Remove the two retaining nuts of each injector and

withdraw the injectors from the cylinder head.
NDIL14TR00196AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 20
Fuel injectors - Overhaul

WARNING
The spray from a fuel injector tester can pierce human skin with fatal results. When an injector is spraying, the
nozzle holder should be turned away from the operator and any other persons.
During the nozzle opening pressure and spray pattern

tests, collect the spray in a container partly filled with
rags to absorb the spray.
When conducting the nozzle seat leakage test, release
the injector tester pump pressure before touching the
nozzle tip with a sheet of blotting paper.
NDIL14TR00197AA 1
WARNING
The spray is flammable make sure no open flames are in the area of the tester and do not generate excessive vapor.
1. Fill the injector tester, tool number 290284, with a cal-

ibrating type fuel oil and leave the filler cap loose to
prevent a vacuum forming during testing.
2. Prime the tester until oil is emitted from the tester line,
then connect the injector.
3. Make sure the knob on the right-hand side of the tester
is screwed into prevent the gauge being over-pres-
surised, if the injector nozzle is blocked.
4. Pump the tester and check the nozzle is free to open.
Open the pressure gauge valve and begin injector test-
ing.
5. Nozzle opening pressure setting - slowly pump the in-
jector tester and observe the pressure at which the nee-
dle valve lifts and fuel is injected from the nozzle tip.
The minimum acceptable opening pressure is 260 bar
(3770 psi). If the opening pressure is below 260 bar
(3770 psi) reset to 260 – 272 bar (3770 – 3944 psi).
6. Spray pattern - pump the tester rapidly (80 - 90 strokes
per/min) and observe the spray pattern from the holes.
An atomized spray free from distortion and irregular
streaks of fuel should be observed. The tester is not
regarded as providing a suitable test for atomization
under working conditions, but gives an indication of the
working of the nozzle.
7. Nozzle seat leakage - wipe the nozzle tip dry and apply
a pressure 10 bar (145 psi) below the opening pres-
sure. The nozzle tip and bottom face must remain es-
sentially dry and there must be no tendency for blobs
of fuel to collect or drip. A slight dampness can be ig-
nored. If there is any leakage from the nozzle seat, the
nozzle assembly must be cleaned or replaced.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 21
8. Nozzle back leakage - apply a pressure 10 bar

(145 psi) below the opening pressure, then release
the handle and time the pressure drop. The pressure
should drop 100 – 150 bar (1450 – 2175 psi) in 5 –
45 s below 5 s, the nozzle assembly must be replaced.
If above 45 s, check for carbon on the value and /or
blocked back leak drillings.
NOTE: If the injectors meet the tests carried out then re-fit
the injectors to the engine. If not take it to approved MICO
service centre for further testing and repair.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 22
Fuel injectors - Inspect

Injector sleeves
1. If the cylinder head has been skimmed, check that fuel
injector projection is shown in figure.
• Injector stand-out: 0.050 – 0.700 mm (0.002 –
0.028 in).
• Maximum permissible stand-out: 1.000 mm
(0.039 in).
NDIL14TR00063AA 1
2. If projection is more than 1.000 mm (0.039 in), replace

injector sleeve as follows:
1. Secure sleeve puller special tool number 293784
(1) to cylinder head screwing nuts (2) on injector
retaining studs.
2. Turn nut (3) so as to pull sleeve (4) from cylinder
head.
NDIL14TR00064AB 2
3. Install O-rings (2) on sleeve, insert sleeve in hous-

ing using special tool number 293861 and ensure
that lower part contacts seat in cylinder head.
NDIL14TR00065AB 3
4. Position bushing (1), special tool number 293746

in new sleeve. Secure bushing in seat by tighten-
ing nut (2) anti-clockwise, insert dresser (3) (special
tool number 293747) in bushing (1) and buts bottom
of sleeve.
NDIL14TR00066AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 23
5. Remove tool 293747 and fit cutter (special tool num-

ber 293790) (1). Using cutter, remove material until
seat is perfectly smooth and free from burrs or tool
marks.
NDIL14TR00067AB 5
6. When dressing is completed, insert injector

in sleeve and check that stand-out is 0.050 –
0.700 mm (0.002 – 0.028 in).
NDIL14TR00068AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 24
Index
Engine - 10

Fuel injection system - Assemble – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fuel injection system - Disassemble – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuel injection system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fuel injection system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel injection system - Inspect – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fuel injection system - Install – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel injection system - Remove – Feed pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel injectors - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuel injectors - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fuel injectors - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Injection pump - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Injection pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Injection pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Injection pump - Timing check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 25
47899732 23/06/2015
10.8 [10.218] / 26
Engine - 10
Turbocharger and lines - 250
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Turbocharger
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Turbocharger
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 2
Engine - Turbocharger and lines
Turbocharger - Overview
Turbo charge function
The turbocharger uses the exhaust flow from the engine to spin a turbine, which in turn spins air pump.
The turbine in the turbo charger spins at very high speeds.
The turbocharger is bolted to the exhaust manifold of the engine. The exhaust from the cylinders spins the turbine.
The turbine is connected by shaft to the compressor, which is located between the air filter and the intake manifold.
The compressor pressurizes the air going into the pistons. The exhaust from the cylinders passes through the turbine
blades, causing the turbine to spin. The more exhaust that goes through the blades, the faster they spin.
NDIL14TR00207FB 1
Turbo power
Tractor is fitted with turbo charger (1) figure 3 it helps,
pushing the intake air, so better volumetic efficiency &
thus full utilization of fuel that results into more torque and
power.
NDIL14TR00208AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 3
Turbo charger LDA

NOTE: The LDA is adjusted and set by Bosch. If LDA
require any type of adjustment the injection pump with
LDA must be brought to an authorised dealer.
Important Tips for Turbo Charger
WARNING
Do not alter any FIP, LDA setting. Always bring FIP to
authorised Bosch dealer. Violation of this will make
warranty Invalid.
NDIL14TR00209AB 3
Before accelerating on starting and before shutting down
tractor model, let the engine idle at about 700 RPM for
30 s to ensure that the turbo charger is fully lubricated.
The LDA as marked (1) is adjusted and set by Bosch. If

LDA requires any type of adjustments, the fuel injection
pump with LDA must be brought to authorised Bosch spe-
cialist.
When tractor is not in use, cover the exhaust outlet to pre-

vent the turbo charger rotating in the wind, to avoid dam-
age to bearings, as shaft bearing will not be lubricated.
Always get your tractor serviced from authorised dealer so

as to use only genuine engine oil and filter. Contaminated
oil can harm both your engine and turbo.
To get maximum life of turbo charger, recommended ser-

vice intervals should be adhered.
Ensure no foreign particle externally damage or enter in

the system.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 4
Turbocharger - Remove
1. Raise the centre panel hood and remove pins to re-
move hood.
NDIL14TR00211AB 1
2. Loosen the silencer clamp (1) and remove silencer (2).
NDIL14TR00212AB 2
3. Remove bolts (1) and (2) as shown to remove exhaust

pipe (3).
NDIL14TR00213AB 3
4. Loosen clamps (1) and (2) to remove hose (3).
NDIL14TR00214AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 5
5. Loosen nut (1) and remove lubrication pipe (2) as

shown in figure.
NDIL14TR00215AB 5
6. Remove turbo charger unit (1) as shown in figure.
NDIL14TR00216AB 6
7. Unscrew clamps (1) and (2) to disconnect pipe (3).

Disconnect pipe (1) by removing bolt (2).
NDIL14TR00217AB 7
8. Remove pipes (1) and (2) from feed pump as shown.
NDIL14TR00218AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 6
9. Remove pipes (1) and (2) as shown from primary and

secondary filters.
Remove pipe (3) from inlet manifold by removing bolts
(4).
NDIL14TR00219AB 9
10. Disconnect high pressure pipes from the injector side

for easy access to cylinder head. Remove overflow
pipe (2).
NDIL14TR00220AB 10
11. Disconnect the high pressure pipes (1) from the Fuel
Injection Pump (FIP). Disconnect pipe (2) by removing
banjo bolt (3).
NDIL14TR00221AB 11
12. Remove pipe (1) from the inlet manifold (2) and LDA
(3).
NDIL14TR00222AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 7
13. Remove tappet cover (1) by removing bolts (2).
NDIL14TR00223AB 13
14. Remove inlet manifold (1) by removing bolts (2) as

shown in figure.
NDIL14TR00224AB 14
15. Remove exhaust manifold (2) by removing bolts (1).

NOTE: Cylinder head can also be removed from the engine
without removing intake and exhaust manifolds.
NDIL14TR00225AB 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 8
Turbocharger - Install
1. Install all the parts in reverse order from step 15 to 1.
Refer to Turbocharger - Remove (10.250).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 9
Index
Engine - 10

Turbocharger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Turbocharger - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Turbocharger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47899732 23/06/2015
10.9 [10.250] / 10
Engine - 10
Engine cooling system - 400
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine cooling system

SERVICE
Radiator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Water pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Test – Water temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Coolant thermostat
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 2
Engine - Engine cooling system
Engine cooling system - General specification

Interference fit between pump impeller and shaft 0.0170 – 0.0590 mm (0.0007 – 0.0023 in)
Interference fit between fan hub and shaft 0.0240 – 0.0580 mm (0.0009 – 0.0023 in)
Interference fit between front seal bushing and 0.0120 – 0.0580 mm (0.0005 – 0.0023 in)
impeller
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 3
Radiator - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Loosen the clamp (1) and drain the coolant from radia-
tor.
NDIL14TR00255AB 1
2. Disconnect the battery connections and loosen the bat-

tery clamping bolts (1). Remove the battery.
NDIL14TR00256AB 2
3. Remove the left-hand side / right-hand side covers (1).
NDIL14TR00257AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 4
4. Loosen the clamps (1) and (2) and remove the pipe for
air cleaner (3) and radiator (4).
5. Remove the radiator support clamp (5).
6. Loosen bolt sand remove radiator top shield.
NDIL14TR00258AB 4
7. Remove the radiator securing shell (1).
NDIL14TR00259AB 5
8. Remove the radiator securing bolts (1) below the front

axle support.
9. Remove the radiator assembly.
NDIL14TR00260AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 5
Radiator - Inspect
The radiator cap incorporates two valves: a pressure
relief valve (1) set at 0.9 Kg/cm² (12.8 psi) and a vac-
uum relief valve. Periodically check that valves operate
correctly.
On overhaul, eliminate scale in radiator as follows:
1. Prepare a solution of warm water and sodium bicarbon-
ate ( 30.0000 g/L (0.0030 kg/dm³)) in quality indicated
on container.
2. Pour solution into radiator, drain and rinse with abun-
dant water.
To check for radiator leakage, submerge radiator in a
tank of water at 20 – 40 °C (68 – 104 °F) and apply air
at 1.0 Kg/cm² (14.2 psi) for 2 min. Repeat the test at NDIL14TR00261AB 1
least three times.

When flushing the radiator, also flush the rest of the
cooling system using the solution and procedures indi-
cated above. Operate tractor for about 1 h before drain-
ing solution with the tractor off.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 6
Radiator - Install
Installation procedure of radiator is reverse of removal
procedure. Refer to Radiator - Remove (10.400).
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 7
Water pump - Remove

1. Drain the coolant from engine block.
2. Remove the radiator as explained in Radiator - Re-
move (10.400).
3. Remove the coolant fan.
4. Remove the hoses and remove the bolts securing wa-
ter pump.
NDIL14TR00265AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 8
Water pump - Disassemble

To overhaul the water pump, proceed as follows:
1. Remove cover (8) and retaining screw (3) form
shaft bearing (2).
2. Tap end of shaft lightly to break oxide film between
shaft and impeller and remove impeller using puller
291182/1.
3. Using a suitable puller, withdraw shaft complete
with bearing and fun hub.
Remove seal (5) only if replacement is necessary, i.e.,
when graphitized surface in contact with impeller bush-
ing is no longer sufficiently smooth to prevent leakage.
NDIL14TR00266AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 9
Water pump - Assemble

Re-assembly follows the disassembling procedure in
reverse order. Refer to Water pump - Disassemble
(10.400).
1. The bearing (2) requires no lubrication.
2. The impeller (7) must be fitted flush with end of drive
shaft.
NDIL14TR00267AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 10
Water pump - Install

Installation of water pump is the reverse of removal
procedure. Refer to Water pump - Remove (10.400),
but observing the following requirement.
1. After Installation of radiator, refill the cooling sys-
tem and run the engine for checking leaks.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 11
Water pump - Test – Water temperature gauge

The water temperature gauge is divided into two col-
ored sectors corresponding to the following tempera-
ture ranges:
1. White sector 0 – 40 °C (32 – 104 °F)
2. Green sector 40 – 112 °C (104 – 234 °F)
3. Red sector 112 – 120 °C (234 – 248 °F)
In normal conditions, pointer should be in green sector.
In case of doubt, test instrument be immersing bulb
in water and check scale with reference thermometer
291979,repeat test several times.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 12
Coolant thermostat - Remove

1. Drain the coolant system, below that of the level of the
thermostat housing.
2. Remove the hoses (1) and bolts securing the bracket
(2).
NDIL14TR00262AB 1
3. Remove top flange (1) by loosening bolts.

4. Withdraw the thermostat (2) from the housing, along
with the gasket.
NDIL14TR00263AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 13
Coolant thermostat - Test

1. Place the thermostat in a container of water, and raise
the temperature to 100 °C (212 °F). If the thermostat
fails to open when hot, or close properly when cooled,
it must be replaced.
NDIL14TR00264AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 14
Coolant thermostat - Install

1. Coat new gasket with sealer and position the recess
on the thermostat housing, prior to installing the ther-
mostat.
2. Coat the edge of the thermostat with grease and install.
3. Refit the thermostat housing.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 15
Index
Engine - 10

Coolant thermostat - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Coolant thermostat - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Coolant thermostat - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine cooling system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Radiator - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Water pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Water pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Water pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Water pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Water pump - Test – Water temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
47899732 23/06/2015
10.10 [10.400] / 16
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
47899732 23/06/2015
10.11 [10.414] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414
SERVICE
Belt
Tension adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.11 [10.414] / 2
Engine - Fan and drive
Belt - Tension adjust

To check fan, water pump and alternator drive belt,
apply a load of 8 – 10 kg (18 – 22 lb) on belt sec-
tion between alternator and water pump pulleys,the belt
should deflect 10.00 – 11.00 mm (0.39 – 0.43 in).If nec-
essary, adjust as follows:
1. Slacken nut (1) securing alternator to belt ten-
sioner.
2. Move alternator on tensioner bracket to obtain de-
sired tension, then tighten nut (1).
NDIL14TR00268AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.11 [10.414] / 3
Index
Engine - 10
Fan and drive - 414

Belt - Tension adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.11 [10.414] / 4
Engine - 10
Engine lubrication system - 304
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine lubrication system

FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE

Test – Oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine oil filter
Engine oil pump
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 2
Engine - Engine lubrication system
Engine lubrication system - General specification

Assembly clearance between oil pump drive shaft and bushing 0.0160 – 0.0550 mm (0.0006 – 0.0022 in)
Clearance between shaft and driven gear 0.0330 – 0.0660 mm (0.0013 – 0.0026 in)
Tooth backlash between drive and driven gears 0.1000 mm (0.0039 in)
Radial clearance between drive and driven gears and housing 0.0600 – 0.1700 mm (0.0024 – 0.0067 in)
Thickness of drive and driven gears 40.9610 – 41.0000 mm (1.6126 – 1.6142 in)
Height of gear seat in pump 41.0250 – 41.0870 mm (1.6152 – 1.6176 in)
End float between gears and gear housing in pump 0.0250 – 0.1260 mm (0.0010 – 0.0050 in)
Pressure relief valve spring
• Free length 45.000 mm (1.772 in)
• Length under load of 4.6 – 5.0 kg (10.1 – 11.0 lb) 37.500 mm (1.476 in)
• Length under load of 9.0 – 9.6 kg (19.8 – 21.2 lb) 30.500 mm (1.201 in)
• Length under load of 130.0 – 144.0 kg (286.6 – 317.5 lb) –
• Length under load of 238.0 – 263.0 kg (524.7 – 579.8 lb) –
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 3
Engine lubrication system - Overview

Lubrication system
Lubrication of the engine, fig. 1 is maintained by a gear type oil pump mounted in the rear of the engine block., forward
of the flywheel on the left-hand side viewing from rear side of the engine. The oil pump is driven from the rear of the
camshaft and drains oil from the engine oil sump through a tube and screen assembly.
A spring loaded relief valve is integral with the oil filter and prevents over pressurization of the system. A spin on type
oil filter is mounted externally to its support housing on the left-hand side of the engine.
Oil flows from the filter to the main oil gallery, which runs the length of the cylinder block, which also intersects the
camshaft follower chamber.
The main gallery also supplies oil to the crankshaft main bearings, connecting rods both big and small ends and timing
gear bushes. The underside of the pistons and pins are lubricated by oil pressure spray jets fitted in the cylinder block
and oil supply is via a internal drilled passage through the 2nd bearing in the cylinder block. Big end are without a
hole for small end bush as lubrication is through jets.
Timing gears are lubricated by splashed oil from the cam follower chamber and the pressure lubricated camshaft drive
gear bushing.
An intermittent flow of oil is directed to the value rocker arm shaft assembly via a drilled passage in the cylinder block.
This is located vertically above No. 3 camshaft bearing and aligns to a hole in the cylinder head. The rotation of the
camshaft allows a controlled intermediate flow of lubrication.
NDIL14TR00210FB 1
F. Filter G. Oil pressure sensor

P. Pump S. Suction filter
C. Turbocharger T. Oil filter cap
Vf. Filter relief valve B. Breather cap
L. Dipstick
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 4
Engine lubrication system - Overview

Oil pressure warning system
The oil pressure warning system includes a sending unit and an oil pressure gauge.
If the oil pressure is low, the needle will show on the red zone of the gauge. Alternatively, if the oil pressure is good,
the needle will show in green zone of the gauge.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 5
Engine lubrication system - Test – Oil consumption

NEW HOLLAND service procedure for determining en-
gine oil consumption.
Before any repairs are carried out on a tractor that is
suspected of engine oil consumption the following pro-
cedures must be followed, to diagnose if oil consump-
tion is present. No consumption test should be carried
out on an engine until it has completed at least 350 h.
NOTE: The NEW HOLLAND definition of high oil consump-
tion is when an engine consumes lubricating oil in excess
of 0.4% of the total fuel used over the same period, i.e. 0.4
of a liter of engine oil to 100 liters of fuel.
Oil consumption can occur in three main areas :
1. External oil leaks.
2. Oil lost past the pistons and rings.
3. Oil lost past the valves and guides.
Items to check before an oil consumption test is carried
out.
1. Check the pre cleaner / exhaust manifold, air intake
hoses, gaskets for signs of air or fuel leaks where ap-
plicable.
2. Oil bath air cleaner. The filter element must be clean
and in good condition. The filter bowl must be free from
accumulated dirt, clean and refill the bowl if necessary
with the correct grade of oil to the level indicated on
the bowl if necessary with the correct grade of oil to the
level indicated on the bowl (see operator’s manual for
correct grade of oil).
3. Check the condition and tightness of fan belt / check
and adjust, if necessary.
4. Check the pressure of the radiator cap and condition of
its seal and replace if necessary.
5. Check the type, condition and level of the radiator
coolant and replace if necessary.
6. Visually check for engine oil leaks, with particular atten-
tion to the gaskets joints of the valve rocker cover, cylin-
der head and engine mounted auxiliary pump mount-
ings, front timing cover, the engine oil sump and the
front and rear crankshaft seals.
7. Check the filter of engine breather for contamination by
oil or sludge and replace if necessary.
After checking the above items and carrying out repairs
as necessary. The following test can be carried out to
establish the level of oil consumption of the engine.
Oil consumption test procedure

1. The tractor details, i.e. serial number, model, hours,
date codes etc. and the observations as indicated
should be recorded on a copy of the reference check
sheet.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 6
2. Place the tractor on level ground and mark its position.

Manually turn the engine and bring number 1 piston to
top dead center on the compression stroke. With the
engine cold measure the engine oil level and adjust to
the full level, do not over fill.
3. Completely fill the tractor fuel tank with diesel.
NOTE: Oil and filters should have been changed recently
prior to carrying out any test to determine excessive oil con-
sumption.
4. Drain engine oil (using clean drain cans) for 30 min.
5. Weigh the drained oil and record the weight in kilo-
grams (kg).
6. Pour the weighed oil back into the engine. The tractor
should now be operated for a minimum of 50 h, record
the type of work being performed, implements used,
terrain and type of soil being worked.
7. Measure the quantity of fuel used by using containers
of a known capacity, or a pump with an accurate gauge
to fill the diesel tank.
Maintain a record of the quantity of fuel used over this
period (on the sheet provided) as this will be required
when calculating the oil consumption rate. During this
period check but do not top up the oil level. If the oil
level drops below the minimum, it will be necessary to
carry out the calculation (shown below) before re-es-
tablishing the correct oil level.
8. After operating for a minimum of 50 h, carry out steps
c,d,e and f ensuring the tractor is placed back in the
same position as when the oil was initially drained and
weighed.
9. Carry out a second test repeating procedures as de-
scribed, preferably operating in different conditions and
when the engine has carried out a further 200 h oper-
ation.
To determine the oil consumption rate use the following formula :

(A) = The difference in weight of the oil (in kg) at the end
of the test from that at the beginning.
(B) = Total oil consumption in liters during test period.
B = A ÷ 0.88 (0.88 is the conversion factor from kg. to
liters).
(C) = Total oil consumption in liters during test period.
(D) = Oil consumption to fuel consumption ratio.
D = B ÷ C x 100 = Percentage oil consumption.
Example:
(A) = 2.5 kg.
(B) = 2.5 ÷ 0.88 = 2.840909 liters.
(C) = 500 liters of fuel used.
(D) = 2.840909500 ÷ 500 = 0.0056818 x 100 = 0.56818.
Oil to fuel consumption ratio = 0.56818% (oil consump-
tion percentage).
Once the actual oil consumption figure has been calcu-
lated a decision can be made on what course of action
to take, if the figure is above 0.4% it will be necessary to
do a compression test to determine where the oil con-
sumption is occurring either in the valves / cylinder head
or at the piston rings and bores.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 7
Compression test
1. Ensure battery performance meets specifications.
2. Warm up the engine by operating for a minimum of half
an hour at 1200 RPM.
3. Stop the engine and remove the injectors and seat
washers from all the cylinders.
4. Clean the injector bores and crank the engine to blow
out any loose carbon particles.
5. Install a proprietary engine compression test gauge
and adaptor into the number one injector bore using
the injector mounting bolts and a new seat washer.
6. Connect the gauge and hose to the adaptor.
7. Crank the engine at a minimum of 200 RPM with the
engine stop cable pulled out where fitted, or the electric
fuel shut-off wire disconnected to prevent engine start
up.
8. Observe the gauge reading and repeat steps e to g
of the compression test, for each cylinder. The com-
pression figure for a new engine should be 25.9 bar
(375.5 psi) with a variance of not more that 1.7 bar
(24.6 psi) between the cylinders.
Test readings
1. All cylinders compressions should be uniformly within
1.7 bar (24.6 psi) of each other.
2. A reading of more than the 1.7 bar (24.6 psi) below the
other cylinders could indicate leakage at the cylinder
head gasket, piston rings or valves.
3. A reading of more than 1.7 bar (24.6 psi) above the
other cylinders could indicate excessive carbon de-
posits on the piston and cylinder head.
4. A low compression in two adjacent cylinders could in-
dicate a cylinder head gasket leak. Check this item be-
fore replacing the rings or valves.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 8
Test conclusion
To determine whether the rings or the valves are at fault,
squirt the equivalent of a table spoon of heavy oil into
the combustion chamber of the cylinder to be retested.
Crank the engine to distribute the oil and repeat the
compression test for all cylinder.
The oil will temporarily seal any leakage past the rings.
If approximately the same reading is obtained as for
the first test, the rings are satisfactory but the valves
are leaking once this has been established the exhaust
manifold can be removed to visually inspect if oil is leak-
ing, Once this has been established the exhaust man-
ifold can be removed to visually inspect if oil is leaking
down the valve stems. If compression has increased
over the original reading, there is leakage past the rings.
During a compression test, if the pressure fails to climb
steadily and remains the same during the first two
successive strokes, but climbs higher on the following
strokes, or fails to climb during the entire test, suspect
a sticking valve.
Rework instructions
After the above tests have been carried out and an oil
consumption figure has been calculated a decision can
be made on what course of action to take:-
NOTE: If the oil consumption is below 0.4% no service re-
pair action should be taken.
If oil consumption is diagnosed the engine should be
repaired in line with the repair manual pertaining to the
particular engine.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 9
Oil consumption test form
NDIL14TR00039HA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 10
Engine diagnostic sheet 2
NDIL14TR00695HA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 11
NDIL14TR00697HA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 12
NDIL14TR00696HA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 13
Engine oil filter - Service instruction

The spin on type oil filter (1) is a full-flow unit fitted on
the outlet side of the pump. A by-pass valve will enable
unfiltered oil to enter the engine, if the filter become
obstructed.
Every 300 working hours replace the cartridge noting
the following points.
• Smear the external seal with engine oil.
• Fit the cartridge by turning until contact with the
mounting flange is established.
• Turn the cartridge by hand through a further 3/4 turn.
NDIL14TR00253AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 14
Engine oil pump - Disassemble

NOTE: Dismantling of engine sump is similar to TT75 /
TT55 after removing sump proceed as follows.
1. Remove bolts (1) to remove lubricating pump pipe (2).
NDIL14TR00226AB 1
2. Remove bolts (1), (2) and (3) as shown.
NDIL14TR00227AB 2
3. Remove pump pipe (1) as shown.
NDIL14TR00228AB 3
4. Remove lubricating oil pump (1) by pushing with the

help of screw driver.
NDIL14TR00229AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 15
5. Rotate the engine on stand at 90 unscrew the big end

bearing cap bolts (1) and remove big end caps (2) with
half shell bearings.
NDIL14TR00230AB 5
6. Remove 3 spray jets (1) as shown and clean them be-

fore refitting.
NOTE: Dismantling procedure for all components like con
rod etc. is similar with repair manual of TT75 / TT55 .
NDIL14TR00231AB 6
7. Fix the pump in bench vice and loosen bolts (1).
NDIL14TR00232AB 7
8. Exploded view of lubricating oil pump.
NDIL14TR00233AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 16
9. To remove relief valve remove circuit lock (1) and bolt

(2).
NDIL14TR00234AB 9
10. Check tension or spring or relief valve and replace it

found faulty.
NDIL14TR00235AB 10
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 17
Engine oil pump - Assemble

Install the all parts in reverse sequence from step 10 to
1. Refer to Engine oil pump - Disassemble (10.304)
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 18
Engine oil pump - Remove

NOTE: The oil pump can be removed after removing oil
pan bottom cover in case of TT75 model and oil pan has
to be removed in case of TT55 model.
1. Remove oil pan bottom cover or oil pan depending on
the model.
NDIL14TR00243AB 1
2. Remove suction pipe strainer support screw (1) on bal-

ancer assembly only in case of TT75 model.
NDIL14TR00244AB 2
3. Loosen screws and remove suction pipe (1).
NDIL14TR00245AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 19
4. Loosen two bolts retaining oil pump on cylinder housing

and remove pump (1) from the engine.
NDIL14TR00246AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 20
Engine oil pump - Disassemble

1. Loosen two allen screws and two bolts retaining pump
face plate to body.
NDIL14TR00247AA 1
2. Remove driven gear (1) from its associate shaft.

3. Remove rivet (2) and outer drive gear (3).
4. Remove drive shaft (4) along with drive gear (5).
5. Remove pressure relief valve screwing out hexagonal
head (6).
NDIL14TR00248AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 21
Engine oil pump - Inspect

1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent and inspect inside
of pump plate and body, for excessive wear or damage.
If it is visually okay, check in the following manner.
2. Hold pump body assembly on a vice and place drive
and driven gears. Placing a ruler across top, slide a
feeler gauge, between ruler and inner rotor. The gap
should be within 0.025 – 0.126 mm (0.001 – 0.005 in).
If the value exceeds a new pump is required.
NDIL14TR00249AA 1
3. Check drive and driven gear clearance in the pump

body, by inserting a feeler gauge. If the value exceeds
0.030 – 0.170 mm (0.001 – 0.007 in), a new pump is
required.
NDIL14TR00250AA 2
4. Check backlash between gears.

NOTE: If not to specification replace the oil pump, as re-
duced pump pressure through wear could result in reduced
engine life.
NDIL14TR00251AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 22
Engine oil pump - Assemble

1. Clean and coat parts in new engine oil. Place gears in
pump body, and ensure free rotation. Insert pump face
plate into the body and ensure that shaft is fully seated
into face plate.
2. Tighten the face plate retaining allen screw and bolts to
the specified torque.
NOTE: After tightening ensure that the gears rotates freely
by hand, if not disassembly and repeat the exercise.
NDIL14TR00252AA 1
3. Install the pump on engine cylinder block and fit bat

suction pipe and strainer.
4. Check relief valve spring free length and loaded length
Free length - 45.0 mm (1.8 in)
Loaded length ( 9.0 – 9.6 kg (20.0 – 21.2 lb) ) -
30.5 mm (1.2 in)
If not to specification replace the relief valve spring.
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 23
Index
Engine - 10

Engine lubrication system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine lubrication system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine lubrication system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine lubrication system - Test – Oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine oil filter - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine oil pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Engine oil pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Engine oil pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Engine oil pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Engine oil pump - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Engine oil pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 24
47899732 23/06/2015
10.12 [10.304] / 25
Plot No. 03, Udyog Kendra, Greater Noida - 201306 Distt. Gautam Budh Nagar, U.P. India
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN INDIA
© 2017 CNH INDUSTRIAL(INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and
the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular
product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND Dealer.
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Clutch
47899732 23/06/2015
18
Contents
Clutch - 18
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
47899732 23/06/2015
18
Clutch - 18
Clutch and components - 110
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 1
Contents
Clutch - 18
TECHNICAL DATA
Clutch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Clutch
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Clutch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
DIAGNOSTIC
Clutch
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 2
Clutch - Clutch and components
Clutch - General specification

Type Double, dry plate, torsion spring
Mechanical pedal for transmission hand lever for Power
Control
Take-Off (PTO)
Release mechanism Dished spring
Plate material Organic compound
Plate thickness
• Transmission 8.800 – 9.600 mm (0.346 – 0.377 in).
• Power Take-Off (PTO) 8.300 – 8.900 mm (0.326 – 0.350 in)
• Wear limit
• Plate with pressure springs Tangential springs
Transmission clutch control sleeve working clearance 0.050 – 0.151 mm (0.002 – 0.006 in)
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch control sleeve working
0.072 – 0.205 mm (0.003 – 0.008 in)
clearance
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch lever free play adjustment 2.500 – 5.000 mm (0.098 – 0.196 in)
Transmission clutch pedal free play adjustment 45.000 – 50.000 mm (1.771 – 1.968 in)
Transmission pedal requirements
Pedal pin diameter 27.948 – 28.000 mm (1.100 – 1.102 in)
Supporting bush internal diameter (fitted, non-dressed) 28.020 – 20.072 mm (1.103 – 0.790 in)
Pin/bush play 0.020 – 0.124 mm (0.001 – 0.005 in)
Pedal bracket internal diameter 32.927 – 32.966 mm (1.343 – 1.297 in)
Bush outer diameter 33.009 – 33.030 mm (1.300 – 1.300 in)
Pedal bracket/bush interference fit 0.043 – 0.103 mm (0.002 – 0.004 in)
Clutch - Torque
Description Thread size Torque
Transmission housing to fly-wheel
M12 X 1.25 100.0 N·m (73.8 lb ft)
housing buckle up bolts (C1)
Clutch assembly mounting bolts (C2) M8 X 1.25 26.0 N·m (19.2 lb ft)
Bolts, release fork (C3) M16 X 1.5 210.0 N·m (154.9 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 3
NDIL14TR00269GB 1
Clutch - Special tools

Clutch centralizer and finger height setting gauge 291184
Clutch finger height adjusting wrench (set of 3) 293763
Clutch pedal free play setting tool 9971365
Clutch - Sealing
Operation description Sealants specification
Engine to transmission buckle up (S1) LOCTITE® 574™
Bolts, release fork (S2) LOCTITE® 243™
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 4
NDIL14TR00270GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 5
Clutch - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00271GB 1
1. Dish spring 7. Transmission clutch plate

2. Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch release fingers 8. Fly-wheel bearing
3. Transmission clutch release fingers 9. Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch release fork
4. Release control sleeves with thrust bearings 10. Transmission clutch release fork
5. Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch release lever locknuts 11. Transmission clutch release lever locknut,
and adj. link adjusting screw and lever
6. Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch plate
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 6
NDIL14TR00272GB 2
Clutch plate
1. Clutch facing 5. Segment

2. Facing rivet 6. Idle damper spring
3. Segment rivet 7. Main damper spring
4. Hub
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 7
Clutch - Overview
Description
The clutch system is double clutch mechanical type. It includes two dry clutch discs with non-asbestos, organic ma-
terial pads. One clutch disc is to connect transmission to engine and another for connecting Power Take-Off (PTO)
directly to engine, independent of transmission.
As usual, the clutch is located in front of the transmission. The transmission (main) clutch is operated by means of
foot pedal and Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch is operated by hand lever located on right side below rear hood panel.
The clutch system is composed of the clutch housing, clutch pressure plate, disc ring, clutch release fingers, clutch
release bearings and clutch discs.
Operation
When both the clutches are engaged, the Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch pressure plate pushes the Power Take-Off
(PTO) clutch disc against engine flywheel and transmission pressure plate pushes the clutch housing by the spring
action of dish ring.
The friction between the clutch disc, flywheel and clutch housing transmits the engine power to the transmission drive
shaft and Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft independently.
The clutch pedal is connected to the main clutch release bearing by means of mechanical linkage components.
When the clutch pedal is pressed, the clutch release bearing moves forward and discharges the main clutch fingers.
Consequently, the clutch pressure plate backs off and releases the clutch disc from the clutch housing. The transfer
of engine power to the transmission is stopped.
When the clutch pedal is released, the main clutch release bearing disengages the main clutch finger which acts on the
clutch pressure plate and causes the clutch housing, main clutch discs and pressure plates to come in contact. The
flow of power from the engine and transmission is re-established. Similarly Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch is engaged
and disengaged independent of transmission clutch by operating Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch control lever.
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 8
Clutch - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Clutch pedal removal

1. Remove brake pedal spring (1).
2. Remove split pin (2) and disconnect linkage (3).
3. Remove circlip (4) and pull out right-hand side brake
pedal.
NDIL14TR00554AB 1
4. Loosen lock screw (1) and remove left-hand side brake

pedal (2).
NDIL14TR00555AB 2
5. Remove spring (1), split pin and disconnect left-hand

side brake linkage (2) at left-hand side of the tractor.
NDIL14TR00556AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 9
6. Remove clutch pedal spring (1).
NDIL14TR00557AB 4
7. Remove split pin (1) and disconnect linkage (2) from

clutch cross shaft.
NDIL14TR00277AB 5
8. Jack-up rear left-hand side of tractor and remove left-

hand side rear wheel.
NDIL14TR00559AA 6
9. Pull out clutch / brake pedal support rod (1) from the
rear axle housing.
10. Retrieve clutch pedal (2) from the support shaft.
NDIL14TR00560AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 10
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch lever removal

To remove the Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch lever (1),
proceed as follows:
NDIL14TR00280AB 8
1. Remove pin (1) by releasing lock plate and disconnect

linkage between Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch lever
and Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch cross shaft.
NDIL14TR00281AB 9
2. Remove the split pin lock (1), take out the pin and re-
move hand lever from the mounting bracket.
3. Remove bolt (2) from the housing to take out the levers
with the bracket.
NDIL14TR00282AB 10
Cross shafts removal

1. To remove cross shafts, clutch housing has to be
splited between engine flywheel housing and trans-
mission housing. Refer to Engine - Remove (10.001)
for splitting the tractor.
NDIL14TR00283AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 11
2. Remove clips (1) from both the forks locking forks and
release bearing.
NDIL14TR00284AB 12
3. Loosen the Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch fork lock

screw (1).
NDIL14TR00285AB 13
4. Pull out the Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch cross shaft (1)
from right-hand side of the transmission housing and
retrieve fork from housing.
NDIL14TR00286AB 14
5. Loosen the transmission clutch fork lock screw.

6. Pull out the transmission cross shaft (1) from left-hand
side of the transmission housing and retrieve fork from
the housing.
NDIL14TR00287AB 15
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 12
7. Slide out both transmission and Power Take-Off (PTO)

clutch release bearings (1) and (2) from the shaft.
NDIL14TR00288AB 16
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 13
Clutch - Install
Reassemble the clutch mechanical release control, tak-
ing care of the following:
1. Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse.
2. Ensure that lock clips (1) are properly seated on clutch
release forks.
3. Comply with tightening torques indicated on Clutch -
Torque (18.110).
NDIL14TR00284AB 1
4. Apply LOCTITE® 243™ sealant to clutch release fork

lock-screw and left-hand side brake pedal lock-screw
before tightening.
5. Before buckling up the transmission and engine, thor-
oughly clean and decrease mating surfaces and ap-
ply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2.00 mm
(0.08 in) of diameter following pattern shown in Clutch
- Install (18.110) Figure 2.
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 14
Clutch - Adjust
Clutch pedal free play should be 30.00 – 45.00 mm
(1.18 – 1.77 in) measuring at clutch pedal using spe-
cial tool number 9971365 as shown. To adjust the free
play, proceed as follows:
NDIL14TR00290AA 1
1. Remove the split pin (1) and disconnect the linkage.

2. Loosen the lock nut (2).
3. Rotate the yoke (3) clockwise to reduce the play and
anti-clockwise to increase the play.
4. Connect linkage back to cross shaft.
NDIL14TR00291AB 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch lever free play

1. Open the parts pin (2) fork (3) and rod (5) separately.
2. Keep lever (1) at the right most position such that the
bearing is just touching the clutch fingers.
3. Insert rod (5) into fork (6) and tight the threads up to
15.00 mm (0.59 in).
4. Keep end of lever (7) at 30.00 – 35.00 mm (1.18 –
1.38 in) from edge as shown in fig.
5. Insert fork (3) into rod (5) by keeping rod in static posi-
tion.
6. Match the hole of fork (3) with hole of lever (1) without
disturbing the initial position of lever (1).
7. Insert pin (2) in matching holes and lock lever (1).
NDIL14TR00292AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 15
8. Now tight the nut (4) to lock the fork.

9. We can see the play of lever (7) between edge A and
end of lever at 30.00 – 35.00 mm (1.18 – 1.38 in) from
edge A. This is free play of Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch
lever.
NDIL14TR00293AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 16
Clutch - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
It is necessary to split the tractor between engine and

transmission housing to gain access to the clutch.
1. Separate the transmission housing from engine as de-
scribed in Engine - Remove (10.001).
NDIL14TR00294AA 1
2. Remove the 10 bolts (1) which retains the clutch as-

sembly to the engine fly wheel and slacken the two re-
maining bolts.
NDIL14TR00295AB 2
3. Insert centralizing pin special tool number 271184 in

clutch plate shaft seats, back off the two remaining
bolt and remove assembly completely. Retrieve Power
Take-Off (PTO) clutch disc.
NDIL14TR00296AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 17
Clutch - Install
Install the clutch assembly back on flywheel taking care
of the following:
1. Check condition of ball bearing (1) pressed in flywheel.
Replace in the event of excessive noise or binding.
2. Refit old / new bearing packing the seat with grease.
3. Use centralizing pin while installing clutch assembly
with Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch disc on flywheel.
4. Tighten bolt to specified torque refer to Clutch - Torque
(18.110).
5. Before buckling up the transmission housing and en-
gine, thoroughly clean and decrease mating surfaces NDIL14TR00297AB 1
and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approx. 2.00 mm
(0.08 in) of diameter following pattern shown in the fig-
ure 2.
NDIL14TR00298FA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 18
Clutch - Disassemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove clutch assembly from tractor. Refer to Clutch

- Remove (18.110).
2. Loosen the Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch release lever
locknuts (1).
NOTICE: Since the locknuts are under the load of disk ring,
loosen all these gradually and evenly by rotating 1/4 to 1/2
turns.
NDIL14TR00299AB 1
3. Remove Power Take-Off (PTO) pressure plate (1).
NDIL14TR00300AB 2
4. Remove disk ring (1) and lock ring (2).
NDIL14TR00301AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 19
5. Loosen lock nut (1).
NDIL14TR00302AB 4
6. Remove transmission clutch pressure plate (1).
NDIL14TR00303AB 5
7. Remove transmission clutch disc (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00304AB 6
Release fingers disassembly

1. Pull-out dowel pin (1).
NDIL14TR00305AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 20
2. Pull out pin (1) from the housing and retrieve spring (2).
NDIL14TR00306AB 8
3. Remove release fingers from the housing.
NDIL14TR00307AA 9
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 21
Clutch - Inspect
1. Check clutch driven discs for wear and replace if rivets
(2), (refer to Clutch - Sectional view (18.110)) are near
or flush with top facing.
2. Discs are also to be replaced if the organic facings are
found to be soaked with oil.
3. Check condition of clutch housing and pressure plate
friction surfaces. If necessary dress, noting that dimen-
sions of pressure plates and clutch housing must not be
reduced below the limits described below, otherwise re-
place as necessary.
Referring to Fig. 1.
1. Fly wheel (1) under cut - ‘A’ = 2.00 mm (0.08 in).
2. Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch pressure plate (2)
thickness - ‘B’ = 22.00 mm (0.87 in).
3. Transmission clutch pressure plate (3) thickness
- ‘C’ = 24.00 mm (0.94 in).
4. Clutch housing under cut - ‘E’ = 2.500 mm
(0.098 in).
5. Dressing allowance - ‘F’ = 69.85 – 70.15 mm
(2.75 – 2.76 in).
6. Calculate Dimension ‘F’ as follows
F=A+B+C+S1+S2+P
Where S1 = Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch disc
thickness
S2 = Transmission clutch disc thickness
P = Spring dimensions to restore original load =
4.5 mm (0.2 in) (fixed).
7. Check that value ‘F’ is equal to 69.85 – 70.15 mm
(2.75 – 2.76 in).
8. n restoring value ‘F’ check that clutch hous-
ing thickness ‘E’ does not fall below 17.00 mm
(0.67 in) i.e. D-F = E ≥ 17.00 mm (0.67 in).
9. Check that the undercut ‘E’ on clutch housing is
deeper than 2.50 mm (0.10 in) and restore as
necessary.
10. If necessary dress friction face on flywheel and
restore external undercut ‘A’ of 2.00 mm (0.08 in).
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 22
NDIL14TR00308FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 23
Clutch - Assemble
Re-assembly follows disassembly procedure in reverse
from step 7 back to step 1, refer to Clutch - Disassem-
ble (18.110).
1. See figure for correct orientation of clutch discs.
NDIL14TR00309BA 1
2. Position disk springs (1) correctly and lock-ring (2) on

transmission pressure plates as shown in the figure.
NDIL14TR00310AB 2
3. Using special tool number 291184, centralise clutch

discs.
4. Install the clutch assembly on flywheel and do release
finger adjustments as described under clutch release
finger settings. Refer to Clutch - Adjust (18.110).
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 24
Clutch - Adjust
Clutch release fingers settings
For correct function of clutch release mechanism,
the release fingers must be set at the distances D
- 96.00 mm (3.78 in) and D1 - 121.00 mm (4.76 in)
relative to flywheel face from release fingers of trans-
mission clutch and Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch
respectively.
Follow the below described procedure to obtain these
settings.
1. Install the clutch assembly on engine flywheel.
NDIL14TR00311AA 1
2. Insert centralizer pin special tool number 291184 along

with fingers height setting gauge, drive shaft seats, en-
suring that end is in contact with flywheel housing.
NDIL14TR00312AA 2
3. First set Power Take-Off (PTO) release fingers by using

height setting gauge (1) as shown in figure. Gap be-
tween gauge and finger should be between 0.30 mm
(0.01 in). Use feeler gauge to check the gap.
4. Set the gap by rotating locknut using special tool num-
ber 9971365.
5. Similarly set the height setting gauge as shown in
the figure (b) to set transmission clutch release fin-
gers. The gap between fingers and gauge should be
0.30 mm (0.01 in).
6. Adjust the gap by loosening locknut and rotating screw
using special tool number 9971365. NDIL14TR00313AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 25
Clutch - Service instruction

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Check the condition of spigot bearing, replace if neces-

sary.
2. Check the condition of the oil seals on the engine and
transmission sides for leaks and replace if necessary.
3. Check the flywheel face is free from scores and cracks.
When machining the surface follow specified toler-
ances.
CAUTION
Machine the bolting surface to the same amount of the
running surface to maintain original clamp loads.
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. Do not use
hands or fingers.
4. Ensure correct alignment of the clutch cover to the fly-
wheel. Use special tool number 291184 for alignment.
5. Ensure the clutch cover is secured to the flywheel
evenly and sequentially. Use new spring washers.
6. After an initial running-in period, any variation lever
height will correct itself.
7. Before fitting, check the clutch plate for lateral runout.
8. Ensure the clutch plate is fitted the correct way. Ob-
serve the direction as indicated on the driven plate.
9. Check the gearbox input shaft for damage. Only non-
metallic based high melting point grease should be
used to lubricate the splines and release bearing guide
sleeve.
10. Check the release bearing guide sleeve for wear and
replace if necessary.
11. After applying the grease to the gearbox input shaft,
guide the clutch driven plate on to the shaft and re-
move the surplus grease.
12. Ensure correct alignment between the engine and
transmission / clutch housing, ensure that the locating
dowels are fitted and are secure.
13. Carefully guide the input shaft into the clutch hub
splines, taking care not to allow the weight of the
transmission to hang on the hub of the driven plate,
this will prevent irreparable damage to the segments
and associated cushion springs.
14. Ensure the correct adjustment of clutch pedal free
play.
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 26
Clutch - Troubleshooting
Clutch slips Clutch disc, pressure plate and/or flywheel
Replace clutch disc, replace clutch if nec-
wear essary and grind the flywheel
Damaged or bent or broken fingers Replace finger assembly
Oil or grease on friction material Replace clutch disc, repair leak of lubricant
in to clutch housing, thoroughly clean fric-
tion surfaces
Clutch grabs Stiff external control linkage Check and lubricate linkage pivot points
Warped clutch disc Replace clutch disc
Clutch disc with damaged damper springs Replace clutch disc
or loose hub
Oil or grease on friction material Replace clutch disc repair leak of lubricant
in to clutch housing, thoroughly clean fric-
tion surfaces
Finger springs broken Replace finger springs
Clutch fails to disconnect Warped clutch disc Replace clutch disc
and drags
Damaged clutch release bearing Replace clutch release bearing
Damaged finger spring Replace finger springs
Clutch noise at Warped clutch disc Replace clutch disc
engagement and /or
disengagement.
Damaged clutch disc damper springs Replace clutch disc
Excess backlash on clutch disc to hub Replace clutch disc and shaft, as neces-
meshing splines sary
Clutch noise at Worn clutch release bearing Replace bearing
disengagement
Clutch control pedal Hard pedal Check and lubricate linkage
hardness
Broken or disconnected clutch return Replace or hook - up clutch return spring
spring
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 27
Index
Clutch - 18

Clutch - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Clutch - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Clutch - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Clutch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Clutch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Clutch - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clutch - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 28
47899732 23/06/2015
18.1 [18.110] / 29
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Transmission
47899732 23/06/2015
21
Contents
Transmission - 21
[21.114] Mechanical transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.126] Gearbox external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
[21.145] Gearbox internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4
47899732 23/06/2015
21
Transmission - 21
Mechanical transmission - 114
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
TECHNICAL DATA
Mechanical transmission
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove – 8 + 2 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install – 8 + 2 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remove – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
DIAGNOSTIC
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 2
Transmission - Mechanical transmission
Mechanical transmission - General specification

Transmission type 8 forward speeds and two reverse speeds
Gears Spur
Splitter Planetary, with three spur pinions
• Reduction ratio 20 : (20 + 52) = 1 : 3.6
Transmission and splitter controls Separate levers
Driven gear bushing external diameter 42.925 – 49.950 mm (1.690 – 1.967 in)
Driven gear internal diameter 50.050 – 50.089 mm (1.970 – 1.972 in)
Bushing clearance in gear 0.100 – 0.164 mm (0.004 – 0.006 in)
Driven shaft diameter 39.166 – 39.191 mm (1.542 – 1.543 in)
Bushing internal diameter 39.200 – 39.239 mm (1.543 – 1.545 in)
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch shaft diameter 24.964 – 24.958 mm (0.983 – 0.983 in)
Bushing fitted internal diameter 25.040 – 25.092 mm (0.986 – 0.988 in)
Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft clearance in bushing 0.055 – 0.128 mm (0.002 – 0.005 in)
Bushing interference fit with drive shaft 0.037 – 0.091 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
3.70 mm (0.15 in)– 4.00 mm (0.16 in) – 4.30 mm
Shim thickness for adjusting end float of driven gears
(0.17 in)
Washer thickness and inboard and outboard baulk rings
1.470 – 1.530 mm (0.058 – 0.060 in)
for driven gears and planetary gear splitter supports
Selector shaft detent ball spring length.
• Free 61.500 mm (2.421 in)
• loaded 5.1 – 5.7 kg (11.24 – 12.57 lb) 48.000 mm (1.890 in)
Selector shaft detent ball spring length.
• Free 35.500 mm (1.398 in)
• loaded 5.15 – 5.25 kg (11.35 – 11.57 lb) 31.500 mm (1.240 in)
Selector shaft detent ball spring length (splitter only).
• Free 35.500 mm (1.398 in)
• loaded 11.7 – 12.9 kg (26 – 28.44 lb) 31.500 mm (1.240 in)
Mechanical transmission - Torque

Nut, transmission housing to engine M12 X 1.25 100.00 N·m (73.76 lb ft)
Lock-nut, driven gear shaft M24 X 1.5 255.00 N·m (188.08 lb ft)
Nuts for studs securing transmission
M8 X 1.25 18.00 N·m (13.28 lb ft)
shaft bearing cover
Bolts, transmission housing cover M8 X 1.25 25.00 N·m (18.44 lb ft)
Nuts for studs securing spacer to
M10 X 1.25 60.00 N·m (44.25 lb ft)
transmission housing and power train
Bolts, securing planetary reduction
M12 X 1.25 100.00 N·m (73.76 lb ft)
fixed gear
Bolts, splitter shift fork rod bracket M10 X 1.25 60.00 N·m (44.25 lb ft)
Mechanical transmission - Sealing

Rear axle to transmission housing (S1) LOCTITE® 574™
Transmission to engine (S2) LOCTITE® 518™
Gear shift cover to transmission housing (S3) Permatex
Pinion shaft front cover (S4) LOCTITE® 243™
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 3
NDIL14TR00314FB 1
Mechanical transmission - Special tools

Sling hook, gear box 291517
Gear box stand 270086
Remover, drive shaft 9971348
Remover, reverse gear shaft 9971347
Puller, needle bearing reverse gear 292909
Jaw 18.00 – 25.00 mm (0.71 – 0.98 in) 292907
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 4
Mechanical transmission - Overview

8+2 & 12+3 Transmission
The transmission has eight forward and two reverse
gears. However 12+3 transmission is available as option
that enable 12 forward & 3 reverse speed.
WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
To prevent inadvertent machine movement,
take care to avoid accidental contact with
the gearshift levers. Always stop the engine,
firmly apply the parking brake, and place all
gearshift levers in neutral before leaving the
machine.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury. NDIL14TR00315AB 1
W0130A
The main gearshift lever(the right hand lever) is used to

select any one of the four forward gears or one reverse
gear. The Hi-Low selector lever is used to select the high
(H) or low (L) range, which gives double the number of
available gears.
To change gear range; depress the clutch pedal, stop the

tractor and move the Hi-Low selector lever (1) backward
for high or forward for low and to get medium speed to-
wards the mark as shown in Fig. 2.
To change the gears in the selected range, depress the

clutch pedal and shift main gear lever (2) in the normal
way. NDIL14TR00871AB 2
Third and fourth gears in both ranges are syncromesh in

TT75 and optional in TT55 .
To select reverse gear (R), first stop the tractor.

NOTE: A neutral start switch is provided to prevent oper-
ation of the starter motor unless the transmission range
lever is in neutral position.
NDIL14TR00316AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 5
NOTICE: If it is necessary to tow the tractor, both the

Hi-Low selector and main gearshift levers must be in neu-
tral
The constant-mesh transmission has parallel shafts with

gear in constant-mesh. In the collar shift version, shift-
ing is accomplished by locking free running gears to their
shaft with sliding colars. In the synchro-mesh version,
gears can be selected without clashing by synchronizing
the speeds of mating gears before they engage. This is
possible by adding an extra device, called a “Sychroniser”
to equalise the speed of the mating points before they en-
gage. It permits gear shifting while the tractor is moving.
NDIL14TR00317AB 4
The range gears is a planetary type work much like the
solar system. Each of the “Pinions” on planet gears, turns
on its own axis and at the same time, rotates around the
sun gear.
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 6
Mechanical transmission - Service instruction
NOTICE: Please read this carefully before starting assem-

bly or disassembly operations.
Precaution at flange and tool ends

While hammering at flange and tool ends during re-
moval or installation, attention must be paid to the vari-
ous phases. Functioning and integrity of tool as well as
various components must not be endangered.
Reassembling methods
Adequate holding equipment should be used for re-
assembling group.
Lifting system will be necessary for reconnecting, disas-
sembling and reassembling the ring gear or for holding
the gear box.
Use cross section drawings to ease assembly and dis-
assembly operations.
Recommendations regarding lubrication

It is very important to use proper lubricants and to main-
tain a constant level of correct lubrication.
Right operational temperature is to be maintained.
Shaft seals
Respect the following recommendations during seal
and gasket assembly:
• Clean shaft very carefully and ensure that the part in
contact with the rings is not damaged, cut or out of
roundness.
• Assemble the seals so that the lips is fitted towards
the oil side.
• Lubricate seal lips (use oil ) and fill 3/4 of seal cavity
with grease.
• Use appropriate driver. Do not use a hammer di-
rectly on the seals.
• Do not damage the seals while assembling the shaft.
O-ring
Lubricate adequately before inserting them at the right
place so as to avoid rolling while assembling shaft.
Adjusting shims
Use appropriate adjusting shims and measure each
one separately.
Complete group measurement or stamping on the shim
is not always reliable check.
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 7
Bearings
Use correct pullers for bearings removal.
Clean, lubricate and inspect well before reassembling
the bearings.
The spiral elastic pins do not need such adjustment.
Sealing
Use sealants as specified. ensure that parts to be
sealed are clean, dry and grease free.
Oil drain
Before disassembly oil should be drained out from the
group.
WARNING
Disposal of used oil must be done according to the laws.
Cleaning
1. All parts in motion (gears, bearings, etc) are to be
washed accurately with parts cleaning solution.
2. Petrol and watery alkaline solutions are to be avoided.
3. Do not wash with stream or hot water as it will be very
difficult to eliminate surface humidity.
4. Dry all parts with a rag or air jet to avoid scratching from
abrasive residuals.
5. All surfaces should be covered with lubricant so as to
protect it from future oxidation.
Inspections
1. Examine accurately that all bearings, external rings
which may be still stuck in their position pivot pins on
which rolls rotate and replace those which are worn out
or damaged.
2. Gears should not be damaged and toothing should not
be excessively worn. Teeth smoothing should not be
deteriorated.
3. Control all grooves assure that they are not worn out or
damaged.
4. Replace damaged parts with original spare parts.
5. Replace seals on rotating shaft, after disassembly.
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 8
Mechanical transmission - Remove – 8 + 2 Transmission

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
To remove the transmission, separate engine with front

axle from transmission housing and rear axle housing
from transmission housing. Follow the below steps for
removal procedure.
1. Separate the engine with front axle from transmission
housing. Refer to Engine - Remove (10.001).
NDIL14TR00318AA 1
2. Drain the lubrication oil from transmission housing by

opening drain plugs (1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00319AB 2
3. Install a mechanical stand under the rear axle housing.
NDIL14TR00320AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 9
4. Remove right-hand side and left-hand side foot boards

(1).
NDIL14TR00321AB 4
5. Disconnect clutch pedal (1) and Power Take-Off (PTO)

clutch (2) lever linkages.
NDIL14TR00322AB 5
6. Disconnect rear electric connection and safety start

switch electric connections.
Remove the clamps and release the electric wires from
the transmission and rear axle housing.
NDIL14TR00323AA 6
7. Loosen the clamp (1) to drain the steering oil and re-
move the pipes.
8. Loosen steering assembly securing bolts and remove
steering assembly with spindle.
NDIL14TR00324AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 10
9. Loosen the bolts and remove both the gear shift covers
(1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00325AB 8
10. Remove all rail pins and forks, to ease the splitting.
NDIL14TR00326AB 9
11. Fit lift hook (special tool number 291517) on the trans-
mission housing and connect it to a suitable hoist.
12. Loosen the bolts and stud nuts securing transmission
and rear wheel drive housings together.
13. Remove the transmission housing from rear axle
housing by moving it forward sufficiently to clear the
Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft and rail shafts.
NDIL14TR00327AA 10
14. Fix the transmission housing on a rotary stand (special

tool number 270086) for further inspection and disas-
sembly, if required.
NDIL14TR00328AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 11
Mechanical transmission - Install – 8 + 2 Transmission

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating parts. DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0044A

verse.
2. Before reassembling housings, support and cov-
ers, thoroughly clean and decrease mating surface
and apply a 2.00 mm (0.08 in) bead of sealant as
shown in the figure 1.
3. Tighten to correct torques as detailed in Mechani-
cal transmission - Torque (21.114).
NDIL14TR00329GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 12
Mechanical transmission - Remove – 12+3 Transmission

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
To remove the transmission, separate engine with front

axle from transmission housing and rear axle housing
from transmission housing. Follow the below steps for
removal procedure.
1. Separate the engine with front axle from transmission
housing. Refer to Engine - Remove (10.001).
NDIL14TR00318AA 1
2. Drain the lubrication oil from transmission housing by

opening drain plugs (1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00319AB 2
3. Remove all rail pins and forks remove circlip (1) to ease
the splitting and remove nut (2) to split the housing.
NDIL14TR00872AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 13
4. Fit lift hook (special tool number 291517) on the trans-

mission housing and connect it to a suitable hoist.
5. Loosen the bolts and stud nuts securing transmission
and rear wheel drive housings together.
6. Remove the transmission housing from rear axle hous-
ing by moving it forward sufficiently to clear the Power
Take-Off (PTO) shaft and rail shafts.
NDIL14TR00327AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 14
Mechanical transmission - Troubleshooting

Noisy operation with Input and output shaft support bearing mis- Remove transmission housing and adjust
range in neutral and main adjusted bearings
lever engaged
Failed or defective inner components Remove housing, overhaul transmission
and replace faulty parts
Internal component seizure due to poor lu- Overhaul transmission and top up oil to cor-
brication rect level
Noisy operation with Faulty clutch plate springs Replace clutch plates
tractor stationery, idling
engine and transmission
in neutral
Self disengagement of External linkage and levers misadjusted Adjust correctly
speed, range gears
Failed control rail retaining springs Replace springs
Partial engagement travel Correct reasons for problem and restore full
travel
Difficult engagement of External levers misadjusted Adjust correctly
speed and range gears
External levers stiff or seized Check pivot points and correct
Internal control items (rails, forks and Overhaul control items
sleeves) slide with difficulty
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 15
Index
Transmission - 21

Mechanical transmission - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical transmission - Install – 8 + 2 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Mechanical transmission - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mechanical transmission - Remove – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mechanical transmission - Remove – 8 + 2 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mechanical transmission - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical transmission - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mechanical transmission - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical transmission - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical transmission - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47899732 23/06/2015
21.1 [21.114] / 16
Transmission - 21
Mechanical transmission internal components - 140
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Transmission shaft
Remove – 12+3 Transmission input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install – 12+3 Transmission input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 2
Transmission - Mechanical transmission internal components
Transmission shaft - Remove – 12+3 Transmission input shaft

1. Loosen nuts (1) and remove oil seal cover (2). Loosen
the screws (3) and remove front bearing cover (4).
NDIL14TR00337AB 1
2. Remove circlip lock (1).
NDIL14TR00873AB 2
3. Remove bearing (1).
NDIL14TR00874AB 3
NDIL14TR00875AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 3
5. Using mandrill (special tool number 9971348) and mal-

let, remove the drive shaft out of the housing by ham-
mering gently towards the engine mounting side.
NDIL14TR00340AA 5
6. Retrieve the gears inside the housing.

Remove the bearing from the shaft using suitable
puller.
NDIL14TR00341AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 4
Transmission shaft - Install – 12+3 Transmission input shaft

1. Re-install drive shaft in transmission housing observing
the following.
2. Reassembly follows the removal procedure in reverse.
3. Refer to figure for correct orientation of the different
gears, bearings and shims.
NDIL14TR00876AB 1
4. Install bush (1) if removed using suitable mandrill.

Install new seal, if removed using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00343AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 5
Transmission shaft - Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft

1. Remove forks (1) and (2) for 1st/2nd and 3rd/4th gear.
NDIL14TR00883AB 1
2. Remove check nut with the help of socket.
NDIL14TR00884AB 2
3. Remove output shaft.
NDIL14TR00885AB 3
4. Remove all gear from the transmission housing.
NDIL14TR00886AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 6
5. Remove bearing (1) and washer (2) from output shaft.
NDIL14TR00887AB 5
Medium gear - removal

1. Remove cluster gear assembly (1) along with Power
Take-Off (PTO) shaft (2) as shown. Take out PTO shaft
from cluster gear assembly.
NDIL14TR00888AB 6
2. Remove washer (1) as shown in cluster gear assembly.
NDIL14TR00889AB 7
3. Remove bearing (1) fork H/L (2) circlip lock (3) hub H/L
gear (4) and low gear (5) as shown in fig.
NDIL14TR00890AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 7
4. Remove fork (1) from gear.
NDIL14TR00891AB 9
5. Remove gear (1) along with needle bearings two num-

bers as shown with mark (2). Remove snap ring to re-
trieve needle roller bearings.
NDIL14TR00892AB 10
6. Remove washer (1) on the pinion shaft.
NDIL14TR00893AB 11
7. Remove circlip lock (1) on pinion shaft as shown.
NDIL14TR00894AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 8
8. Open check nut lock & remove pinion check nut (1).
Using special tool number 293342 and remove the pin-
ion shaft from the housing by hammering it out gently
using suitable mandrill.
Take out gear (2).
NDIL14TR00895AB 13
NDIL14TR00896AB 14
10. Remove circlip lock (1).
NDIL14TR00897AB 15
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 9
Transmission shaft - Assemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft

Medium gear - assembly
1. Re-assembly follows the removal procedure in reverse.
Output shaft - assembly

1. Fit collar (1) and bearing (2) on the output shaft on
bench.
NDIL14TR00898AB 1
2. Place washer (1) with collar facing collar towards bear-

ing.
NDIL14TR00899AB 2
3. Place the 3rd/4th gear assembly in housing and place

washer (1).
NDIL14TR00900AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 10
4. Fit 1st/2nd gears as shown.
NDIL14TR00901AA 4
5. Fit output shaft (1) in the gear box housing.
NDIL14TR00902AB 5
6. Fit bearing (1) and check nut (2) of output shaft.

Tight the check nut at 30 kgm (217 ftlbs.).
NDIL14TR00884AB 6
7. Fit forks (1) and (2) for 1st/2nd and 3rd/4th gear.
NDIL14TR00883AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 11
Index
Transmission - 21

Transmission shaft - Assemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Transmission shaft - Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission output shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Transmission shaft - Install – 12+3 Transmission input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Transmission shaft - Remove – 12+3 Transmission input shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.2 [21.140] / 12
Transmission - 21
Gearbox external controls - 126
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Gearbox control lever

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 2
Transmission - Gearbox external controls
Gearbox control lever - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Loosen the bolts (1) and remove top cover (2) from the
transmission housing.
NDIL14TR00373AB 1
2. Remove the roll pin (1).

3. Remove the washer (2) and spring (3).
4. Remove the roll pin (4) with the help of a suitable mag-
netic tool.
5. Loosen the rubber boot clamps (5).
6. Withdraw the levers from the cover plate.
7. Follow the same procedure for other lever also.
NDIL14TR00374AB 2
NDIL14TR00347AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 3
Transmission - Gearbox external controls
Gearbox control lever - Assemble

Assemble the levers in the cover plate and reinstall the
cover plate on the transmission housing observing the
following:
1. Inspect the rubber boot (1) for cracks or damage, re-
place if necessary.
NDIL14TR00375AB 1

verse, refer to Gearbox control lever - Disassemble
(21.126).
3. Before fixing cover plate, thoroughly clean and de-
crease mating surface and apply a 2.0 mm (0.1 in)
bead of sealant following the pattern shown in 2.
4. Tighten to correct torque..
NDIL14TR00376FB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 4
Index
Transmission - 21

Gearbox control lever - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Gearbox control lever - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.3 [21.126] / 6
Transmission - 21
Gearbox internal components - 145
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Gearbox internal components

Disassemble – Range gear (epi-cyclic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble – Range gear (epi-cyclic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disassemble – Gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Assemble – Gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble – 12+3 Transmission gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drive shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Driven shaft
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Reverse gears
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remove – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 2
Transmission - Gearbox internal components
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – Range gear

(epi-cyclic)
1. Straighten the locking plate (1) and loosen the bolts
(2) securing epi-cyclic assembly (3) on transmission
housing and remove the complete assembly or first ring
gear followed by planetary gear assembly.
NDIL14TR00355AB 1
2. Pull out the pins (1) and remove the planetary gears (2)
from the carrier. Retrieve the brass washers (3).
NDIL14TR00356AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 3
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – Range gear (epi-cyclic)

Re-assemble the range gear on transmission housing
1. Ensure for correct seating of thrust washer on dowel
pin.
2. Tighten the bolts to correct torque as detailed in Me-
chanical transmission - Torque (21.114).
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 4
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – Gear rails

1. Remove all rail pins (1) and forks.
NDIL14TR00326AB 1
NOTE: Rails can be distinguished as shown in figure.

(1) I/II gear rail
(2) III/IV gear rail
NOTE: I/II and III/IV gear rails are similar in appearance.
The only difference is that III/IV gear rail is provided with a
through hole (5) to accommodate interlock capsules.
(3) Reverse gear rail
(4) Hi/Lo gear rail
NDIL14TR00348AB 2
2. Pull the 1st, 2nd and 3rd rails from the housing.
3. Remove the interlock (1) from the middle rail (2).
4. Using a screw driver push the remaining two interlock-
ing balls after (3) removing the plug (4).
NOTE: Interlocks are of different size. Two are in ball
shape and other in the capsule shape.
NDIL14TR00349AB 3
5. Remove the high-low rail locking capsules (1) with the

help of a suitable magnetic tool after removing the neu-
tral switch.
NDIL14TR00350AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 5
6. Remove the roll pin from rail and fork.
NDIL14TR00351AA 5
7. Straighten the lock-plate.
NDIL14TR00352AA 6
8. Remove the bracket (1) to retrieve the ball and spring

(2) from the support bracket, if shifter rod is to be re-
moved from the bracket.
NDIL14TR00353AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 6
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – Gear rails

Reassembly follows the removal procedure in gear rail
removal.
1. Press the ball as shown in the figure and fit both rails
into the bracket using tool number 9971346.
2. Insert the high low rail also as explained above.
NDIL14TR00354AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 7
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission

gear rails
1. Remove all rail pins (1) and gates.
NDIL14TR00903AB 1
2. Insert the interlocks and bolts as shown in figure.

1. Ball
2. Interlock
3. Pin
4. Neutral safety switch
5. 1st / 2nd rail
6. 3rd / 4th rail
7. Reverse rail
8. Medium gear
3. By using the jib crane assemble the transmission hous-
ing and differential housing together.
NDIL14TR00904AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 8
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – 12+3 Transmission

gear rails
1. Re-assembly follow the removal procedure in gear rails
removal.
2. Insert the interlock and ball from the hole (1) as shown
in figure.
NDIL14TR00905AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 9
Drive shaft - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. To facilitate disassembly, install the transmission hous-

ing on rotary stand (special tool number 290086) as
shown.
NDIL14TR00328AA 1
2. Remove transmission and Power Take-Off (PTO)

clutch forks locking screws (1).
NDIL14TR00285AB 2
3. Push out transmission and Power Take-Off (PTO)

clutch forks shafts (1) and remove associated forks
from the housing.
NDIL14TR00332AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 10
4. Retrieve locking pins (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00284AB 4
5. Slide out both transmission and Power Take-Off (PTO)

clutch release bearings (1).
NDIL14TR00334AB 5
6. Loosen the bolts and remove both the gear shift covers
(1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00325AB 6
7. Push the dowell pins and remove range gear rail shaft
(1).
NOTICE: Don’t allow the dowell pins to fall into the trans-
mission housing while pushing down.
8. Take out the shifter forks from the transmission hous-
ing.
NDIL14TR00336AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 11
9. Loosen nuts (1) and remove oil seal cover (2).

10. Loosen the screws (3) and remove front bearing cover
(4).
NDIL14TR00337AB 8
11. Remove the circlip (1) and shims (2).If necessary pull
out the seal (3) from its seat on the shaft.
NDIL14TR00338AA 9
NOTE: Before removing the drive shaft, engage two gears

and slacken the driven shaft retaining nut (1).
NDIL14TR00339AB 10
12. Using mandrill (special tool number 9971348) and

mallet, remove the drive shaft out of the housing by
hammering gently towards the engine mounting side.
NDIL14TR00340AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 12
13. Retrieve the gears inside the housing.

14. Remove the bearing from the shaft using suitable
puller.
NDIL14TR00341AA 12
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 13
Drive shaft - Install

Re-install drive shaft in transmission housing observing
the following:
1. Reassembly follows the removal procedure in reverse.
2. Refer to figure for correct orientation of the different
gears, bearings and shims.
NDIL14TR00342AA 1
3. Install bush (1) if removed using suitable mandrill.

4. Install new seal, if removed using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00343AB 2
5. Mount the front oil seal cover (1) complete with gasket/
sealants, making sure that the rear bearing is in perfect
alignment.
NOTE: Check oil seal for damage before mounting front
cover.
NDIL14TR00344AB 3
6. Select required shim thickness to reduce the end float

of the gear and bearing assembly to a minimum. Then
mount the corresponding circlip.
NDIL14TR00338AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 14
7. By shifting the sliding sleeves and inserting two speeds

at the same time/torque nut (1) to prescribed torque,
lock the nut by punching locking plate and fit the front
bearing cover plate with gasket.
NDIL14TR00339AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 15
Driven shaft - Disassemble

Driven gears and shaft
1. Remove range gear assembly from the housing as de-
scribed earlier.
NDIL14TR00357AA 1
2. Remove drive shaft from the housing and retrieve

gears.
NDIL14TR00363AA 2
3. Remove reverse gear and shaft from the housing as

explained earlier.
NDIL14TR00364AA 3
4. Remove nut (1).
NDIL14TR00365AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 16
5. Remove the shaft from rear axle housing mounting side

by gently hammering using suitable mandrill and mal-
let.
6. Retrieve the gears couplers / synchromesh from inside
the housing.
NDIL14TR00366AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 17
Driven shaft - Inspect

1. Check synchromesh assembly, spring, ball and cage
for damage and wear. If necessary, replace.
2. Check the bearings and bushes, if replacement is re-
quired, remove the bearing from their seats using suit-
able pullers.
3. Check gears for wear, damage, fittings etc. if neces-
sary replace the gears with new one. Remove small
dents on teeth by rubbing with abrasive paper.
NDIL14TR00367AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 18
Driven shaft - Assemble

Refer to the figures on the following page and assemble
the following:
The 3rd / 4th synchromesh:
1. Insert the toothed sector (1) into the baulk ring, match-
ing the cuts of ring and sector.
NDIL14TR00368AA 1
2. Put the cage on the slotted hole, followed by a spring

(1).
NDIL14TR00369AB 2
3. Press the ball (1) with the help of a screw driver (2).
4. Insert toothed sector partially into the ring.
5. Repeat the same procedure for other cages, springs
and balls and then insert completely.
NDIL14TR00370AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 19
6. Put the synchro cone on to the synchronizer ring (1)

and pick up the gear (2) and place it inside the ring.
NDIL14TR00371AB 4
7. Install the driven shaft, associated gears after complete

synchromesh unit.
NDIL14TR00372AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 20
Reverse gears - Disassemble

1. Remove the range gear assembly.
NDIL14TR00357AA 1
2. Using special tool number 9971347, remove reverse

gear shaft (1) with outer ball bearing.
NDIL14TR00358AB 2
3. Retrieve the reverse gears (1) in transmission housing.
NDIL14TR00359AB 3
4. Retrieve pin (1) from the gears.

5. Using suitable puller remove ball bearing from the re-
verse gear shaft.
NDIL14TR00360AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 21
6. Using special tool number 292909 and with sliding

hammer (special tool number 292907) remove reverse
gear shaft needle bearing from the housing.
NDIL14TR00361AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 22
Reverse gears - Assemble

Reinstall reverse gear shaft in transmission housing,
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 23
Reverse gears - Remove – 12+3 Transmission

1. Remove reverse fork (1).
NDIL14TR00877AB 1
2. Remove circlip lock.
NDIL14TR00878AB 2
NDIL14TR00879AB 3
4. Remove reverse gear complete assembly.
NDIL14TR00880AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 24
5. Remove needle bearing (1) from housing. Using spe-

cial tool number 292900 and sliding hammer special
tool number 292907.
6. Remove complete reverse gear subassembly.
NDIL14TR00881AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 25
Reverse gears - Install – 12+3 Transmission

1. Re-install all the components of reverse gear sub-as-
sembly.
2. Check gears and needle roller bearings for defect. If
found defect replace with new one.
NDIL14TR00882AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 26
Index
Transmission - 21

Drive shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Driven shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Driven shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Driven shaft - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – 12+3 Transmission gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – Gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gearbox internal components - Assemble – Range gear (epi-cyclic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – 12+3 Transmission gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – Gear rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gearbox internal components - Disassemble – Range gear (epi-cyclic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Reverse gears - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Reverse gears - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Reverse gears - Install – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Reverse gears - Remove – 12+3 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
47899732 23/06/2015
21.4 [21.145] / 27
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system
47899732 23/06/2015
23
Contents
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - 23
[23.314] Drive shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
47899732 23/06/2015
23
Drive shaft - 314
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 1
Contents
Drive shaft - 314
TECHNICAL DATA
Drive shaft
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drive shaft
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Drive shaft
Disassemble – Transmission shafts and guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble – Transmission shafts and guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove – Drive gear housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install – Drive gear housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble – Transfer box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Disassemble – Transfer box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Drive shaft
Drive shaft - General specification

Reduction ratio 34/24x24/34 = 1:1
Relay lever pad width 7.978 – 8.000 mm (0.314 – 0.315 in)
Pad seat width in driven gear 8.280 – 8.370 mm (0.326 – 0.330 in)
Pad clearance in seat 0.280 – 0.460 mm (0.011 – 0.018 in)
Relay lever pivot diameter 15.973 – 16.000 mm (0.628 – 0.630 in)
Pivot housing bore in casing 16.016 – 16.059 mm (0.631 – 0.632 in)
Pivot clearance in housing 0.016 – 0.086 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Relay lever detent spring length
• Free 130.000 mm (5.118 in)
• Under 178.2 – 197.8 N (40.1 – 44.5 lb) 142.500 mm (5.610 in)
Drive shaft
2.200 mm (0.087 in) - 2.500 mm (0.098 in) - 2.800 mm
(0.110 in) - 3.000 mm (0.118 in) - 3.300 mm (0.130 in) -
Front drive sleeve shim thickness
3.700 mm (0.146 in) - 4.000 mm (0.157 in) - 4.300 mm
(0.169 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 3
Drive shaft - Torque
NDIL14TR00377GB 1
Part to be torqued Thread Torque setting

Transmission shaft central support retaining bolt
M12 X 1.5 98 N·m (867 lb in)
(C12)
Drive gear housing retaining bolt (C13) M12 X 1.25 98 N·m (867 lb in)
Drive shaft - Special tools

Drive shaft seal key 293836
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 4
Drive shaft - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00378GB 1
C12 Drive shaft centre bearing bolt 12. Four - wheel drive engagement sleeve
C13 Axle drive housing bolt 22. Dentent plunger
X On assembly, thoroughly clean and degrease 23. Roll pin
mating surface X
1. Brake driven discs 26. Intermediate shaft
2. Brake linings 27. Dust excluder
3. Brake shoe 28. Seal
4. Driven gear 29. Retaining ring
5. Intermediate gear 30. Splined driven shaft
6. Needle roller bearing 39. Drive shaft guard
10. Driven shaft 56. Centre bearing
11. Guide screws
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 5
Drive shaft - Disassemble – Transmission shafts and guard

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
To remove, proceed as follows:

1. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1).
NDIL14TR00379AB 1
2. Remove the front, centre and rear screws securing the

front axle prop shaft guard and remove the guard (1).
3. Remove circlip (2) and move sleeve (1) in the direction
shown by the arrow to disengage it from the splined
shaft of the front axle.
NDIL14TR00380AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 6
Drive shaft - Assemble – Transmission shafts and guard

1. To re-fit the transmission shaft and guard, proceed as
follows:
WARNING
Use suitable tools to align holes. Never use fingers or
hands.
2. Fit and secure the transmission shaft in position.
NOTE: Move the front splined sleeve (27) against retaining
ring (28). Using a feeler gauge, measure gap between the
sleeve and the retaining ring (26) and install shim (S5) to
obtain sleeve end play (L) of 1.0000 – 1.5000 mm (0.0394
– 0.0591 in).
NDIL14TR00381AB 1
3. Fit and secure the guard.
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 7
Drive shaft - Remove – Drive gear housing

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
To remove, proceed as follows:

1. Refer to Drive shaft - Disassemble (23.314) and carry
out transmission shafts and guard removal.
2. Remove the plug (1) and drain the oil from the trans-
mission box/gearbox.
NDIL14TR00382AB 1
3. Detach the drive gear engagement control lever (1).
NDIL14TR00383AA 2
4. Remove the screws (1) that hold the drive gear housing
(transfer box) to the transmission housing.
5. Remove the drive gear housing from the transmission
housing.
NDIL14TR00384AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 8
Drive shaft - Install – Drive gear housing

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. To re-fit the drive gear housing, proceed as follows:

• Refer to the tightening torques.
• Carefully clean the contact surfaces.
• Apply sealing compound (approx. 2.000 mm
(0.079 in) wide strip) to the contact surface of the
drive gear housing.
• Fit the drive gear housing to the transmission hous-
ing.
• Connect the drive gear engagement control lever
• Replace the transmission oil drain plug.
• Refer to Drive shaft - Assemble (23.314) and carry
out transmission shafts and guard installation.
• Fit the drive shaft guard.
NDIL14TR00385BA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 9
Drive shaft - Assemble – Transfer box

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. To refit the transfer box, proceed as follows.

WARNING
Use suitable tools to align holes. Never use fingers or
hands.
NDIL14TR00389AA 1
2. Insert the shaft in the housing, then assemble the gear

unit, washer and circlip.
Fit the internal lever the external lever, the coupling pad
and secure in position by means of the washer and rel-
ative circlip.
Fit the bearing and relative circlips.
Using tool 293836, fit the seal and dust ring (use the
spacer to fit the dust ring ).
Refer to Drive shaft - Install (23.314) and carry out
drive gear housing removal.
Refer to Drive shaft - Disassemble (23.314) and carry
NDIL14TR00390AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 10
Drive shaft - Disassemble – Transfer box

With the transfer box on the bench, proceed as follows:
1. Refer to Drive shaft - Disassemble (23.314) and carry
2. Refer to Drive shaft - Remove (23.314) and carry out
drive gear housing removal.
NDIL14TR00386AA 1
3. Use the special punch to withdraw the snap ring (1),

then the pin (2). Remove the roller bearing, the spacer,
the thrust washers and the intermediate gear (3).
4. Remove the parking brake control lever.
NDIL14TR00387AB 2
5. Use a screwdriver to remove the dust ring (1).

6. Remove the splined driven shaft, complete with parts,
parking brake discs and the driven gear.
NDIL14TR00388AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 11
Index
Drive shaft - 314

Drive shaft - Assemble – Transfer box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Drive shaft - Assemble – Transmission shafts and guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drive shaft - Disassemble – Transfer box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Drive shaft - Disassemble – Transmission shafts and guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drive shaft - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drive shaft - Install – Drive gear housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Drive shaft - Remove – Drive gear housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Drive shaft - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drive shaft - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive shaft - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 12
47899732 23/06/2015
23.1 [23.314] / 13
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Front axle system
47899732 23/06/2015
25
Contents
Front axle system - 25
[25.400] Non-powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
47899732 23/06/2015
25
Non-powered front axle - 400
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Non-powered front axle

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Axle wheel hub
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DIAGNOSTIC

47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 2
Front axle system - Non-powered front axle
Non-powered front axle - General specification

Centrally pivoted U -type centre beam with telescopic
Type
outer sections.
Track settings
1390 mm (55 in) - 1490 mm (59 in) - 1590 mm (63 in) -
TT75
1690 mm (67 in) - 1790 mm (70 in) - 1890 mm (74 in)
2629 mm (104 in) - 1510 mm (59 in) - 1610 mm (63 in)
TT55
- 1710 mm (67 in) - 1810 mm (71 in) - 1910 mm (75 in)
2° corresponding to approx. 15.00 mm (0.59 in) with
Wheel chamber
406.40 mm (16.00 in) rims
Wheel toe-in 0.000 – 5.000 mm (0.000 – 0.197 in)
Swivel pin assembly
Swivel pin (3) diameter at the bushes 37.960 – 38.000 mm (1.494 – 1.496 in)
Press-fit bush (4) inner diameter 38.050 – 38.140 mm (1.498 – 1.502 in)
Swivel pin to bush clearance 0.050 – 0.179 mm (0.002 – 0.007 in)
Axle pivot pin assembly
Pivot pin (9) diameter 37.960 – 38.000 mm (1.494 – 1.496 in)
Pivot pin to bush clearance 0.050 – 0.179 mm (0.002 – 0.007 in)
Thrust washer thickness (bronze)
TT75 3.935 – 4.065 mm (0.155 – 0.160 in)
TT55 3.935 – 4.000 mm (0.155 – 0.157 in)
Steel washer thickness 3.925 – 4.000 mm (0.155 – 0.157 in)
Non-powered front axle - General specification

Centrally pivoted U -type centre beam with telescopic
Type
outer sections.
Track settings
1390 mm (55 in) - 1490 mm (59 in) - 1590 mm (63 in) -
TT75
1690 mm (67 in) - 1790 mm (70 in) - 1890 mm (74 in)
2629 mm (104 in) - 1510 mm (59 in) - 1610 mm (63 in)
TT55
- 1710 mm (67 in) - 1810 mm (71 in) - 1910 mm (75 in)
2° corresponding to approx. 15.00 mm (0.59 in) with
Wheel chamber
406.40 mm (16.00 in) rims
Wheel toe-in 0.000 – 5.000 mm (0.000 – 0.197 in)
Swivel pin assembly
Swivel pin (3) diameter at the bushes 37.960 – 38.000 mm (1.494 – 1.496 in)
Swivel pin to bush clearance 0.050 – 0.179 mm (0.002 – 0.007 in)
Axle pivot pin assembly
Pivot pin (9) diameter 37.960 – 38.000 mm (1.494 – 1.496 in)
Pivot pin to bush clearance 0.050 – 0.179 mm (0.002 – 0.007 in)
Thrust washer thickness (bronze) 3.935 – 4.000 mm (0.155 – 0.157 in)
Steel washer thickness 3.925 – 4.000 mm (0.155 – 0.157 in)
Non-powered front axle - Torque

Bolt, front axle carrier to engine (C1) M18 X 1.5 320 N·m (236 lb ft)
Bolt, axle pivot (C2) M10 X 1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
Bolt, wheel to hub (C3) M18 X 1.5 320 N·m (236 lb ft)
Nut, track/drag link, ball joint (C4) M14 X 1.5 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 3

Nut, right-hand side and left-hand side control
M14 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
lever (C5)
Axle extension securing bolts (C6) M16 X 1.5 118 N·m (87 lb ft)
NDIL14TR00790GB 1
Non-powered front axle - Special tools

Slide hammer for centre pin 292927
Adopter for slide hammer 290793
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 4
Non-powered front axle - Sealing

Operation description Specification
Front wheel hub sleeve LOCTITE® 638™
King pin thrust washer LOCTITE® 638™
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 5
Non-powered front axle - Overview

The front axle is composed of a reversed U type centre beam (2) with telescopic sections (1) at each end.
A number of holes at 50.00 mm (2.00 in) intervals are provided in the telescopic sections for track width adjustment
purpose. Adjustment of the front wheel track width is affected by extending or retracting both ends of the axle equally.
The centre beam is attached to the front axle carrier by means of a single pivot which allows oscillation on both sides.
The front axle is controlled by power/manual steering through swivel pin control lever. The two swivel pins are con-
nected by telescopic track control rod, which contain adjustment for toe-in.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 6
Non-powered front axle - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00919FB 1
NDIL14TR00920FB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 7
1. Grease fitting 4. Front axle carrier

2. Axle pivot bushings 5. Seal
3. Axle pivot pin 6. Thrust washer
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 8
NDIL14TR00792GB 3
1. Seal assembly 5. Dust cover seal collar

2. Seal assembly 6. Dust cover seal lower
3. Thrust washer 7. Dust cover seal upper
4. Thrust washer
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 9
NDIL14TR00793FB 4
1. Bearing inner 4. Hexagonal nut

2. Bearing outer 5. Washer
3. Hub cap 6. O-ring
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 10
Non-powered front axle - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Remove the front axle assembly from the tractor as fol-

lows:
1. Open and raise front hood.
2. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery and
insulate.
NDIL14TR00794AB 1
3. Safely block rear wheels.

4. Remove front weights (1) and weight support (2), where
fitted.
NDIL14TR00795AB 2
5. Jack up front tractor and place a stationary stand (1)

under the engine sump.
NDIL14TR00796AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 11
6. Loosen retaining bolts (1) and remove the front wheels.
NDIL14TR00797AB 4
7. Remove knuckle joint nut (1) and disconnect drag link

(2) from control lever.
NDIL14TR00798AB 5
8. In case of power steering model, remove hydraulic

cylinder (1) by loosening nuts (2) and (3).
NDIL14TR00799AB 6
9. Remove the axle pivot pin locking bolt (1).
NDIL14TR00800AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 12
10. Using a slide puller (special tool number 292927) with

adopter (special tool number 290793) withdraw the
pivot pin (1) and recover thrust washers and shims
provided between axle carrier and centre beam.
11. Remove front axle from tractor using a suitable hoist.
NDIL14TR00801AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 13
Non-powered front axle - Install

Reinstall the front axle assembly to carrier observing
the following:
1. Reassembly follows disassembly procedure in reverse,
refer to Non-powered front axle - Remove (25.400).
WARNING
hands or fingers.
2. Check the pivot pin play. It should not exceed 0.25 mm
(0.01 in). If play is more, add shims between axle car-
rier and centre beam.
3. Check for correct toe-in setting.
4. Tighten all fasteners to correct torques. Refer to Non-
powered front axle - Torque (25.400).
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 14
Axle wheel hub - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Swivel pins can be removed and overhauled with the

front axle on the tractor proceed as follows for each
wheel:
under the sump.
NDIL14TR00813AB 1
3. Loosen retaining bolts and remove front wheels.
NDIL14TR00814AA 2
4. Remove swivel pin control lever retaining bolt (1).

5. Slide out the control lever (2) from the spindle assem-
bly.
NDIL14TR00815AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 15
6. Pull out the swivel axle and hub assembly (1) from axle
outer section.
NDIL14TR00816AB 4
7. Remove the axle outer section (1) attaching bolts.
NDIL14TR00817AB 5
8. Remove the axle outer section (1).
NDIL14TR00818AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 16
Axle wheel hub - Overhaul

1. Fix the axle outer section in a vice and remove the
upper seal using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00819AA 1
2. Remove the bottom seal using suitable tool and recover

thrust washer.
3. Check the swivel bearing bushes for wear. See spec-
ifications in Non-powered front axle - General spec-
ification (25.400). If bushes require replacement, re-
move the bushes using suitable tool.
4. Using a suitable drift install new bushings on the axle
outer section.
5. Check the swivel pin for wear. If required replace new
spindle.
6. Ream the new bushings to suit the swivel pin.
NDIL14TR00820AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 17
Axle wheel hub - Install

Reinstall the spindle assembly to the front axle following
the disassembly procedure in reverse.
NOTE: Ensure that the slot (1) in the thrust washer fits on
the notch provided on the axle outer section.
NDIL14TR00821AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 18
Non-powered front axle - Troubleshooting

Premature tire wear Wrong inflation pressure Inflate tires to correct pressure refer to val-
ues suggested in the operator’s manual.
Always comply with values specified by the
tire manufacture
Wrong front wheel toe-in Adjust toe-in (refer the procedure dealt in
this section or adjustment)
Poor tractor stability Wrong inflation pressure Inflate tires to correct pressure
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 19
Index

Axle wheel hub - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Axle wheel hub - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Axle wheel hub - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Non-powered front axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Non-powered front axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Non-powered front axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Non-powered front axle - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Non-powered front axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Non-powered front axle - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Non-powered front axle - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Non-powered front axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Non-powered front axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Non-powered front axle - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47899732 23/06/2015
25.1 [25.400] / 20
Powered front axle - 100
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 2
Front axle system - Powered front axle
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - General specification

Type Steering, load bearing structure, pivoting at centre
Bevel gear pair - differential
Pinion-crown gear ratio: 30 km/h (19 mph) 9/38 = 1:4.2
Backlash between bevel gear pair 0.150 – 0.200 mm (0.006 – 0.008 in)
Ratio between front wheel revs and rear wheel revs 1.386
Bevel drive and differential
2.500 mm (0.098 in) - 2.550 mm (0.100 in) - 2.600 mm
(0.102 in) - 2.650 mm (0.104 in) - 2.700 mm (0.106 in) -
2.750 mm (0.108 in) - 2.800 mm (0.110 in) - 2.850 mm
(0.112 in) - 2.900 mm (0.114 in) - 2.950 mm (0.116 in) -
3.000 mm (0.118 in) - 3.050 mm (0.120 in) - 3.100 mm
Thickness of pinion bearing adjustment spacer
(0.122 in) - 3.150 mm (0.124 in) - 3.200 mm (0.126 in) -
3.300 mm (0.130 in) - 3.400 mm (0.134 in) - 3.450 mm
(0.136 in) - 3.500 mm (0.138 in) - 3.550 mm (0.140 in) -
3.600 mm (0.142 in) - 3.650 mm (0.144 in) - 3.700 mm
(0.146 in)
2.500 mm (0.098 in) - 2.600 mm (0.102 in) - 2.700 mm
(0.106 in) - 2.800 mm (0.110 in) - 2.900 mm (0.114 in) -
Thickness of crown wheel position adjustment 3.000 mm (0.118 in) - 3.100 mm (0.122 in) - 3.200 mm
spacer (0.126 in) - 3.300 mm (0.130 in) - 3.400 mm (0.134 in) -
3.500 mm (0.138 in) - 3.600 mm (0.142 in) - 3.700 mm
(0.146 in)
Clearance between sides of planet and side pinion
0.15 mm (0.01 in)
teeth
Thickness of planet pinion thrust washers 1.470 – 1.530 mm (0.058 – 0.060 in)
Thickness of side gear thrust washers 1.500 – 1.600 mm (0.059 – 0.063 in)
Diameter of cross pin for planet pinions 21.939 – 21.960 mm (0.864 – 0.865 in)
Side diameter cross pin bore diameter 22.040 – 22.061 mm (0.868 – 0.869 in)
Clearance between cross pin and bores 0.080 – 0.122 mm (0.003 – 0.005 in)
Diameter of outer axle shafts and corresponding
37.961 – 38.000 mm (1.495 – 1.496 in)
bushes
Inside diameter of installed bushes 38.080 – 38.119 mm (1.499 – 1.501 in)
Clearance between axle shafts and bushes 0.080 – 0.158 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
Axle shafts and steering knuckles
Diameter of outer axle shafts and corresponding
29.914 – 29.935 mm (1.178 – 1.179 in)
bushes
Inside diameter of installed front bush 30.050 – 30.105 mm (1.183 – 1.185 in)
Clearance between pin and bush 0.115 – 0.191 mm (0.005 – 0.008 in)
Interference fit between bushes and respective
0.064 – 0.013 mm (0.003 – 0.001 in)
bores
Thickness of steering knuckle bearing adjuster 0.100 mm (0.004 in) - 0.150 mm (0.006 in) - 0.200 mm
plates (0.008 in) - 0.250 mm (0.010 in) - 0.300 mm (0.012 in)
Planetary final drives
15.0 mm (0.6 in) :( 19.0 mm (0.7 in) + 54.0 mm (2.1 in)) =
Reduction ratio
1:4.87
Driven gear thrust washer thickness 0.770 – 0.830 mm (0.030 – 0.033 in)
Axle pivot
Pivotting angle (on either side ) 11°
Centre pivot and support end float 0.30 – 1.10 mm (0.01 – 0.04 in)
Max. wear clearance 2.00 mm (0.08 in)
Centre pivot diameter 52.652 – 52.671 mm (2.073 – 2.074 in)
Centre pivot front bushing fitted 52.720 – 52.790 mm (2.076 – 2.078 in)
Centre pivot working clearance in bushing 0.049 – 0.138 mm (0.002 – 0.005 in)
Rear bevel pinion carrier spigot 99.040 – 99.720 mm (3.899 – 3.926 in)
Rear bushing fitted 99.146 – 99.221 mm (3.903 – 3.906 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 3
Spigot fitted clearance in bushing 0.074 – 0.181 mm (0.003 – 0.007 in)

Axle front and rear thrust washer thickness 4.95 – 5.00 mm (0.19 – 0.20 in)
Turning radius
Live axle in brakes off (75 HP Models) : 5400 mm (213 in)
Live axle in brakes off (55 HP models) : 4800 mm (189 in)
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Special tools

WARNING
The tools marked below are essential for the operations described in this section. To work in safety and obtain the
best results whilst saving time and energy, these essential tools should be supplemented by the specific tools listed
below and other tools which are to be made from the drawings provided in this manual.
List of specific tools required for the various operations described in this section.

Front axle overhaul stand 293460
Overhaul support for front axle differential casing 9971257
Pinion bearing adjustment tool 9971258
Pinion ring nut wrench 9971259
Wrench for front differential case bearing adjustment nut 9971260
Wheel hub ring nut wrench 9971261
Mounting distance tool 9971262
Pinion locking tool 9971263
Idler gear pin removal tool 9971264
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Torque

Part Thread Tightening torque
Lock ring, bevel pinion (C1) M35X1.5 294 N·m (217 lb ft)
Bolt, differential case to axle casing (C2) M12 X 1.25 113 N·m (83 lb ft)
Bolt, ring gear to differential case (C3) M12 X 1.25 113 N·m (83 lb ft)
Bolt, king pin (C4) M12 X 1.25 64 N·m (47 lb ft)
Steering knuckle bolt (C5) M12 X 1.25 64 N·m (47 lb ft)
Wheel hub bearings lock nut (C6) M45 X 1.5 147 N·m (108 lb ft)
Bolt, planetary final drive housing (C7) M10 X 1.25 64 N·m (47 lb ft)
Bolt, wheel disc to hub (C8) M16 X 1.5 260 N·m (192 lb ft)
Nut for rim to disc securing bolt M14 X 1.5 245 N·m (181 lb ft)
Front axle front and rear pivot support
M18 X 1.5 314 N·m (232 lb ft)
bolt (C9)
Differential cage support cap bolt (C10) M12 X 1.25 113 N·m (83 lb ft)
Front axle support to engine retaining
M18 X 1.5 314 N·m (232 lb ft)
bolt (C11)
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 4
NDIL14TR00391GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 5
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00392GB 1
Front axle differential
X 0.500 – 1.000 mm (0.020 – 0.039 in) 4. Ring gear

S1 Bevel pinion bearing shim 5. Axle shaft with universal joint
S2 Bevel pinion position shim 6. Side gear washers
C1 Bevel pinion bearing lock ring 7. Differential pinion washers
C2 Differential carrier bolt 8. Differential pinion journal bolt
C3 Ring gear bolt 60. Side gear
Gd, Right-hand side and left-hand side differential
61. Side gear
Gs bearing lock ring
1. Bevel pinion 62. Differential pinion
2. Seal 63. Differential pinion journal
3. Bevel pinion bearing spacer
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 6
NDIL14TR00393GB 1
Front axle steering knuckle and hub
S3 King pin bearing shim 11. King pin bearing

S4 Wheel hub bearing shims 12. Seal
C4 King pin bearing bolt 13. Seal
C5 Steering knuckle bolt 14. Axsule shaft bushing
C6 Wheel hub bearing lock ring 15 Spacer
C7 Final drive housing bolt 16. Thrust washers
C8 Wheel hub bolt 17. Planet wheel journals
9. Bearing carrier bolt 18. Planet wheel shims
10. Seal 19. Sun gear
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 7
NDIL14TR00394FB 1
Front axle pivot
H 1.000 mm (0.039 in) 23 Rear thrust washer

L 1.000 – 1.500 mm (0.039 – 0.059 in) 24. Rear bushing
S5 Sleeve position shim 25. Rear axle pivot support
C9 Axle pivot support bolt 26. Retaining rings
C10 Differential bearing cap bolt 27. Front splined sleeve
C11 Bolt securing front axle support to engine 28. Retaining rings
20. Front axle pivot support 29. Drive shaft guard
21. Front bushing 30. Drive shaft
22. Front thrust washer
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 8
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Overview

Tractor models have a centrally pivoting front axle with the pivot and the drive shaft coaxial with the longitudinal axis
of the tractor. The drive shaft has no universal joints.
The differential has two planet pinions drive is transmitted to lateral epicyclic final drive units (installed on the wheel
hubs) through universal joints which require no maintenance.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 9
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
NOTE: The front axle assembly can be removed from the tractor either with or without previously removing the drive
shaft. The description below refers to removal of the front axle with the drive shaft installed on the tractor.
1. Disconnect the negative battery lead (1).
NDIL14TR00395AB 1
2. Attach nylon slings to the front weights (1). Loosen the

locking screw from each weight, lift the weights clear of
the tractor and place them in a safe position.
NDIL14TR00396AB 2
3. Unscrew bolts (1) and remove the drive shaft guard (2).
NDIL14TR00397AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 10
4. Remove the circlip (1) from the front of the drive shaft.
Slide the sleeve rearwards and detach the drive shaft
from the front axle.
NDIL14TR00398AB 4
5. Pass two nylon slings around the front axle and attach
them to a hoist.
NDIL14TR00399AA 5
6. Lift the tractor with the hoist and place a stand under
the sump pan.
NDIL14TR00400AA 6
7. Unscrew unions (1) of the rigid pipes to the power steer-

ing cylinders and detach the two flexible hoses.
NDIL14TR00401AA 7
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 11
8. Unscrew the wheel bolts and remove the front wheels.
NDIL14TR00402AA 8
9. Unscrew the front axle rear support retaining bolts (1).
NDIL14TR00403AB 9
10. Unscrew the front axle front support retaining bolts (1).
NDIL14TR00404AA 10
11. Using a hoist and two nylon cables (one for each side)
detach the front axle from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00405AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 12
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install

WARNING
Always use appropriate tools to align fixing holes. Never use your fingers or hands.
Refit the front axle following the instructions below.

• Refit the axle and bolt the front and rear supports in
position.
• Reconnect the power steering pipes.
• Fit the front wheels.
• Raise the front of the tractor using the hoist.
• Remove the fixed stand.
• Detach the nylon cables.
• Reconnect the drive shaft and refit the drive shaft
guard.
• Refit the two front mudguards.
• Attach a nylon cable to the front weights, lift, refit to
the tractor and secure with the locking screws.
• Reconnect the negative battery lead.
• Adhere to the tightening torques.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 13
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Unscrew the drain plug and drain the oil from the axle
casing.
2. Remove the planetary final drive housing (1) complete
with planet wheels.
3. Remove sun gear (2).
4. Remove planetary final drive ring gear-fixed gear unit ,
slacken lock ring using wrench 293837 and removing
assembly from knuckle.
5. Remove wheel hub (6) with taper roller bearing cups
(7) and associated seal. Be careful to prevent seal
damage.
NDIL14TR00406AB 1
6. Remove steering knuckle (10) with wheel hub support.
7. Remove articulated axle shaft (9) with bearing housing.
Back off the bolt before withdrawing the axle shaft.
8. Replace worn bearings using suitable punches and uni-
versal pullers. Check seal efficiency.
NDIL14TR00407AB 2
NDIL14TR00408AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 14
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install

• Before installing the final drive housing (1) thor-
oughly clean and degrease mating surfaces and
apply 2.00 mm (0.08 in) of seaing compound.
• Insert articulated axle shaft (9) in axle case and in-
stall steering knuckle carrier (8).
• Adjust king pin bearing pre-load as directed in the
appropriate section.
• Adjust wheel hub bearing pre-load as directed in the
appropriate section.
• Fill wheel hubs and differential-level drive housing
with the specified oil.
NDIL14TR00409AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 15
Index

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
25.2 [25.100] / 16
Front bevel gear set and differential - 102
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front bevel gear set and differential

Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Differential
Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Limited slip differential
Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 2
Front axle system - Front bevel gear set and differential
Front bevel gear set and differential - Adjust – 4WD

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Install the bevel pinion bearing cones (7) and (9) with
spacer (8) on tool 293438 (E) with centralizer (G).
2. Fully tighten tool nut (M).
NDIL14TR00417AB 1
3. Measure dimension (H4) between the tool pin end and

top face.
NDIL14TR00418AB 2
4. Remove the bearing cones and spacer from the tool.

Lubricate bearings with engine oil and re-install onto
the tool, inserting differential carrier (10) with bearing
cups.
5. Fully tighten tool nut (M) while rotating the differential
carrier through ten revolutions to settle the bearings.
6. Measure dimension (H3) of the tool in this condition.
NDIL14TR00419AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 3
7. Thickness of shims (S1) will be given by:

S1= H3 - H4 + 0.1000 mm (0.0039 in)
If necessary, round off (S1) to the nearest 0.0500 mm
(0.0020 in).
NOTE: On completing the adjustment, do not remove the
adjustment tool from the bevel drive-differential housing.
Leave in place for adjustment of the drive pinion position.
NDIL14TR00420AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 4
Bevel drive adjustments

Determining the thickness of the drive pinion position
adjustment shim.
Proceed as follows.
1. Position the differential bearing caps on the shaft (P)
of tool 293400 with cones (R). Install caps in differ-
ential carrier, tightening bolts (C10) to 113.00 N·m
(1000.13 lb in).
2. Tighten or back off tool cones (R) to position
100.00 mm (3.94 in) spindle (L) over the bearing cone
(11) and eliminate clearance between cones (R) and
the differential bearing caps.
NDIL14TR00421AB 5
3. Turn the micrometer depth gauge (N) to bring spindle

(L) into contact with the bearing cone (11) and measure
dimension (H7).
H7 = H6 ± C
where: H6 = Nominal distance from ring gear centre
line to pinion larger end.
• 100.00 mm (3.94 in).
NDIL14TR00422AB 6
C = a correction value stamped on the pinion preceded

by a + or - sign (if other than 0). This value to be added
to or subtracted from the nominal distance (H6) accord-
ing to the sign.
4. (H7) is the nominal distance from the ring gear centre
line to the back of the bearing.
5. The thickness of the adjustment shim (S2) will be given
by:
S2 = H5 - H7
where:
H5 = The distance measured using the micrometer.
H7 = Corrected nominal distance between the crown
wheel axis and the large diameter base of the pinion.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 5
Examples
Example 1:
• Distance measured using micrometer H5 =
103.3000 mm (4.0669 in).
• Nominal distance between crown wheel axis and
large diameter base of pinion H6 = 100.0000 mm
(3.9370 in).
• Correction value C = + 0.2000 mm (0.0079 in).
• Corrected nominal distance H7 = 100.2000 mm
(3.9449 in).
• Thickness of adjustment shim S2 = 103.300 mm
(4.067 in) - 100.200 mm (3.945 in) = 3.100 mm
(0.122 in).
Example 2:
103.3 mm (4.1 in)
large diameter base of pinion H6 = 100 mm (4 in).
• Correction value C = 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
• Corrected nominal distance H7 = 100.000 mm
(3.937 in) - 0.200 mm (0.008 in) = 99.800 mm
(3.929 in).
(4.067 in) - 99.800 mm (3.929 in) = 3.500 mm
(0.138 in).
Example 3:
103.3 mm (4.1 in)
large diameter base of pinion H6 = 100 mm (4 in)
• Correction value C = 0.200 mm (0.008 in)
• Corrected nominal distance H7 = H6 = 100 mm
(4 in)
(4.067 in) - 100.000 mm (3.937 in) = 3.300 mm
(0.130 in).
Bevel drive adjustments

Adjustment of the crown wheel bearings and checking
the backlash between the pinion and crown wheel.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 6
1. Install the bevel pinion with all parts (less seal 2) but
including shims into the differential carrier.
2. Lock the wrench 293524/1 (A) onto the pinion shaft
using screws (1). Check that the torque required to
rotate the shaft is 0.000 – 0.200 N·m (0.000 – 1.770 lb
in).
NDIL14TR00423AB 7
3. Lubricate the bearings with engine oil and tighten the

lock ring (C1) to 294.00 N·m (2602.12 lb in) using
wrench 293524/1.
4. Measure the torque using correct torque wrench (C).
Ignore the initial torque reading.
NDIL14TR00424AB 8
NOTE: This revolving torque is applicable only to pinions

installed without a seal. When the seal is fitted, this torque
should be = 0.5 N·m (0.4 lb ft) . These torques may be
measured using a spring balance and a string wound
around the ring nut wrench 293520/2 or 293524/1. When
pinions are fitted with seals,a balance reading of 22 N
(5 lb) should be obtained.
5. Install the differential unit in the carrier ensuring that
ring gear is not forced onto the pinion. Tighten screws
(C10) to 59 N·m (44 lb ft) then slacken and retighten to
20 N·m (15 lb ft).
6. Lubricate ring gear bearings, rotate the bevel drive
and tighten the differential bearing lock ring (GS). At
the same time, using wrench 293544. Check that the
torque is 39 – 59 N·m (29 – 44 lb ft) to establish the
specified axial pre- load.
NDIL14TR00425AB 9
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 7
7. Measure bevel drive backlash using a dial gauge posi-

tioned at right angles to a bevel gear tooth.
8. Repeat the measurement at two other equi-spaced
points, 120° apart. Compare the average of the
three readings with the specified backlash of 0.150
– 0.200 mm (0.006 – 0.008 in) (average 0.180 mm
(0.007 in)).
NDIL14TR00426AB 10
If bevel drive blacklash is not within the specified toler-

ance range, back off one lock ring and tighten the other
by exactly the same amount to restore axial pre-load
and obtain the specified backlash.
In these conditions, pinion and differential bearing re-
volving torque, measured in the same conditions as pin-
ion torque, must be:
A2 = A1 + 1.00 – 1.50 N·m (8.85 – 13.28 lb in))
where:
A2 = pinion-crown wheel rolling resistance torque
A1 = rolling resistance torque of pinion only, as mea-
sured previously.
NDIL14TR00427AB 11
9. 0.000 – 0.200 N·m (0.000 – 0.148 lb ft) with pinion in-

stalled without seal.
10. 0.500 N·m (0.369 lb ft) with pinion installed with seal.
11. 1.00 – 15.00 N·m (0.74 – 11.06 lb ft) - ring gear rotat-
ing torque measured at the pinion.
NDIL14TR00428AB 12
NOTE: Should it be required to determine the revolving

torque of the pinion/ring gear assy using the spring balance
and string method on wrench 293524/1, the balance force
reading should be:
F2 = F1 + F3
Where:
F2 = Pinion/ring gear assembly revolving torque deter-
mined by spring balance/string method.
F2 =Revolving torque for pinion alone, as measured earlier
by balance/string method, namely:
NDIL14TR00429AB 13
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 8
• 0.000 – 0.600 N (0.000 – 0.135 lb) pinions not fitted

with seal.
• 16 N (4 lb) pinions fitted with seal.
NDIL14TR00430FB 14
F3 = 29 – 43 N (7 – 10 lb) (revolving torque for ring

gear alone measured at pinion end using balance/string
method).
12. Finally, tighten the cap retaining screws (C10) to
113 N·m (83 lb ft) and secure the lock ring with the
lock plate. If the plate does not correspond with the
notches, tighten the lock ring further until the notches
align.
Mastic application diagram for assembly of bevel drive
unit and epicyclic final drive unit.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 9
Differential - Overhaul – 4WD

When overhauling the differential assembly it is neces-
sary to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the
planet pinions and the side gears.
Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the components of the differential to
remove any traces of oil which would otherwise prevent
accurate backlash measurement.
2. Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
3. Fit the planet pinions complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few turns
sufficient to hold the pins in place.
4. Position a dial gauge on the differential housing, as
shown.
5. Move the left-hand side gear to bring it into full contact
with the planet pinion and then push it up against the
differential housing, reading the end float (Gs) on the
dial gauge.
NDIL14TR00432AA 1
6. Repeat the above operations to measure the end float

on the right-hand side gear (Gd).
The end float should be 0.25 mm (0.01 in). Therefore
the shims to be inserted in the differential housing are
given by.
Ss = Gs - 0.25 mm (0.01 in) for the left-hand side gear.
Sd = Gd - 0.25 mm (0.01 in) for the right-hand side
gear.
7. Install shims as near as possible to the calculated value
and, using a dial gauge and following the procedure
described above, check that the end float of the left
and right-hand side gears is approximately 0.25 mm
(0.01 in).
NDIL14TR00431AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 10
Differential - Overhaul – 4WD

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the bevel drive-differential casing assembly

from the front axle and attach to the support 293743
(4). Lock the support in a vice and proceed with disas-
sembly, as follows.
2. Remove the bolts (2) and the left-and right-hand side
ring nut Iock plates (3).
3. Check that the right and Ieft-hand side caps (1) are
clearly marked, so as not to mix the parts during re-
assembly.
4. Remove the left-and right-hand side bearing adjust-
ment ring nuts (Gd) from the crown wheel.
NDIL14TR00434AB 1
5. Remove the bolts (Cg), securing the caps (1) and sep-
arate the crown wheel from the bevel pinion support.
6. If necessary, unscrew the retaining bolts (C1).Refer
to . Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Sectional view
(25.100) and remove the crown wheel.
Disassemble the Limited Slip (LlM-SLlP) self-locking
differential Iock as follows.
7. Remove the retaining bolts (1) from the differential half-
casing.
8. Open the differential casing (6).
9. Remove the half-casing (7) the differential pin (4), com-
plete with the planet gears (3), the thrust washers (2)
and the pins (9).
10. Remove the side gear (5) the friction disc (11), the
metal discs (10) and the friction discs (12) from the
half-casing (8).
11. Check the wear on the metal discs (10) and the friction
discs (11) and (12). See table 1. Replace any parts
NDIL14TR00433AB 2
that show signs of wear.
12. Proceed with the self-locking differential assembly op-
erations, carrying out the previously described oper-
ations in reverse order. Apply LOCTITE® 270 to the
threads on the screws (1) and tighten to a torque value
of 50 N·m (37 lb ft).
13. Re-install the crown wheel (if previously disassem-
bled) to the half-casing (8). Tighten the bolts (C1) to
a torque of 113 N·m (83 lb ft).
14. Check the rolling torque of the bevel pinion.
NDIL14TR00436AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 11
Assemble the crown wheel, complete with LlM-SLlP

self-Iocking differential Iock, onto the bevel drive sup-
port. Do not forget to fit the previously marked crown
wheel bearing support caps in the correct order. As-
semble and adjust the crown wheel bearings.
Table 1
LIM-SLIP SELF - locking differential lock friction discs

Maximum wear per
Part number Description Quantity Thickness
disc
1.5000 mm
10 Metal discs 10 —
(0.0591 in)
2.8000 mm 0.1000 mm
11 Friction discs 2
(0.1102 in) (0.0039 in)
1.6000 mm 0.1500 mm
12 Friction discs 8
(0.0630 in) (0.0059 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 12
Limited slip differential - Overhaul – 4WD

The differential with Iimited slip Iocking (LlM-SLlP) is of
the two planet gear-type. It is provided with two multi-
disc clutch assemblies fitted between the side gears
and the differential casing.
This differential Iock device is totally automatic. It re-
quires no manual operation and significantly reduces
(but does not completely eliminate) wheel slip.
The difference in speed between the side gears and the
differential casing when a wheel loses grip and begins
to slip, is prevented by the clutch assemblies that are
compressed by axial thrust from the bevel drive torque
transmitted to the side gears by means of the teeth on
the two planet gears.
These torque values may be different, according to the NDIL14TR00433AB 1
nature of the ground and the route followed by the trac-
tor. Torque may vary in intensity, thereby proportionally
varying the axial thrust on the clutches. This causes the
side gears to mesh with the differential casing which, in
turn, permits the axle to overcome the unevenness of
the ground.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 13
Index

Differential - Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Differential - Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front bevel gear set and differential - Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Limited slip differential - Overhaul – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47899732 23/06/2015
25.3 [25.102] / 14
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - 108
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Steering knuckle and king pin

Replace – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Wheel hub
Remove – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 2
Front axle system - Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts
Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace – 4WD

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
In the event that the steering knuckle pins prove difficult

to remove, proceed as follows.
1. Remove the grease nipples and the steering knuckle
pin retaining bolts.
2. Fit the bolts (1) of tool 293857.
3. Fit the plate (2) of the tool and fix it to the three bolts
with nuts (5).
4. Fit the central tie bolt (4) screwing it fully into the grease
nipple bore on the pin (6).
5. Screw in the nut (3) to drive the pin out of its bore.
NDIL14TR00410AB 1
6. Using extractor tool 292161 (1) remove the steering

knuckle bearings.
7. Re-install the steering knuckle bearings using a suit-
able drift.
NDIL14TR00411AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 3
Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust – 4WD

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Install the front axle on stand 293460 and proceed as

follows.
1. Smear grease NLGI number 2 on the outer races of the
bearings and fit the upper cover, without the adjustment
plate, but with tool 292220 (2). Tighten the retaining
bolts (C5) to 64 N·m (566 lb in).
NDIL14TR00412AB 1
2. Fit the lower cover without the adjustment plate and

lubricate the three retaining bolts with engine oil.
3. Gradually tighten the lower cover bolts in sequence,
while simultaneously rotating the casing to allow ex-
cess grease to escape.
NDIL14TR00413AB 2
4. Using a torque wrench and tool 292220 (1), check that

the torque required to rotate the casing (ignoring the
initial torque) is 2.9 N·m (25.7 lb in) (with torque incre-
ment of 0.98 N·m (8.67 lb in)).
If the recorded torque is not as specified, adjust by way
of the lower cover bolts.
5. Measure the gap (H) created between the lower cover
and the casing adjacent to each of the three bolts.
NDIL14TR00414AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 4
6. Calculate the average of the three values measured.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be fitted
under the lower cover is to be calculated as follows:
S3= H
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.0500 mm
(0.0020 in).
7. Partially unscrew the bolts of the lower cover, insert
the selected shims (S3). Tighten the bolts (C4) to the
torque values of 64.00 N·m (566.45 lb in).
8. After having rotated the casing a few times to allow the
components to bed down, check that the torque neces-
sary to rotate the casing (ignoring the initial torque) is
2.90 – 7.80 N·m (25.67 – 69.04 lb in).
NDIL14TR00415AB 4
9. If the torque value measured is greater than the pre-

scribed value, increase the thickness of the shims. If
the measured value is less than the prescribed value,
reduce the thickness of the shims.
10. Fit the grease nipples in the upper and lower covers
and grease the assembly.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 5
Wheel hub - Remove – 2WD

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Wheel hubs can be removed with the front axle on the

tractor. Proceed as follows for each hub.
under the sump.
NDIL14TR00802AB 1
3. Loosen retaining bolts and remove front wheels.
NDIL14TR00803AA 2
4. Remove wheel hub bearing grease cup (1).
NDIL14TR00804AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 6
5. Remove split pin (1).
NDIL14TR00805AB 4
6. Using the socket spanner loosen the wheel hub bear-

ing. Adjust castle nut.
NDIL14TR00806AA 5
7. Remove wheel hub (2) and recover bearing (1) and (3).
NDIL14TR00807AB 6
8. Remove seal (1) and nyloc ring (2) using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00808AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 7
Wheel hub - Install – 2WD

1. Replace faulty seals and worn bearing using suitable
pullers and drifts.
2. Fill the wheel hub with specified grease.
3. Re-assemble the wheel hub (2) complete with the bear-
ings (1) and (3).
NDIL14TR00809AB 1
4. Using a torque wrench and socket spanner (1) tighten

the castel nut while turning the wheel hub (1) to set-
tle the bearing. Tighten the nut until wheel hub gets
slightly tight to rotate.
5. Loosen the castel nut and torque it again to 9.8 N·m
(7.2 lb ft) continuing to turn the wheel hub.
NDIL14TR00810AA 2
6. Insert split pin (1).
NDIL14TR00811AB 3
7. Reassemble the wheel hub dust cap (1).

NOTE: Check the O-ring provided on the dust cap for any
cut or damage. If required replace the O-ring.
NDIL14TR00812AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 8
Wheel hub - Adjust – 4WD

1. Install wheel hub and fixed gear unit onto the steering
knuckle.
2. Using a torque wrench and lock ring wrench 293837,
progressively tighten the lock ring (C6) to 147.00 –
196.00 N·m (1301.06 – 1734.75 lb in). While tighten-
ing the lock ring, rotate the hub to settle the bearings.
3. Fully slacken the lock ring and retighten to 59.00 N·m
(522.19 lb in) while rotating hub.
4. Secure the lock ring by bending over a lock washer tab
(If necessary, further tighten the lock ring to align a slot
with the tab).
NDIL14TR00416AB 1
5. Turn the hub by hand to check for excessive play or
binding.
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 9
Index

Steering knuckle and king pin - Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering knuckle and king pin - Replace – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Wheel hub - Adjust – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Wheel hub - Install – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Wheel hub - Remove – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 10
47899732 23/06/2015
25.4 [25.108] / 11
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Rear axle system
47899732 23/06/2015
27
Contents
Rear axle system - 27
[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
47899732 23/06/2015
27
Powered rear axle - 100
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear axle
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Rear axle
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Rear axle
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 2
Rear axle system - Powered rear axle
Rear axle - General specification

Bevel drive and differential
Bevel drive ratio 14/47 = 1 : 3.35
Bevel drive backlash 0.150 – 0.200 mm (0.006 – 0.008 in)
Differential 2-pinion
Differential lock Pedal-controlled
Differential pinion bore diameter 24.040 – 24.061 mm (0.946 – 0.947 in)
Differential pinion journal diameter 23.939 – 23.960 mm (0.942 – 0.943 in)
Differential pinion running clearance on journal 0.080 – 0.122 mm (0.003 – 0.005 in)
Side gear boss housing diameter in differential case 44.080 – 44.119 mm (1.735 – 1.737 in)
Side gear boss diameter 43.961 – 44.000 mm (1.731 – 1.732 in)
Side gear boss clearance in case 0.080 – 0.158 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
1.0-1.05-1.10-1.15-1.20-1.40- 1.50-1.70-1.75-1.85-1.90-
Bevel pinion bearing shim thickness availability
1.95- 2.0-2.10-2.2
1.0-1.05-1.10-1.15-1.20-1.40- 1.50-1.70-1.75-1.85-1.90-
Bevel pinion bearing shim thickness availability
1.95- 2.0-2.05-2.10-2.15
Side gear and differential pinion backlash 0.150 mm (0.006 in)
Side gear thrust washer thickness availability 1.500 – 1.600 mm (0.061 – 0.065 in)
Differential pinion thrust washer thickness 1.500 mm (0.061 in)
Side gear end float adjustment
Differential lock fork spring length
• Free 188.000 mm (7.673 in)
• Loaded 29.50 – 31.50 kg (65.04 – 69.45 lb) 126.500 mm (5.160 in)
Rear axle - Torque

Self-locking nuts for bolts securing
M12 X 1.25 115.0 N·m (84.8 lb ft)
ring gear (C1)
Nut locking bevel pinion shaft (C2) M40 x 1 300.0 N·m (221.3 lb ft)
Bolts securing differential
M10 X 1.5 60.0 N·m (44.3 lb ft)
assembly/bearing supports (C3)
Bolts securing differential lock pedal
M10 X 1.25 60.0 N·m (44.3 lb ft)
bracket (C4)
Bolts securing final drive housing to
M12 X 1.5 100.0 N·m (73.8 lb ft)
rear wheel drive housing (C5)
Bolts securing mechanical lift housing
M14 X 1.5 150.0 N·m (110.6 lb ft)
on rear wheel drive housing (C6)
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 3
NDIL14TR00439GB 1
Rear axle - Sealing

Final drive housing to rear wheel drive housing (S1) LOCTITE® 518™
PTO rear cover plate (S2) Permatex
Crown wheel bolts (S3) LOCTITE® 270
Mechanical lift housing to rear wheel drive housing (S4) LOCTITE® 518™
Transmission top cover (S5) LOCTITE® 574™
Ring nut locking screws (S6) LOCTITE® 270
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 4
NDIL14TR00440GB 1
Rear axle - Special tools

Tool description Tool Number
Sling hook, gear box 291517
Installer/puller, pinion bearing 292911
Adjuster, bevel pinion bearing 293101
Mounting distance setting tool 293400
Spring balance, crown pinion pre-loading 82834306
Wrench, bevel pinion nut 293342
Pinion locking tool 9971366
Compressor, differential lock spring 290870
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 5
Rear axle - Overview

Rear wheel drive assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the outboard final drive through a bevel pinion
and crown wheel coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type and one supported by tappet roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with two planetary and two side gears and mechanical lock. The differential lock is dog clutch
type and operated by foot pedal located below operator’s seat at right-hand side.
The differential is necessary on tractors, to permit steering without wheel slip consequent to the different wheel speeds.
Differential lock
In normal conditions, owing to the effect of the differential , the two driving wheels of the tractor are stressed by two
driving torques of the same intensity. In practice, the wheels may have different adhesion conditions and different
loads. Then if equal torque is applied, the wheel is worse conditions of adhesion slips (or slips more than the other),
thereby reducing intensity of the tractive effort and its overall efficiency. To overcome this situation, it is necessary to
cut of the differential. For this tractors incorporate a differential lock on the rear wheel. The device pedal controlled,
locks the axle shafts of the driving wheels together through the displacement of the sleeve.
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 6
Rear axle - Remove

To remove the rear wheel drive housing, final drive
housing, mechanical lift assembly, canopy, fenders,
three point linkage, drawbars and Power Take-Off
(PTO) assembly has to be removed.
1. Detach the negative cable (1) from the battery and in-
sulate.
NDIL14TR00442AB 1
2. Remove guard and detach rear electric connections (1)

under rear hood.
NDIL14TR00443AB 2
3. Detach electric connections (1) for left-hand side

fender.
4. Detach electric connections for brake switch below
right-hand side foot rest.
5. Remove the electric cables from the transmission and
rear wheel drive housing.
NDIL14TR00444AB 3
6. Loosen the bolts (1) and remove operator seat from the
hydraulic housing.
NDIL14TR00445AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 7
7. Remove three point linkages from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00446AA 5
8. Loosen the nuts (1) and remove both left-hand side and
right-hand side fenders from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00447AB 6
9. Remove both left-hand side and right-hand side foot

rest (1) from the tractor.
NOTE: Disconnect foot accelerator linkage before remov-
ing right-hand side foot rest.
NDIL14TR00448AB 7
10. Loosen mechanical lift housing securing bolts (1) and

remove housing using a suitable hoist.
NDIL14TR00449AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 8
11. Place the wedges at front and back on both sides of

the front tires.
12. Drain oil from the transmission housing.
13. Jack up rear tractor and place two suitable stands (1)
under the transmission housing to raise the wheels off
the ground.
14. Position splitting trolley (special tool number 292320)
under the tractor supporting transmission housing and
rear wheel drive housing.
NDIL14TR00450AB 9
15. Remove both left and right-hand side wheels.
NDIL14TR00451AA 10
16. Disconnect all hydraulic connections to remote control

valve and remove remote control valve.
NOTE: If remote control valve is not fitted, then disconnect
pipe connecting pump and mechanical lift housing.
NDIL14TR00452AA 11
17. Wrap suitable chain or nylon rope on the final drive

housing (1) and connect it to a hoist. Loosen attaching
bolts and remove the entire final drive.
18. Repeat for the final drive housing on the other side.
NDIL14TR00453AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 9
19. Remove circlip and disconnect clutch pedal linkages

(1).
NDIL14TR00454AB 13
20. Connect the rear wheel drive housing to a suitable

hoist using chain with hook (special tool number
291517).
21. Loosen the bolts and nuts securing the rear wheel
drive housing to transmission housing and detach
slowly with all due care to avoid damaging the Power
Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft. Place the housing on a
flat wooden surface or mount it on rotary stand.
22. Remove the Power Take-Off (PTO) assembly from the
housing.
23. Remove the brake pedal, brake linkages and brake
disc assembly. NDIL14TR00455AA 14
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 10
Rear axle - Install

Re-install the rear axle housing to the transmission
housing observing the following.
• Re-installation follows the removal procedure in re-
verse, from step 23 back to step 1. Refer to Rear
axle - Remove (27.100).
• Before reassembling housings, supports and cov-
ers, thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces
and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximate
2.000 mm (0.079 in) of diameter following the pat-
terns shown in the figure 1.
• Renew the two gaskets between transmission and
rear axle housing.
• Tighten to correct torques.
NDIL14TR00456GA 1
Pattern for application of sealant
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 11
Rear axle - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove mechanical rear wheel drive housing from

tractor by following the procedure described in Rear
axle - Remove (27.100).
2. Remove Power Take-Off (PTO) assembly, brake pedal,
brake assembly and linkages.
NDIL14TR00457AA 1
3. Loosen the bolts (1) and remove differential lock pedal

(2).
NDIL14TR00458AB 2
4. Remove spindle (1) using a punch and mallet, if neces-

sary, from the left-hand side of the transmission hous-
ing after having removed the plug.
NDIL14TR00459AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 12
5. Collect the differential spring (1) and the shift fork (2)
from the housing.
NDIL14TR00460AB 4
6. Loosen the securing bolts and remove the differential

bearing supports (1) from both the sides by gently ham-
mering.
NDIL14TR00461AB 5
7. Remove the differential assembly along with crown

wheel from the rear axle housing.
NDIL14TR00462AA 6
8. Loosen the crown wheel attaching bolts (1).
NDIL14TR00463AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 13
9. Detach the crown wheel (1) from the differential hous-

ing.
NDIL14TR00464AB 8
NOTE: Differential assembly can also be disassembled

without removing crown wheel.
10. Screw out the locking screws (1) securing differential
journal retaining pin.
NDIL14TR00465AB 9
11. Remove dowel pin from the differential housing by us-

ing suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00466AA 10
12. Remove the differential journal (1) by pushing it out

gently.
NDIL14TR00467AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 14
13. Withdraw the differential gears and thrust washers.
NDIL14TR00468AA 12
14. Withdraw the side gears and thrust washers.
NDIL14TR00469AA 13
15. Using suitable pullers, remove the bearings from both

the sides.
NDIL14TR00470AA 14
16. Remove the differential lock clutch from the housing.
NDIL14TR00471AA 15
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 15
Rear axle - Inspect

Check all items for good condition. Replace damaged
bearing, thrust washers and gears.
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 16
Rear axle - Assemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Re-install all the components of the differential assem-

bly observing the following
• Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse, from step 16 back to step 1. Refer to Rear
axle - Disassemble (27.100).
• Set crown / pinion backlash and total preload setting
as explained in Bevel pinion - Adjust (27.106).
• Use suitable tools to fit bearings.
• Use special tool number 290870 to install differential
lock spring, figure 1.
NDIL14TR00472AB 1
• Use thread sealant ( LOCTITE® 270) on crown wheel
bolts.
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 17
Index

Rear axle - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Rear axle - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rear axle - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear axle - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Rear axle - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rear axle - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear axle - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear axle - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear axle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 18
Rear bevel gear set and differential - 106
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Rear bevel gear set and differential

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Bevel pinion
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DIAGNOSTIC
Rear bevel gear set and differential

47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 2
Rear axle system - Rear bevel gear set and differential
Rear bevel gear set and differential - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00441FB 1
Crown wheel and differential assy.

1. Bolt 10. Differential support
2. Ring gear 11. Taper roller bearing
3. Differential journal 12. Thrust washer
4. Spring 13. Differential pinion
5. Differential lock shift fork 14. Thrust washer
6. Differential lock sliding sleeve 15. Side gear
7. Taper roller bearing 16. Differential housing
8. Taper roller bearing 17. Taper roller bearing
9. Bevel pinion 18. Differential support
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 3
Bevel pinion - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. To remove pinion shaft, first differential assembly has

to be removed from the rear axle housing. Refer to
differential assembly removal procedure.
NDIL14TR00473AA 1
2. Remove nut (1) using special tool number 293342.
NDIL14TR00474AB 2
3. Remove the pinion shaft from the housing by hammer-

ing it out gently using suitable mandrill.
NDIL14TR00475AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 4
4. Retrieve spacer (1) and shims (2) from the pinion shaft.
NDIL14TR00476AB 4
5. Remove outer race of the bearings from the case using

suitable puller.
NDIL14TR00477AA 5
6. Remove the tapper roller bearings from the pinion shaft

using special tool number 292911.
NDIL14TR00478AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 5
Bevel pinion - Adjust

Pinion Shaft Pre-loading
Calculation of clearance adjustments shims for pinion
shaft bearings:
1. Fit the special tool number 293101 on a vice and insert
pinion bearings (1) and spacer (2).
2. Tighten the nut (1) by hand and measure dimension H1
using depth gauge.
NDIL14TR00479AB 1
3. Remove the spacer (1) from the tool and fit the tool in
the rear axle housing only with bearings.
4. Tighten the nut once again by hand and measure di-
mensions H2 using depth gauge.
NDIL14TR00480AA 2
5. The shim thickness Sp for clearance adjustment can

be calculated by the following formula.
Sp = H2 - H1 + 0.05
where 0.05 is the increase required to compensate
preloading of the bearings.
6. Calculated thickness shim (1) should be added to the
pinion shaft.
NDIL14TR00481AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 6
Adjustment of pinion position

1. Without disturbing the special tool number 293101
already fixed in the housing, fix special tool number
293400 in the rear wheel drive housing.
2. Measure dimension H5 (distance between pinion bear-
ing cone and the crown center locking tool).
NDIL14TR00482AA 4
3. Establish the correct nominal dimension H6 using for-

mula.
H6 = H + C
where H = 128 mm (5 in) (standard)
C = Compensation dimension stamped on the piston.
4. Calculate the thickness of clearance adjustment shim
‘S’ using the formula S = H5 - H6.
5. Calculated thickness shims (1) should be added to the
pinion shaft.
NDIL14TR00483AB 5
Differential pinion and side gear backlash adjustment

Fit the two side gears (15) in the differential carrier with-
out the shims (12).
Install differential pinions (13) complete with thrust
washer (14) and journal (3) and tighten bolts (1) a few
turns to prevent journal work out.
Bring left-hand side gear into full contact with differential
pinion.
Using a depth gauge measure dimension (H1) at two
diametrically opposed points and average the two read-
ings.
NDIL14TR00484AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 7
Then push side gear into contact with differential carrier

and measure dimension (H2).
Repeat the same operations on right-hand side gear.
End float of each side gear without the baulk ring must
be:
Gs or Gd = H1 - H2
where:
Gs = Left-hand side gear end float.
Gd = Right-hand side gear end float.
H1 and H2 = Dimensions measured on left-hand side
or right-hand side gears.
Normal differential pinion and side gear backlash is
0.15 mm (0.01 in).
Note that the average ratio normal backlash to the NDIL14TR00485AA 7
equivalent side gear end float is 1 to 1.7.
Side gear end float corresponding to normal backlash
will be:
0.15 x 1.7 = 0.250 mm (0.010 in).
Consequently the shim thickness required in the differ-
ential carrier is given by:
Ss = Gs - 0.25 (for left-hand side gear)
Sd = Gd - 0.25 (for right-hand side gear)
Available shims are 1.200 – 2.000 mm (0.047 –
0.079 in).
Install closest to calculated thickness.
Adjustment of bevel wheel bearings

With pinion shaft, differential assembly with crown
wheel bearing supports fitted.
1. Screw out two Allen screws (1) and remove lock plate
from both the sides.
NDIL14TR00486AB 8
2. Tighten left-hand side ring nut (1) using special tool

number 9971349 until minimum back lash between the
bevel teeth is 1.000 mm (0.039 in).
NDIL14TR00487AB 9
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 8
3. Measure the backlash using dial gauge and magnetic

stand as shown in the figure.
NDIL14TR00488AA 10
4. Tighten right-hand side ring nut until achieving rolling

torque of the pinion bevel wheel 98 – 147 N (22 – 33 lb).
5. This torque can be measured using a spring balance
and a chord wound around the differential housing and
pull the spring balance. The value at which differential
housing starts rotate is the rolling torque.
NDIL14TR00489AA 11
6. Fit the lock plate (1) back on the bearing supports. ap-
ply thread lock sealant Loctite 274 to the allen screws
(2).
NDIL14TR00490AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 9
Bevel pinion - Assemble

Re-install all the components of the differential assem-
bly observing the following.
reverse, from step 6 back to step 1. Refer to Bevel
pinion - Disassemble (27.106).
• Refer differential housing installation procedure.
• Set tapper roller bearing pre-load and crown/pinion
backlash.
• Use suitable tools to fit the bearings.
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 10
Rear bevel gear set and differential - Troubleshooting

Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing misad- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor is moving and also justment ion and crown wheel bearings correctly
when transmission in
neutral (not originationg
from final drives)
Excess differential side gears to half - shaft Remove rear axle housing and replace
spline backlash damaged parts
Noisy rear axle with Excess bevel pinion to crown wheel back- Remove rear axle housing and adjust bevel
tractor under load and lash pinion and crown wheel bearings correctly
upon release
Fault or defective inner components Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
parts and adjust differential gear backlash
correctly
Noisy rear axle with over - Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust bevel
heating bearing backlash pinion and crown wheel bearings correctly
Insufficient bevel pinion to crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust
tooth backlash crown wheel bearings correctly
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 11
Index

Bevel pinion - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bevel pinion - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bevel pinion - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear bevel gear set and differential - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear bevel gear set and differential - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47899732 23/06/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 12
Planetary and final drives - 120
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Final drive housing

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Final drive housing

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE
Final drive housing

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
DIAGNOSTIC
Final drive housing

47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 2
Rear axle system - Planetary and final drives
Final drive housing - General specification

Type Planetary, single reduction
Gears Spur
Reduction ratio
TT75 11/68 = 1: 6.18
TT55 11/62 = 1: 5.636
Backlash 0.150 – 0.250 mm (0.006 – 0.010 in)
Final drive spline fits
Interference 0.050 mm (0.002 in)
Clearance 0.048 mm (0.002 in)
Final drive housing - Torque

Bolts, final drive cover (C1) M10 X 1.25 60 N·m (44 lb ft)
Bolts securing final drive housing to
M12 X 1.5 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
transmission housing (C2)
Bolts securing wheel disc to wheel
M16 X 1.5 260 N·m (192 lb ft)
shaft (C3)
Lock-nut securing final drive driven
M55 X 1.5 900 N·m (664 lb ft)
gear to disc spindle (C4)
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 3
NDIL14TR00491GB 1
Final drive housing - Sealing

Final drive housing to rear wheel drive housing (S1) LOCTITE® 574™
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 4
NDIL14TR00492FB 1
Final drive housing - Special tools

Installer, trumpet housing seal 1 9971350
Installer, trumpet housing seal 2 9971351
Puller, bull gear remover 292904
Bull gear nut spanner 9971360
Remover, final drive bearing 292927
Installer, final drive cover seal– TT75 9971362
Installer, final drive cover seal– TT55 9971380
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 5
Final drive housing - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00493GB 1
1. Wheel shaft 8. Rear axle shaft

2. Cover 9. Rear axle housing (final drive)
3. Ball bearing 10 Disc brakes
4. Ball bearing 11. Seal
5. Roller bearing 12. Seal
6. Roller bearing 13. Driven gear retaining nut
7. Final drive driven gear (bull gear)
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 6
Final drive housing - Overview

The outboard final reduction gear set is controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel output half - shaft, which also
controls the brakes.
Outboard reduction helps in improving traction and increasing brakes’ life. It also gives more ground clearance and
is sealed against water and dust.
In this cascade arrangement bull pinion is integral part of the axle shaft. The wheel shaft can withstand bending and
twisting loads due to its small length.
The final drive housing can be located in various positions relative to the axle sleeves, which makes it possible to
change in a stepwise fashion the wheel base and clearance of the tractor. The following three clearance settings are
possible: basic (medium - height), high and low. The tractor can be made to have low clearance setting by turning the
final drive housings either fully backward or fully forward, provided the fenders is removed and the track width of the
rear wheels is set at its minimum. In this case, one should bear in mind that turning the final drive housing forward
improves the manoeuvrability of the tractor but impairs its stability, and vice-versa turning them backward improves
the stability of the tractor but impairs its manoeuvrability.
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 7
Final drive housing - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Remove the rear axle housing as follows.

sulate.
NDIL14TR00495AB 1
2. Detach rear electric connection (1) under rear hood.
NDIL14TR00496AB 2
3. Detach electric connection (1) between left and right-

hand side fenders.
NDIL14TR00497AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 8
4. Remove three point linkage check chains from final

drive housing.
NDIL14TR00498AA 4
5. Remove bolts (1) securing footrest to fender.

NOTE: Disconnect foot accelerator linkage before remov-
ing right-hand side foot rest.
NDIL14TR00499AB 5
6. Loosen bolts (1) and remove fenders from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00500AB 6
7. Place the wedges at front and back on both sides of the

front tires.
8. Jack up rear of the tractor and place two suitable stands
(1) under the transmission housing to raise the wheels
off the ground.
NDIL14TR00501AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 9
9. Remove rear wheels.
NDIL14TR00502AA 8
10. Drain transmission oil from rear wheel drive housing

by opening drain plug (1).
NDIL14TR00503AB 9
11. Drain oil from final drive housing by opening drain plug
(1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00504AB 10
12. Wrap suitable chain or nylon rope on the final drive

housing (1) and connect it to a hoist. Remove attach-
ing bolts and separate final drive assembly from the
rear wheel drive housing and place it securely on a
flat surface.
NDIL14TR00505AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 10
NOTE: If remote control valve is fitted, then before remov-

ing right-hand side final drive assembly from tractor, all hy-
draulic connection to remote control valve should be dis-
connected and valve assembly should be removed from
the tractor.
NDIL14TR00506AA 12
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 11
Final drive housing - Install

Re-install the final drive assembly on tractor observing
the following.
• Reinstallation follows the removal procedure in
reverse, refer to Final drive housing - Remove
(27.120).
• Replace the brake discs before inserting rear axial
shaft into rear wheel drive housing.
• Before reassembling housings, supports and cov-
ers, thoroughly clean and decrease mating surfaces
and apply a 2.00 mm (0.08 in) bead of sealant fol-
lowing the patterns shown in the figure.
• Tighten to correct torques as detailed on Final drive
housing - Torque (27.120).
NDIL14TR00507GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 12
Final drive housing - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the final drive assembly from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00508AA 1
2. Loosen bolt (1) and remove final drive cover (2) with
bull gear.
NDIL14TR00509AB 2
3. Unscrew bull gear retaining nut using special tool num-

ber 9971360.
NOTE: Tighten two M16 X 1.5 screws into two of the wheel
disc holes on hub and clamp wheel shaft in vice to avoid
rotation of shaft while loosening nut.
NDIL14TR00510AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 13
4. Withdraw driver gear (1) from wheel shaft using puller

- special tool number 292904.
NDIL14TR00511AB 4
5. Withdraw spacer (1).
NDIL14TR00512AB 5
6. Knock out wheel shaft using lead hammer.
NDIL14TR00513AB 6
7. Remove seal (1) using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00514AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 14
NOTE: In TT55 model rear axle, extra sleeve and nylon

washer provided to protect water entry for wet land cultiva-
tion.
NDIL14TR00515AA 8
8. Use suitable puller to withdraw roller bearing (1) from

cover.
NDIL14TR00516AB 9
9. Withdraw the bearing (1) from cover, having first re-

moved circlip (2).
NDIL14TR00517AB 10
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 15
Rear axle housing - disassembly

10. Remove the bearing (1) from the housing using a suit-
able puller.
NDIL14TR00518AB 11
11. Remove circlip (1).
NDIL14TR00519AB 12
12. Withdraw axle shaft (1) together with bearing in the

direction shown by the arrow.
13. Remove ball bearing (2) from axle shaft using suitable
puller.
NDIL14TR00520AB 13
14. Remove roller bearing (1) internal ring from the

axle shaft, using puller - separator (special tool no.
292911).
NDIL14TR00521AB 14
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 16
Final drive housing - Inspect

1. Check and replace damaged and worn parts.
2. Check lip seals (1) and (2) and replace if necessary.
NDIL14TR00522AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 17
Final drive housing - Assemble

Reassemble final drive assembly observing the follow-
ing.
1. Reassembly follows disassembly procedure in reverse
refer to Final drive housing - Disassemble (27.120).
2. Place the roller bearing (1) in its seat in the final drive
cover with the maker’s logo faces outside.
NDIL14TR00523AB 1
3. Install other bearings, using appropriate installers.

4. Install final drive cover seal using installer special tool
number 9971362 for TT75 model and 9971380 for
TT55 model.
NDIL14TR00524AA 2
5. Install rear axle housing seal using installer, special tool

number 9971350 and 9971351.
NDIL14TR00525AA 3
6. Fit the rear axle shaft (1) and wheel shaft (2), taking
care not to damage the seals.
NDIL14TR00526AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 18
7. Fit the roller bearing internal ring on the axle shaft hav-
ing heated it in oil to 80 – 90 °C (176 – 194 °F).
8. Tighten the bull gear retaining nut to 900 N·m (664 lb
ft) using special tool number 9971360.
NDIL14TR00527AA 5
9. Clean and grease the surfaces in contact between the

housing and the cover and insert a new gasket (1).
NDIL14TR00528AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 19
Final drive housing - Troubleshooting

Noisy final drives when Wheel axle shaft bearing misadjusted Remove final drive case and adjust bear-
the tractor is moving and ings
also with transmission in
neutral
Faulty or defective inner components. Remove final drive case and replace dam-
aged parts
Excess bull and pinion gear backlash Remove final drive case and replace dam-
aged parts
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 20
Index

Final drive housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Final drive housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Final drive housing - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Final drive housing - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Final drive housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Final drive housing - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Final drive housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Final drive housing - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Final drive housing - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Final drive housing - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Final drive housing - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Final drive housing - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47899732 23/06/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 21
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Power Take-Off (PTO)
47899732 23/06/2015
31
Contents
Power Take-Off (PTO) - 31
[31.101] Rear mechanical control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.201] Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
47899732 23/06/2015
31
Rear mechanical control - 101
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear mechanical control

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE

Remove - Power Take-Off (PTO) lever and internal linkages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install – Power Take-Off (PTO) lever and internal linkages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Rear mechanical control
Rear mechanical control - General specification

Type Independent
Clutch control Hand lever
Output shaft engagement By lever situated on transmission housing cover
Rotation (looking from tractor rear end) Clock wise
Engine speed at 540 RPM (standard) Power Take-Off
1967 RPM
(PTO) speed
Power Take Off-(PTO) speed at engine max. power
686 RPM
rating
Output shaft
Number of splines 6
Shaft diameter 1 3/8 (6 spines)
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch shaft
Shaft diameter 24.964 – 29.985 mm (0.983 – 1.181 in)
Bushing fitted internal diameter 25.040 – 25.092 mm (0.986 – 0.988 in)
Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft clearance in bushing 0.055 – 0.128 mm (0.002 – 0.005 in)
Bushing interference fit with drive shaft 0.037 – 0.091 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
Rear mechanical control - Torque

Bolts securing transmission housing rear
M12 X 1.5 100.0 N·m (73.8 lb ft)
cover (C1)
Bolts securing transmission housing rear
M16 X 1.5 230.0 N·m (169.6 lb ft)
cover (C2)
Nuts securing Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft
M22 X 1.5 260.0 N·m (191.8 lb ft)
driven gear (C3)
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 3
NDIL14TR00529GB 1
Rear mechanical control - Sealing

Transmission rear covers (S1) Permatex
Transmission top cover (S2) LOCTITE® 574™
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 4
NDIL14TR00530FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 5
Rear mechanical control - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00531GB 1
1. Sliding gear for Power Take-Off (PTO) engagement 8. Transmission rear cover
2. Drive shaft 9. Power Take-Off (PTO) release lever
3. Drive gear for ground Power Take-Off (PTO) 10. Pad for Power Take-Off (PTO) release lever
(optional)
4. Driven shaft 11. Plain roller bearing
5. Oil seal 12. Plain roller bearing
6. Driven gear 13. Ball bearing
7. Spacer
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 6
Rear mechanical control - Overview

Description and operation
The Power Take-Off (PTO) transfers engine power di-
rectly to mounted, semi-mounted or trailed equipment via
a splined shaft at the rear of the tractor.
The system utilizes the standard 6-splines shaft designed

to operator at 540 RPM, the speed at which most Power
Take-Off (PTO) driven equipment is designed to run.
The Power Take-Off (PTO) Input shaft front end can be

connected and disconnected to the transmission input
shaft by means of a lever (1) on the side of the transmis-
sion unit.
The rear end of the Power Take-Off (PTO) input shaft NDIL14TR00532AB 1
is connected to the Power Take-Off (PTO) output shaft
through reduction gears.
Standard speed of 540 RPM Power Take-Off (PTO) can

be obtained at engine 1967 RPM.
DANGER
To avoid inadvertent movement of the implement,
disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO) after each use.
WARNING
Whenever operating Power Take-Off (PTO) equipment,
observe the following precautions:
1. Follow the operator instructions supplied by the imple-

ment manufacturer.
2. Do not wear loose clothing when operating Power
Take-Off (PTO) driven equipment.
3. Do not approach, clean or adjust Power Take-Off
(PTO) driven equipment while the tractor engine is still
running. Stop the engine wait until the Power Take-Off
(PTO) and the equipment stop turning before getting
down from the tractor or before working on the Power
Take-Off (PTO) or the equipment.
4. Apply the parking brake, place both gear shift levers in
neutral and block all four wheels before operating any
stationary Power Take-Off (PTO) equipment.
5. To avoid accidental engagement of the implement, en-
sure the Power Take-Off (PTO) engagement lever is in
the neutral position.
6. Do not cross between the implement and tractor.
7. Never allow anyone on or near the implement.
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 7
Rear mechanical control - Remove - Power Take-Off (PTO) lever

and internal linkages
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Screw out transmission cover plate bolts (1) and open

the cover.
NDIL14TR00533AB 1
2. Push out the dowel pin from the internal lever (1).
NDIL14TR00534AB 2
3. Pull out the lever assembly and retrieve the lock pin (1)
and spring (2) from the lever cage.
NDIL14TR00535AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 8
4. Power Take-Off (PTO) engagement sliding sleeve (1)

can be removed only after removing Power Take-Off
(PTO) shaft assembly.
Refer to Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Remove
(31.201) for Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft removal.
NDIL14TR00536AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 9
Rear mechanical control - Install – Power Take-Off (PTO) lever and

internal linkages
1. Installation is reversal of the removal procedure. Refer
to Rear mechanical control - Remove - Power Take-
Off (PTO) lever and internal linkages (31.101).
Before fixing transmission top cover, thoroughly clean
and decrease mating surfaces and apply a 2.00 mm
(0.08 in) bead of sealant following the pattern shown
in the figure 1.
NDIL14TR00537FA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 10
Index

Rear mechanical control - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear mechanical control - Install – Power Take-Off (PTO) lever and internal linkages . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rear mechanical control - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear mechanical control - Remove - Power Take-Off (PTO) lever and internal linkages . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear mechanical control - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rear mechanical control - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear mechanical control - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 11
47899732 23/06/2015
31.1 [31.101] / 12
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - 201
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Remove

1. Drain oil from the transmission and rear wheel drive
housing by opening drain plugs (1) and (2).
NDIL14TR00538AB 1
2. Open transmission top cover plate (1).
NDIL14TR00539AB 2
3. Remove circlip (1) from the Power Take-Off (PTO) input

shaft.
NDIL14TR00540AB 3
4. Remove Power Take-Off (PTO) cover bolts (1).

5. Pull out the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft assembly
along with Power Take-Off (PTO) cover.
NOTICE: While pulling out Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft as-
sembly, hold the Power Take-Off (PTO) engagement slid-
ing sleeve (1) to prevent from dropping into the housing.
NDIL14TR00541AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 3
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Disassemble

1. For correct disassembly install Power Take-Off (PTO)
assembly on rotary stand (special tool number 290086
and 290092).
2. Loosen nut (1) and pull out gear (2) from Power Take-
Off (PTO) shaft.
NOTE: Nut (1) is locked by punching at the end of the nut.
Unlock the nut using suitable tool before removing.
NDIL14TR00542AB 1
3. Push the Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft out of the cover

plate by hammering with mallet.
4. Remove circlip (1), bearings (2) and spacer (3) from
Power Take-Off (PTO) shaft.
NDIL14TR00543AB 2
5. Remove oil seal (1) from transmission rear cover using

suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00544AB 3
6. Remove circlip from the transmission rear cover.
NDIL14TR00545AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 4
7. Unscrew four bolts securing Power Take-Off (PTO) in-

put shaft cover (1) on PTO assembly cover plate.
NDIL14TR00546AB 5
8. Remove circlip (1) and push the input shaft out of the
cover plate.
NDIL14TR00547AB 6
9. Inspect the bearings, shafts and gears for wear out,

damage, scouring and pitting. Replace the parts as
necessary.
10. Remove the bearings (1) and (2) from shafts and
cover plate using suitable puller and drifts.
NDIL14TR00548AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 5
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Assemble

Reassemble and install Power Take-Off (PTO) assem-
bly on rear housing observing the following.
1. Reassembly and installation follows the removal
procedure in reverse from step 10 back to step 1.
Refer to Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Dis-
assemble (31.201).
2. Refer to figure for correct orientation of the gears,
bearings, oil seals and sleeve.
3. Fit new oil seal.
4. Replace the sliding sleeve and circlip on input shaft
before inserting pullers.
5. Before reassembling Power Take-Off (PTO) cover,
thoroughly clean and decrease mating surfaces
and apply a 2.00 mm (0.08 in) head of sealant fol-
lowing the pattern shown in the figure.
6. Inspect the input shaft cover gasket (1) and replace
if necessary.
7. Comply with tightening torques specified in Rear
mechanical control - Torque (31.101).
NDIL14TR00549FA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 6
Index

Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
31.2 [31.201] / 7
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Brakes and controls
47899732 23/06/2015
33
Contents
Brakes and controls - 33
[33.120] Mechanical service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
47899732 23/06/2015
33
Mechanical service brakes - 120
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Mechanical service brakes

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Brake control pedals and shafts

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Brake controls
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE

Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Brake control pedals and shafts
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Adjust – Brake pedal free play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DIAGNOSTIC

47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 2
Brakes and controls - Mechanical service brakes
Mechanical service brakes - General specification

Type
Service brake Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
Parking brake Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
Control
Mechanical, independent pedal control
Service brake
(or latched for joint operation)
Mechanical, hand lever with pawl release
Parking brake
(Sector fitted on right-hand side of transmission housing)
Number of discs per side
TT75 4
TT55 3
Brake oil specification
API GL4 20W/40
(Common for transmission and brakes)
Service brake/ parking brake disc material Organic compound
Nominal brake disc thickness 4.6500 – 4.8000 mm (0.1831 – 0.1890 in)
Service/ parking brakes disc discard thickness 4.3000 mm (0.1693 in).
Brake pedal free play 50.0000 – 55.0000 mm (1.9685 – 2.1654 in)
Brake pedal support
Right-hand side pedal inner diameter (I.D) 40.0000 – 40.0250 mm (1.5748 – 1.5758 in)
Bushing thickness 1.9320 – 1.9680 mm (0.0761 – 0.0775 in)
Right-hand side pedal bushing fitted I.D. (without
36.0640 – 36.1610 mm (1.4198 – 1.4237 in)
reaming)
Right-hand side pedal bushing/housing clearance 0.0970 mm (0.0038 in) max.
Right-hand side pedal bushing/housing interference 0.0970 mm (0.0038 in) max.
Left-hand side pedal shaft diameter 35.9610 – 36.0000 mm (1.4158 – 1.4173 in)
Clearance between left-hand side pedal shaft and
0.1030 – 0.1610 mm (0.0041 – 0.0063 in)
right-hand side pedal bushing
Left-hand side pedal I.D 36.0250 – 36.0870 mm (1.4183 – 1.4207 in)
Clearance between left-hand side pedal shaft and
0.0640 – 0.0870 mm (0.0025 – 0.0034 in)
housing
Left-hand side brake shaft bushing fitted I.D. (without
22.0520 – 22.1370 mm (0.8682 – 0.8715 in)
reaming)
Left-hand side brake bushing fitted 25.0000 – 25.0210 mm (0.9843 – 0.9851 in)
Left-hand side pedal bushing/housing clearance 0.0640 mm (0.0025 in) max.
Left-hand side pedal bushing/housing interference 0.0850 mm (0.0033 in) max.
Handbrake shaft diameter 21.9670 – 22.0000 mm (0.8648 – 0.8661 in)
Left-hand side brake bushings 0.0520 – 0.1700 mm (0.0020 – 0.0067 in)
Diameter of bushing housing in transmission casing 40.0000 – 40.0250 mm (1.5748 – 1.5758 in)
I.D. of Left-hand side brake shaft support bushing in
36.0640 – 36.1610 mm (1.4198 – 1.4237 in)
transmission casing (without reaming)
Clearance between bushings and transmission casing 0.0970 mm (0.0038 in) max.
Interference between bushings and transmission casing 0.1030 – 0.1610 mm (0.0041 – 0.0063 in)
Mechanical service brakes - Torque

Rear axle housing to differential
M12 X 1.5 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
housing bolts (C1)
Fender bolts (C2) M16 X 1.5 200 N·m (148 lb ft)
Bottom cover plate bolts (C3) M8 X 1.25 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
Screw (C4) M16 X 1.5 210 N·m (155 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 3
NDIL14TR00550GB 1
Mechanical service brakes - Sealing

Buckle up of rear axle housing to differential housing (S1) LOCTITE® 518™
Bottom cover plate sealing (S4) LOCTITE® 518™
Thread lock for locking screw (S3) LOCTITE® 518™
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 4
NDIL14TR00551GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 5
Brake control pedals and shafts - Overview

Oil immersed brakes used, has externally lined brake discs (1) are driven by spline on final drive pinion shaft passing
through the housing bolted to the tractor rear drive housing. An actuating assembly (2) is mounted between the brake
discs (1), which consists of two discs (3) separated by steel balls (4) but connected by short springs (5). Lugs on the
discs are attached to a yoke (6) on the operating rod. Between 1st and 2nd, 3rd and 4th brake discs back-up discs
(7) are fitted.
NDIL14TR00553GB 1
When the tractor is moving, the brake discs rotate with the final drive pinion shaft. If brake pedal is depressed, its
associated brake links cause the actuating discs to turn in opposite directions. As the pressure plates turn, the balls
(4) clamped between the actuating discs roll over the inclined surfaces of their sockets (8). In the plates, thus causing
the actuating discs to move axially outwards to contact the rotating brake discs which in turn contact the inner faces
of the final drive housing (9), differential support (10) and back-up discs. This movement increases the axial force
on the housing support, back-up and actuation and produce brake torque. This action causes the final drive pinion,
hence the associated driving wheel of the tractor, to slow down and then stop rotating completely. On release of the
brake, retracting springs (5) return the plates to their original positions.
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 6
The force exerted by the driver is transmitted to the brake assembly by a system of levers and rods. The actuating
system not only connects the pedal with the brake but also increases the relatively small force available at the pedal
to the much larger force required to brake the vehicle. It can also permit the braking effort to be divided between the
axles in the required proportion.
Left wheel brake pedal can be retained in the applied position by means of latch controlled by a hand lever fitted at
right-hand side, below operator’s seat used as a parking brake.
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 7
Brake controls - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00934GB 1
1. Rear wheel drive housing

2. Brake actuating linkage
3. Actuating disc
4. Axle shaft
5. Brake disc
6. Back up disc
7. Final drive housing
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 8
Mechanical service brakes - Disassemble

To remove brake assembly, final drive assembly has to
be removed from the rear wheel drive assembly.
1. Remove final drive assembly (1) from rear axle hous-
ing.
NDIL14TR00563AB 1
2. Retrieve outer brake discs and back-up discs from the

brake assembly.
NDIL14TR00564AA 2
3. Remove split pin (1) and spring (2), disconnect brake

linkage.
NDIL14TR00565AB 3
4. Loosen two bolts and remove cover (1).
NDIL14TR00566AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 9
5. Loosen and remove locking screw (1).
NDIL14TR00567AB 5
6. Slide out actuating shaft (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00568AB 6
7. Remove the brake actuating assembly, along with inner

brake discs and back-up discs from housing.
NDIL14TR00569AA 7
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 10
Mechanical service brakes - Inspect

1. Inspect the brake flange friction face for wear and dam-
age, replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the brake discs, if badly scored, worn or
cracked, replace.
3. Check O-ring on actuating shaft for any damage and
replace if necessary.
NOTE: Brake discs’ thickness should be minimum
4.30 mm (0.17 in).
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 11
Mechanical service brakes - Assemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Reinstall the brake assembly and rear axle housing to

the differential housing taking the following into consid-
eration:
reverse, refer to Mechanical service brakes - Dis-
assemble (33.120).
• Refer the figure to orient the different parts.
• Before reinstalling the rear axle housing, thoroughly
clean and decrease mating surfaces and apply a
bead of liquid gasket of approx. 2.0 mm (0.1 in) of
diameter following patterns shown in figure 2.
• Check seals for wear and damage and replace if NDIL14TR00570AA 1
necessary.
After brake assembly fitted in differential housing, check
brake discs for free movement between brake discs.
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 12
NDIL14TR00571GA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 13
Brake control pedals and shafts - Remove

1. Remove brake pedal spring (1).
2. Remove split pin (2) and disconnect linkage (3).
3. Remove circlip (4) and pull out right-hand side brake
pedal.
NDIL14TR00554AB 1
4. Loosen lock screw (1) and remove left-hand side brake

pedal (2).
NDIL14TR00555AB 2
5. Remove spring (1), split pin and disconnect left-hand

side brake linkage (2) at left-hand side of the tractor.
NDIL14TR00556AB 3
6. Remove clutch pedal spring (1).
NDIL14TR00557AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 14
7. Remove split pin (1) and disconnect linkage (2) from

clutch cross shaft.
NDIL14TR00558AB 5
8. Jack-up rear left-hand side of tractor and remove left-

hand side rear wheel.
NDIL14TR00559AA 6
9. Pull out clutch/brake pedal support rod (1) from the rear
axle housing.
10. Retrieve clutch pedal (2) from the support shaft.
NDIL14TR00560AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 15
Brake control pedals and shafts - Adjust – Brake pedal free play
Measure free play of the brake pedals as shown in
figure 1 and should be 35.00 – 45.00 mm (1.38 –
1.77 in).With the brake pedals locked together, the
tractor should stop in a straight line when brakes are
applied.
Adjustment is made to the brake pull rods beneath the
tractor. Block the wheels , front and rear, unlock the
brake pedals and release the parking brake lever. Un-
lock nut (1) and rotate screw (2) to adjust play.
• Screw in to reduce the play.
• Screw out to increase the play.
NDIL14TR00572AA 1
Repeat the same procedure for the left brake pull rod.
Lock the brake pedals together and road test to ensure
that the brakes are balanced and will stop the tractor
in a straight line. Any further adjustment necessary to
balance the brakes should be carried out on the right
brake.
NDIL14TR00573AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 16
Mechanical service brakes - Troubleshooting

Brake actuate only when In correct pedal adjustment Check and adjust
pedal is depressed fully
Tractor pulls to one side Brakes not equally adjusted Adjust
when brakes applied
Wrong tire pressure Inflate tires to correct pressure
Wrong liners on one side Replace discs
Brakes noisy Oil contamination Check and change with recommended oil
Wrong brake disc Replace brake discs
Brakes remain applied Seized brake actuating linkages Clean and lubricate linkages
when pedals are released
Pedals are hard to operate Seized brake actuating linkages Clean and lubricate linkages
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 17
Index

Brake control pedals and shafts - Adjust – Brake pedal free play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Brake control pedals and shafts - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Brake control pedals and shafts - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake controls - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mechanical service brakes - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Mechanical service brakes - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mechanical service brakes - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical service brakes - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mechanical service brakes - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical service brakes - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical service brakes - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
47899732 23/06/2015
33.1 [33.120] / 18
Parking brake or parking lock - 110
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Parking brake or parking lock

Remove – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inspect – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 2
Brakes and controls - Parking brake or parking lock
Parking brake or parking lock - Remove – Linkage

1. Remove split pin from hand brake linkage.
2. Pull out hand brake lever along with linkage rod from
the linkage assembly.
NDIL14TR00561AB 1
3. Loosen the bolt (1) and remove hand brake pawl (2).
NDIL14TR00562AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 3
Parking brake or parking lock - Inspect – Linkage

Clean the brake pedal assembly thoroughly and check
for bush and support rod wear, replace as necessary.
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 4
Parking brake or parking lock - Install – Linkage

Re-install the brake pedals taking the following into
consideration.
reverse.
• Carry out adjustment as detailed in Brake control
pedals and shafts - Adjust – Brake pedal free play
(33.120).
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 5
Index

Parking brake or parking lock - Inspect – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Parking brake or parking lock - Install – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Parking brake or parking lock - Remove – Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 6
47899732 23/06/2015
33.2 [33.110] / 7
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hydraulic systems
47899732 23/06/2015
35
Contents
Hydraulic systems - 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.359] Main control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
47899732 23/06/2015
35
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic systems
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview – Open center hydraulic circuit and mechanical lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic systems - Overview

The hydraulic system on tractors is for mechanical lift assembly to raise and lower the lift arms in turn three point
linkages and for remote control valves.
The high pressure hydraulic circuit is of open centre load sensing type.
In this system hydraulic lift and remote control valve are connected in series and pump flow is continuously circulating
through the hydraulic system even when the circuit are not being operated.
The priority of operation is given to the order of components in the circuit, that is remote valves and hydraulic lift. This
means for example when fully operating a remote valve the lift will not operate at the same time.
The open centre high pressure hydraulic circuit with mechanically controlled hydraulic lift.
Pump
Open centre hydraulic pump assembly is of high pressure
gear pump (1).
NDIL14TR00574AB 1
Filter
Full-flow spin on type filter (1) directly mounted on suction
side of the pump.
NDIL14TR00575AB 2
Mechanical hydraulic lift assembly

Mounted on top of transmission housing comprising of
following components.
• Position control lever (1)
• Draft control lever (2)
NDIL14TR00576AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 3
• Distributor (3)
• Response control valve (4)
• Sensitivity control valve (5)
• Diverter valve (6)
NDIL14TR00577AB 4
• Lift-o-matic switch (7)
NDIL14TR00578AB 5
• Draft sensing unit (8)

• Lift arms (9) and internal linkages and cylinder assem-
bly.
• Internal mechanical linkages, relief valves, hydraulic
cylinder assembly are mounted inside the hydraulic lift
housing which must be remove to obtain access.
NDIL14TR00579AB 6
Remote control valve

Mounted in between right-hand side fender and hydraulic
lift housing comprising of following components.
• Control lever (1) to operate remote control valve.
NDIL14TR00580AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 4
• Pressure relief valve (2).
NDIL14TR00581AB 8
• Couplers (3) for remote cylinder hoses.
NDIL14TR00582AB 9
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 5
Hydraulic systems - Overview – Open center hydraulic circuit and

mechanical lift
High pressure pump is directly connected on rear side of engine timing gear. Oil is drawn from transmission housing
through filter. The pump supplies constant oil flow according to engine speed through remote control valve. Oil after
passing through remote, enters the distributor oil located at the front of the lift assembly, which controls the raising
and lowering of the lift.
All excess oil flow produced by the hydraulic pump is returned direct to the rear axle through the control valve spool
located in the hydraulic lift distributor.
Also located within the distributor is the lift cylinder safety valve, which protect the lift cylinder and seals from excessive
peaks of pressure during operation.
For further details on operation of the mechanical hydraulic lift assembly, refer to Main lift system - Overview
(35.100).
NDIL14TR00583FB 1
1. Suction line drawing from transmission housing F. Oil filter

2. Delivery line to control valve P. Hydraulic pump
B. Lift arm V. Relief valve
D. Control valve
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 6
NDIL14TR00584GB 2
Hydraulic circuit diagram
F. Filter 9. Control valve position

P. Hydraulic pump 12. Sensitivity control valve
V. Relief valve 13. Ball
(installed on lift body or on remote control valve)
1. Spool 15. Cylinder safety valve
4. Spool return spring 17. Arm response adjacent valve
5. Control valve plunger 22. Check valve
6. Plunger spring 25. Adjusting pipe lever
8. Control valve position seat 29. Arm response adjusting pin knob
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 7
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema
NDIL14TR00907FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 8
Index

Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydraulic systems - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic systems - Overview – Open center hydraulic circuit and mechanical lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 9
47899732 23/06/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 10
Fixed displacement pump - 104
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Pump
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Pump
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Fixed displacement pump
Pump - General specification

Filter
Type Paper cartridge
Location On pump body, suction side
Pump
Type Gear, drawing from rear transmission housing
Location Behind timing cover
Model A31
Make HEMA
Drive Valve timing gear driven
Rotation (seen from drive end) Anti-clockwise
Engine/pump drive ratio 1:0.931
Maximum rated speed (engine at governed speed) 2328 RPM
Maximum rated output 32.800 L/min (8.665 US gpm)
Output at 1450 RPM and 166 bar (2407 psi)
• New or reconditioned 19.100 L/min (5.046 US gpm)
• Used 13.100 L/min (3.461 US gpm)
• Test oil temperature 55 – 65 °C (131 – 149 °F)
• Test oil grade SAE 20 W 30 / API - GL4
Pump gear journal dia 17.400 – 17.418 mm (0.685 – 0.686 in)
Journal housing bore dia. in bearing 17.450 – 17.470 mm (0.687 – 0.688 in)
Journal clearance in bearing 0.032 – 0.070 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Gear in pump body 0.020 – 0.064 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Max pump body wear on suction side 0.100 mm (0.004 in)
Gear flank width 24.000 – 24.015 mm (0.945 – 0.945 in)
Bearing width 24.490 – 24.510 mm (0.964 – 0.965 in)
Pump body width 73.135 – 73.160 mm (2.879 – 2.880 in)
Gear and bearing end float
0.100 – 0.180 mm (0.004 – 0.007 in)
(applicable to new and reconditioned pumps)
Pump - Torque
Nut, pump drive gear (C1)
Nut, pump mounting on timing case
M6 X 1 8 N·m (5.9 lb ft)
(C2)
Bolt, pump cover (C3) M10 X 1.25 42 N·m (31 lb ft)
Screw, filter mounting bracket (C4) M8 X 1.25 25 N·m (18 lb ft)
Screw, delivery pipe to pump (C5) M6 X 1 10 N·m (7 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 3
NDIL14TR00585FB 1
Pump - Special tools

Adopter hydraulic pressure checking 990877
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 4
Pump - Static description

Hydraulic pumps are spur gear type with fixed displacement according to e rpm.
Pump is mounted on the engine timing gear case.
It is driven by engine timing gears. Oil is drawn by pump from the transmission housing by pump via oil filter.
Pump comprises of four main components: the end cover. The body, the bush/gear assembly and the mounting
flange, the whole being held together by four tie bolts.
The bush gears is housed in the body and consists of a pair of meshing gears with integral journals supported in two
matched pairs of composite bushes.
One of the drive gear journals extends through the mounting flange to form the pump drive shaft, and an oil seal
located in housing surrounding the shaft prevents oil leakage. The pump is flange mounted and the drive coupling is
keyed to the tapped shaft by a wood ruff key and secured by a nut and tap washer to the threaded shaft end.
Inlet is cast on the body to identify the inlet port.
The bush/gear assembly is pressure loaded against the end cover and the bushes and the pressure balanced to
prevent tilt. These features ensure that internal leakage is kept to a minimum, enabling the pump to operate at high
efficiency. The condition of the bush faces adjacent to the gears is an important factor in maintaining this efficiency
and during any dismantling on assembly operations, the bushes must be handled carefully to prevent damage. It is
essential that the pump is operated only in a clean system. Any foreign matter in the oil will score the bush faces, and
this will lead to shortened service life and eventual failure.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 5
NDIL14TR00586FB 1
1. Coupling gear nut 10. Composite bush

2. Tab washer 11. Composite bush
3. Shaft oil seal 12. Woodruff key
4. Bolt 13. Drive shaft and gear - taper
5. Mounting flange 14. Driven gear
6. Body seal O-ring 15. Body
7. Backing washer 16. End cover
8. Backing washer 17. Spring washer
9. Lobe seal 18. Nut
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 6
Pump - Remove
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Loosen clamp screws (1) and disconnect supply pipe

(2) from filter bracket.
NDIL14TR00587AB 1
2. Loosen screws (1) and disconnect delivery pipe from

pump.
3. Remove filter (2) and filter bracket (3) from the pump.
NDIL14TR00588AB 2
4. Loosen four pump mounting screws (1).

5. Remove pump from the tractor. Retrieve seal (1) from
the timing case.
NDIL14TR00589AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 7
Pump - Install
Installation of hydraulic pump is reverse of the removal
procedure.
1. Clean and decrease the mating surfaces thoroughly.
2. Replace the packing seal if necessary.
3. Tighten all fasteners to correct torque as detailed on
Pump - Torque (35.104).
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 8
Pump - Disassemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
NDIL14TR00586FB 1
NOTICE: Oil pump should always repaired in very clean

conditions, to prevent contamination from foreign matter
which could damage the pump.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 9
1. Bend back the ears of the tap washer (2) and screw
back the nut (1) until its outer face is one turn beyond
the end of the shaft thread.
2. Attach the puller tool to that it bears against the face
of the nut. Withdraw the gear (3) as far as the nut will
allow.
3. Remove the tool, nut, tap washer and gear. Retain the
woodruff key (12).
NOTE: Do not attempt to remove the coupling by hammer-
ing on levering, as this will damage pump internally.
4. Lightly mark the end cover, body and mounting flange
(5) , (15) and (16) to ensure reassembly in the correct
relationship and take note of the direction of rotation of
the pump.
5. Remove the nuts (18) and spring washer (17).
6. Remove the end cover (10) and carefully lift out the
cover seal (11), the bush lobe seal (12) and anti-ex-
trusion ring (13).
7. Make sure there are no burrs on the keyway in the
shaft. Lightly tap the mounting flange clean of the two
hollow dowels in the pump body and slide it squarely to
the shaft.
8. Carefully lift out the body seal (6), the two backing
washers (7) and (8) and the lobe seal (9).
9. Hold the pump body vertically with the mounting flange
end downwards and with one hand underneath to pre-
vent the bushes dropping out. Tap the side of the body
with a hide-faced hammer to dislodge the lower bushes
(10) and (11), and slide these carefully out of the body.
NOTE: Keep the bushes as a pair and place them on the
mounting flange.
10. Invert the body and lift out the driver and driven gears
(14) and (15).
11. Remove the remaining pair of bushes as already de-
scribed and place on the end cover.
12. Remove circlip (16) and oil seal (17) from the front
cover.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 10
Pump - Inspect
NOTICE: It is likely that wear of the internal parts will be uniform and it may be more economical to obtain a service
replacement unit than to fit several new parts.
Wash all metal parts thoroughly in a proprietary cleaning fluids, such as Belco cleaning solvent. Inspect in the order
set out below, for wear and damage.
Body
To obtain high efficiency the design allows for the tips
of the gear teeth to wipe the walls of the body bores
when the pump is running. Pressure will force the gears
against the inlet side of the bores and a witness mark
will be visible in this area. If excessive wear of the bush
inserts or gear journals occurs this witness mark will
deepen to form a wear track, causing a step in the bore.
Examine the body bores and if a pronounced step is felt
the body must be rejected. It is inadvisable to fit worn
bushes in a new body. Check the security of the two
dowels.
Composite bushes
Examine the bearing inserts for signs of wear and bush
faces adjacent to the gears for scoring or pitting. En-
sure that the holes and slots in the bushes are unob-
structed. Light scoring on the bush faces can be pol-
ished out on a lapping plate.
NOTE: If new bushes are to be fitted into an old body, check
for the presence of a burr at the edges of the wear track.
If present, this burr must be polished out otherwise it will
hold the bush faces away from the gears and increase the
internal leakage.
Gears
Examine the gears for discolouration, indicating, over-
heating. Check the journals for scoring. Ensure that
the contract marks on the teeth are evenly distributed
across each tooth surface and ensure that none of the
teeth are chipped.
If the pump has suffered overheating this may have
been caused by a fault in the hydraulic system, such as
a defective relief valve, and this must be investigated.
NOTE: Bushes are gears are mated for width to within
0.0050 mm (0.0002 in) and can be renewed only in pairs.
End cover
Ensure that the flat, inner surface of the cover is free
from scoring or pitting.
Mounting flange
Examine for damage and check the condition of the
drive shaft oil seal.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 11
Seals and tie bolts

Inspect all seals and renew if necessary. Check the
condition of tie bolt threads.
NOTICE: Once the internal condition of the pump has been
assessed it may be considered more feasible to renew the
complete unit than to fit several new parts.
Measure gear to pump body end float. Dimension (2) must
be smaller than dimension (1) by 0.090 – 0.160 mm (0.004
– 0.006 in). If necessary remove minimum qualities of ma-
terial from flat faces of bearing assemblies to obtain spec-
ified end float.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 12
Pump - Assemble
Reassemble the pump referring to figure 1 and observe
the following:
1. Assembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse, from step 12 back to 1. Refer to Pump -
Disassemble (35.104).
2. Always work in very clean conditions, to prevent con-
tamination from foreign matter which could damage the
pump.
3. Match the components (5) , (6) and (7) shown in figure
Pump - Disassemble (35.104) marked, to reassemble
them in their original position.
4. Assemble the gear composite bushes into the pump
body. Ensure the bushes are installed the correct way
round and the seal grooves are facing the end plates. NDIL14TR00591AB 1
5. Install seals in their locations.

6. Assemble seal (17) on front end cover.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 13
Pump - Test
Hydraulic pump may be tested to ensure full pressure
and flow.
NOTICE: Before performing any pressure or flow testing,
operate the tractor until the oil in the transmission is at nor-
mal operating temperature of 75 °C (167 °F).
1. Remove connection (1) between hydraulic pressure
line and distributor assembly.
2. Install special tool number 292870 at hydraulic pres-
sure line as shown in figure 2.
3. Insert outlet hose of the tool into transmission oil filter
port.
4. Ensure flow control tap is fully open.
NDIL14TR00592AB 1
5. Start and set engine speed to 1000 RPM.

6. Close flow control tap slowly until pressure gauge
shows 166 bar (2407 psi).
7. Moving quickly, transfer the tester outlet hose to a 5.0 L
(10.6 US pt) measuring jar. Simultaneously starting a
stop watch.
8. Note the time to fill 5.0 L (10.6 US pt) measuring jar.
Repeat the same procedure 4 to 5 times and calculate
the average time.
9. At 1000 RPM, a new or reconditioned pump delivers,
11.000 – 12.000 L/min (0.388 – 0.424 cfm) at 166 bar
NDIL14TR00593AA 2
(2407 psi).
• The minimum acceptable deliveries of a used pump
is 7.0 L/min (1.8 US gpm) at 166 bar (2407 psi).
The maximum permissible time to fill a 5.0 L
(10.6 US pt) jar is 43 s.
• If more than 43 s is required, or if the required pres-
sure of 166 bar (2407 psi) cannot be achieved, then
a fault exists in the hydraulic pump, hydraulic filter or
oil lines.
NOTE: Check oil lines and filter before investigating pump.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 14
Index

Pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Pump - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pump - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 15
47899732 23/06/2015
35.2 [35.104] / 16
Main control valve - 359
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Main control valve

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Main control valve

DIAGNOSTIC
Main control valve

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Main control valve
Main control valve - Sectional view

Nomenclature
NDIL14TR00908FB 1
1. Control kit 6. Outlet cover

2. PDS kit 7. Blanking plug
3. Working section 8. Lever kit
4. Load drop check valve 9. Main relief valve
5. Tie rod 10. Inlet valve
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 3
Cut section
NDIL14TR00909FB 2
1. Outlet cover 5. Inlet cover

2. Lever kit 6. Control kit
3. Spool 7. PDS kit
4. Main releif valve 8. Load drop check valve
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 4
Working
NDIL14TR00910FB 3
1. To cylinders 3. From cylinder

2. To tank (Outlet) 4. From pump(Inlet)
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 5
Position neutral
NDIL14TR00911FB 4
Position drawing (position P-A)
NDIL14TR00912FB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 6
Position drawing (position P-B)
NDIL14TR00913FB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 7
Main control valve - Service instruction

Do’s and dont’s
1. Always dismantle the valve before repair.
2. Plug all ports and hoses down the valve.
3. Place on a clean table before repair.
4. Never file/hone any spool or bore.
5. Clean components only in diesel or kerosene.
6. Always change O-Ring after dismantle.
7. Do not tamper the relief valve settings. Increase in re-
lief valve setting will results the failure of pump/cylin-
der/structure.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 8
Main control valve - Troubleshooting

Absolutely no functioning Engine is not running Check the engine
of the control valve
Low oil level in the tank Check the oil level and refill to specified
limit
Pump coupling may be disengage Check the coupling
Main relief valve may be unscrewed fully Set main relief valve to required pressure
(pressure setting can be done by connect-
ing the pressure gauge to the inlet of con-
trol valve and actuating any one operation
at fully RPM)
Main relief valve may be jam Disassemble the main relief valve clean it
with kerosene and assemble it. Or replace
the main relief valve
Any one operation not Spool in the control valve may be jam 1. Remove the spool and clean it
functioning
2. Check the contamination level
Linkages may not be properly adjusted Check the linkages
Cycle time slow in all Linkages may not be properly adjusted Check the linkages
operations
Main relief valve pressure may have leak- Replace the main relief valve
age
Uncontrolled movement Insufficient oil supply Check the oil level
in any operation
Cavitation generating in the system Contact supplier to introduce anti cavitation
valve
Required load not lifting Engine RPM may be less Check the engine RPM
Main relief valve pressure may be less Set the main relief valve pressure to design
pressure
NOTE : Increase in main relief valve pres-
sure more than design pressure may dam-
age the pump or cylinder or structure
External leakage seen on Seals may be damaged or missing Check the seals and replace if it damaged
the control valve
Fittings or components are not tighten to Check the fitting and components torque
required torque
Pump or cylinder or Main relief valve pressure may be tam- Check the main relief valve pressure
control valve failure at the pered or jam
end stroke
Due to spike generated in the system Check the port relief setting
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 9
Index

Main control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Main control valve - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Main control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
35.3 [35.359] / 10
Remote control valves - 204
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Remote control valves

Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Remote control valves
Remote control valves - General specification

Type Spool, (automatic return to neutral)
Make HEMA
Location On right-hand side final drive
Control Hand levers
Relief valve setting 11 – 186 bar (160 – 2697 psi)
Valve plunger clearance in body 0.0030 – 0.0060 mm (0.0001 – 0.0002 in)
Relief valve spring length
Free 39.400 mm (1.551 in)
Under 241 – 347 N (54 – 78 lb) 38.200 mm (1.504 in)
Valve plunger return spring length 42.800 mm (1.685 in)
Check valve spring length 15.900 mm (0.626 in)
Remote control valves - Special tools

Hydraulic pressure testing kit 292870
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 3
Remote control valves - Dynamic description

The remote control valves are used to control external hydraulic implements connected to the tractor.
Tractor is equipped with two remote valves, which are secured by the upper right-hand side of the rear axle housing.
The remote valves are operated by means of control lever located at the operations right-hand side behind the hy-
draulic lift control levers.
NDIL14TR00683GA 1
Single acting cylinder control and Double acting cylinder control
Remote valve control lever has three positions.
A. Raise
Pulling the lever forward will extend the cylinder and raise the implement.
B. Neutral
By releasing, the lever automatically returns to neutral position due to spring loaded and deactivate the cylinder
connected.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 4
C. Lower
Pushing the lever backward will retreat the cylinder and lower the implement.
NOTE: By shuffling the cylinder connection to remote control valve will reverse the lever function. ie. forward move-
ment will lower the implement, backward will raise the implement.
NOTE: The remote control valve uses the same hydraulic fluid as the hydraulic lift unit, but is operated independently
by means of the hand lever (c). It is not possible however, to operate the remote control valve and the hydraulic unit
lift unit simultaneously.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 5
Remote control valves - Remove

1. Loosen screws (1) and disconnect hydraulic delivery
pipe.
2. Loosen banjo bolt (2) and disconnect hydraulic line to
lift housing.
NDIL14TR00685AB 1
3. Disconnect hydraulic line (1) between remote control

valve and distributor.
NDIL14TR00686AB 2
4. Loosen bolts (1) two numbers retaining remote control

valve bracket on rear axle housing and remove remote
control valve assembly from the tractor.
NDIL14TR00687AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 6
Remote control valves - Install

1. Installation of remote control valve is reverse of the re-
moval procedure.
• Renew all the sealing washers on hydraulic connec-
tions.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 7
Remote control valves - Assemble

1. Re-assembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse from step 10 back to step 1.
• Check pressure relief valve setting.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 8
Remote control valves - Disassemble

1. Remove the remote control valve from tractor as de-
scribed earlier.
2. Loosen bolt (1) and remove the remote valve clamp.
3. Loosen the banjo bolts (2) and remove the remote
valves from the housing.
4. Loosen the two bolts (3) and remove the bracket for
remote valves.
NDIL14TR00688AB 1
5. Loosen the lock-nut (1) and remove the hand lever (2).
NDIL14TR00689AB 2
6. Retrieve the hand lever return spring (1) from the hous-
ing.
NDIL14TR00690AB 3
7. Loosen the three bolts and remove the plate and spool
housing (1) from the base plate.
NDIL14TR00691AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 9
8. Pull out the spool shaft (1) from the spool housing.
NDIL14TR00692AB 5
9. Loosen and remove the pressure relief valve (1) from

the spool housing.
10. Retrieve relief valve spring from the spool housing.
NDIL14TR00693AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 10
Remote control valves - Inspect

1. Inspect O-rings and seals and replace if necessary.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 11
Index

Remote control valves - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote control valves - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remote control valves - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valves - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remote control valves - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remote control valves - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remote control valves - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remote control valves - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.4 [35.204] / 12
Main lift system - 100
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Main lift system

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Main lift system

Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sectional view - Control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Dynamic description –Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Dynamic description – Internal linkage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SERVICE
Main lift system

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Disassemble – External controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Assemble – External controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Disassemble – Internal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Assemble – Internal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Disassemble – Cross shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Assemble – Cross shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Disassemble –Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Inspect – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Assemble – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Adjust – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
DIAGNOSTIC
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 2
Main lift system
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 3
Hydraulic systems - Main lift system
Main lift system - General specification

Position control, draft control and combined position /
Type
draft control
Control Two independent levers
Lift sensitivity adjustment External four-position lever on control valve
Permits rapid lift arm up/down movement by push button
Lift-o-matic
without operating draft or position control levers
Response adjustment Knob on control valve
Single-acting cylinder:
• Bore x stroke 90.0 mm (3.5 in) x 110.0 mm (4.3 in)
• Displacement 700 cm³
Relief valve opening pressure 181 – 191 bar (2624 – 2770 psi)
Cylinder safety valve opening pressure 210 – 215 bar (3045 – 3118 psi)
Lift piston diameter 89.980 – 90.000 mm (3.543 – 3.543 in)
Lift cylinder bore diameter 90.036 – 90.071 mm (3.545 – 3.546 in)
Piston working clearance 0.036 – 0.091 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
Cross shaft journal diameter
• Right-hand side 47.975 – 48.000 mm (1.889 – 1.890 in)
• Left-hand side 54.970 – 55.000 mm (2.164 – 2.165 in)
Bushing fitted I.D. in lift body: (not reamed)
Cross shaft working clearance in bushings:
Right-hand side bushing interference fit in housing 0.065 – 0.161 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
Left-hand side bushing interference fit in housing 0.065 – 0.161 mm (0.003 – 0.006 in)
Cross shaft end float with lift arms in position 0.200 – 1.400 mm (0.008 – 0.055 in)
Draft control shaft O.D 21.967 – 22.000 mm (0.865 – 0.866 in)
Shaft housing bore dia. in lift body 22.020 – 22.072 mm (0.867 – 0.869 in)
Shaft clearance in body 0.020 – 0.105 mm (0.001 – 0.004 in)
Position control shaft diameter 13.973 – 14.000 mm (0.550 – 0.551 in)
Shaft housing bore dia. on draft control shaft 14.016 – 14.059 mm (0.552 – 0.554 in)
Shaft clearance in body 0.016 – 0.086 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Draft control lever pin and draft control inner lever hinge
13.973 – 14.000 mm (0.550 – 0.551 in)
pin dia. at needle roller bearings
Control valve link arm and draft control inner lever I.D. at
19.985 – 20.006 mm (0.787 – 0.788 in)
needle roller bearings
Valve spool clearance in body 0.0080 – 0.0120 mm (0.0003 – 0.0005 in)
Lift valve clearance in control valve body 0.0080 – 0.0120 mm (0.0003 – 0.0005 in)
Valve spool return spring length:
• Free 50.5 mm (2.0 in)
• Under 31.7 – 35.0 N (7.1 – 7.9 lb) 34.0 mm (1.3 in)
Control valve return spring length:
• Free 44.0 mm (1.7 in)
• Under 103.0 – 114.7 N (23.2 – 25.8 lb) 29.0 mm (1.1 in)
Response adjustment valve spring length:
• Free 13.0 mm (0.5 in)
• Under 1.7 – 2.3 N (0.4 – 0.5 lb) 9.8 mm (0.4 in)
Sensitivity adjustment valve spring length:
• Free 14.5 mm (0.6 in)
• Under 15.8 – 17.6 N (3.6 – 4.0 lb) 11.0 mm (0.4 in)
Check valve return spring length:
• Free 23.5 mm (0.9 in)
• Under 35.3 – 39.2 N (7.9 – 8.8 lb) 18.0 mm (0.7 in)
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 4
Sensitivity adjustment pin lever outer spring length:

• Free 20.5 mm (0.8 in)
• Under 61.8 – 67.7 N (13.9 – 15.2 lb) 13.8 mm (0.5 in)
Implement attachment
Type 3-point linkage
Category ( TT75 ) II
Category ( TT55 ) I and II
Draft control Top link sensing
Max. lift capacity with lower links horizontal ( TT75 ) 1920 kg (4233 lb)
Max. lift capacity with lower links horizontal ( TT55 ) 1525 kg (3362 lb)
Main lift system - Torque

Description Thread size. Torque
Bolt, lift to rear transmission housing (C1) M14 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
Bolt, control valve body to lift (C2) M8 X 1.25 27 N·m (20 lb ft)
Bolt, lift arm (C3) M14 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
Plug, max. rise adjustment (C4) M12 X 1.25 105 N·m (77 lb ft)
Nut, position control shafts (C6) M10 X 1.25 15 N·m (11 lb ft)
Nut, lever bracket studs (C7) M8 X 1.25 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
Bolt, spring to top link support (C8) M14 X 1.5 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
Bolt, spring to lift body (C9) M14 X 1.5 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
Bolt, shaft to top link support (C10) M16 X 1.5 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Bolt, suction connection (C11) M12 X 1.25 10 N·m (7 lb ft)
Bolt, delivery connection on lift control valve (C12) M10 X 1.25 6 N·m (4 lb ft)
Bolt, pump (C13) M6 X 1.0 8 N·m (6 lb ft)
Nut, pump cover (C14) M10 X 1.25 42 N·m (31 lb ft)
Nut, check chain bracket (C15) M14 X 1.5 15 N·m (11 lb ft)
Nut, check chain to lower link arms (C16) M18 X 1.5 320 N·m (236 lb ft)
Top retaining screw, tow-bar cross link (C17) ( TT75 ) M20 X 1.5 48 N·m (35 lb ft)
Bottom retaining nut, tow-bar cross link (C18) ( TT75 ) M20 X 1.5 40 N·m (30 lb ft)
Bolt, rear cover and tow-bar support (C19) ( TT75 ) M16 X 1.5 22.5 N·m (17 lb ft)
Bolt, front tow hook to axle support (C20) ( TT75 ) M16 X 1.5 22.5 N·m (17 lb ft)
Nut, control valve stay bolts (C21) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Connection, oil outlet to lift (C22) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Plug, relief valve spring (C23) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Bolt, control lever support (C24) — 6 N·m (4 lb ft)
Plug, single/double acting change over valve (C25) ( TT75
— 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
)
Main lift system - Torque

Bolt, lift to rear transmission housing (C1) M14 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
Bolt, control valve body to lift (C2) M8 X 1.25 27 N·m (20 lb ft)
Bolt, lift arm (C3) M14 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
Plug, max. rise adjustment (C4) M12 X 1.25 105 N·m (77 lb ft)
Nut, position control shafts (C6) M10 X 1.25 15 N·m (11 lb ft)
Nut, lever bracket studs (C7) M8 X 1.25 26 N·m (19 lb ft)
Bolt, spring to top link support (C8) M14 X 1.5 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
Bolt, spring to lift body (C9) M14 X 1.5 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
Bolt, shaft to top link support (C10) M16 X 1.5 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Bolt, suction connection (C11) M12 X 1.25 10 N·m (7 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 5

Bolt, delivery connection on lift control valve (C12) M10 X 1.25 6 N·m (4 lb ft)
Bolt, pump (C13) M6 X 1.0 8 N·m (6 lb ft)
Nut, pump cover (C14) M10 X 1.25 42 N·m (31 lb ft)
Nut, check chain bracket (C15) M14 X 1.5 15 N·m (11 lb ft)
Nut, check chain to lower link arms (C16) M18 X 1.5 320 N·m (236 lb ft)
Nut, control valve stay bolts (C21) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Connection, oil outlet to lift (C22) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Plug, relief valve spring (C23) — 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Main lift system - Sealing

Lift housing to rear axle housing (S1) LOCTITE® 574™
Front cover to lift housing (S2) LOCTITE® 574™
Distributor assembly to front cover (S3) LOCTITE® 574™
NDIL14TR00964FB 1
Main lift system - Special tools

Installer, lift shaft housing seal 292535
Installer, lift piston with seal 292547
Adjuster, position/draft control 293846
Main spool leakage testing tool 293982
Adopter, over pressure relief valve 290824
Adopter, cylinder safety valve 290828
Cylinder safety valve pressure adjusting tool 291862
Wrench, lift arm maximum height adjustment 293870
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 6

Installer, lever needle bearing 293838
Installer, needle bearing main spool lever 293839
‘C’ spring tensioning lever 290819
Hydraulic ‘C’ spring travel gauge 9971359
Installer, hydraulic housing ‘C’ spring bush 9971352
Remover, lift-o-matic spring 291215
Hydraulic pressure testing kit 292870
Rapid clutch male connector 293449
Adopter 292060
Coupling 293168
Adopter (banjo bolt steering) 291318
Pressure gauge ( 250 bar (3625 psi)) 293247
Pipe (high pressure) 292246
Adopter (oil pressure) 291328
Installer / remover, hydraulic housing shaft bush left-hand side 9971353
Installer / remover, hydraulic housing shaft bush right-hand side 9971355
Installer, response pin seal 293858
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 7
Main lift system - Sectional view
NDIL14TR00595GB 1
A. Draft control spring 8. Left-hand side bushings

B. Control valve 10. Thrust washers
B1. Lift sensitivity adjustment lever 11. Top link support
B2. Response control knob 12. Piston rod pin
C1. Lift retaining screw 13. Travel limit adjusting screw
C2. Thrust plate retaining screw 14. Travel limit adjustment screw lock-nut
G = 0.200 – 1.400 mm (0.008 – 0.055 in), shaft end float 15. Travel limit control rod
1. Inner arm 16. Control valve link pin
2. Arm 18. Draft control inner lever pivot
3. Lifting arms 19. Set screw
4. Arm thrust plates 20. Front cover
5. Right-hand side seal 27. Screw retaining spring to top link support
6. Left-hand side seal 28. Screw retaining spring to lift body
7. Right-hand side bushings
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 8
Main lift system - Sectional view - Control valve
NDIL14TR00596GB 1
1. Valve spool 18. Ball

2. Valve spool seat plug 19. Response control adjusting pin
4. Valve spool return spring 17. Delivery connection
5. Valve plunger 21. Check valve spring
6. Plunger spring 22. Check valve
7. Plug 23. Check valve seat descent ball
8. Piston seat 25. Adjusting pin lever
9. Valve piston 26. Sector
10. Spring cup 27. Plug
11. Draft sensitivity adjusting valve spring 28. Adjusting pin
12. Draft sensitivity adjusting valve 29. Response control adjustment knob
13. Plug 30. Retaining ring
14. Spool seat ring 31. Roll Pin
15. Cylinder safety valve 30. Back-up ring
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 9
16. Response control adjusting valve spring 33. O-ring

17. Response control adjusting valve C3. Bolt
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 10
Main lift system - Overview

Hydraulic system
This is a live hydraulic system, where gear type hydraulic
pump is mounted directly to timing case. Transmission
lubrication oil is used also as hydraulic oil. This system
described here mechanically senses changes in the draft
loading via the top link of the three point linkage. The
system allows the operator to select position control, draft
control, combined position and draft control and float.
CAUTION
Hydraulic filter is to be changed at regular intervals as
recommended. Hydraulic and transmission parts may NDIL14TR00597AB 1
get damaged if filter is choked. Always use genuine
NEW HOLLAND filters.
The system is operated by draft control lever (1), position
control lever (2), lift-o-matic buttons (3), response control
(4), Sensitivity control (5) and diverter valve (6).
Pre-operation checks
DANGER
Before starting the engine, always ensure that the
lift-o-matic fast raise button is pushed in, to prevent
inadvertent raising of three point linkage.
NOTICE: Some mounted or semi-mounted equipment

may interfere with and cause damage to tractor sheet NDIL14TR00598AB 2
metal. To avoid damage check for clearance between
tractor and implements.
Position control operation

Position control provides accurate control of implements
such as sprayers, rakes, rotary tillers etc. that operate
above the ground. Once set, position control will maintain
the selected implement height.
NOTICE: Always set the system to position control at any
time when not actually operating in draft control, such
as when attaching or transporting equipment or when no
equipment is attached.
Fully open the divertor valve (6) figure 2 and move the
draft control lever (1) fully forward in the quadrant. Set the
NDIL14TR00599AB 3
required implement height/depth using the position con-
trol lever (2). Pull the lever back to raise the implement,
push forward to lower. Implement height/depth is relative
to the position of the lever in quadrant.
An adjustable stop (3) is provided to enable the lever to

be returned to the required working position.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 11
Draft control operation

Draft control is most suitable for mounted or semi-
mounted implements operating in the ground. Changes
in the working depth or changes in soil resistance will
cause draft loading on the implement to increase or
decrease.
When starting work, fully open the diverter valve and

move the position control lever (2) fully forward. Lower
the implement in to the work using draft control lever (1).
push the lever forward to increase the draft loading. Pull
rearwards to reduce the draft loading. Forward move-
ment of the draft control lever will increase the implement NDIL14TR00600AB 4
depth and rearward movement will reduce the depth.
Once set, tractor hydraulic system will automatically ad-

just the implement depth to maintain an even pull on the
tractor and minimise wheel slip.
Combined position and draft control opera-

tion
On very light soil or varying soil types in the same field,
it may be necessary to use the draft control and position
control in combination. When starting work, lower the im-
plement to the required depth by means of the draft control
lever (1), as previously described.
When the implement reaches the required depth, raise

the position control lever (2) back until the lift arms tends
to rise. The lift linkage is now operating in draft control
but the implement is prevented, by the position control
function, from sinking too far when draft reduces. NDIL14TR00601AB 5
Float operation
Move the position control lever (2) and the draft control
lever (1) fully forward. The 3-point linkage will now be
free to ‘float’ or follow the ground contour, a feature useful
for scraper blades etc.
NDIL14TR00600AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 12
Lift-o-matic
The lift-o-matic is used for automatic repositioning of im-
plement after turn. It helps in saving the time and adds
comfort to the operator. Further it maintains uniform depth
and prepares a better seedbed.
To raise the implement at the end of each pass, or when-

ever required, move the latch (1) rearward to release the
fast raise button (2). The 3-point linkage (and implement)
will raise to the full height without need to move either the
position or draft control lever.
To lower the implement, simply press the fast raise but- NDIL14TR00603AB 7
ton (1) fully in, and the implement will lower to the pre-
set depth, set by the position control lever or draft control
lever.
CAUTION
When transporting equipment on 3-point linkage, raise
the implement using the position control lever. The
hydraulic system will maintain the equipment height set
by the position control lever and prevent the equipment
lowering and becoming damaged.
NDIL14TR00604AB 8
Sensitivity control
To adjust the sensitivity of hydraulic system when working
in draft control, lever (1) needs to be adjusted.
Lever up- Reduces sensitivity
Lever down- Increases sensitivity
NDIL14TR00605AB 9
Response control
The response control knob (1) varies the speed of drop of
the lower links.
Clockwise rotation - Increases speed of drop.
Anticlockwise rotation - Decreases speed of drop

NOTICE: To lock implements in transport position when
driving on road, fully raise position control lever (2) figure
1, and screw in (rotate clockwise) knob (1) figure 10.
NDIL14TR00606AB 10
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 13
Use of diverter valve and external supply

port
The diverter valve (2), figure 10 is used to divert oil, nor-
mally flowing to the left cylinder of the 3 point linkage, to
the external supply port. A single acting cylinder can be
connected to this external port and be operated by the
draft control lever.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 14
Main lift system - Dynamic description –Distributor

The distributor is pre-set to perform three phases.
A. Neutral phase
B. Lifting phase
C. Lowering phase
A. Neutral phase
Refer to figure 1.
In this phase the control valve keeps pressure on the oil coming from the pump to flow freely to the tank. In this phase
the control spool (1) is in such a position, oil is delivered through sensitivity control valve (12) to piston (9) which
overcomes spring (6) and moves plunger (5) to the right, thus opening discharge port and returns oil to transmission
housing rather than to cylinder.
NOTE: When travelling on the road with implements attached, fully unscrew knob (29) to block implement in desired
positions. Oil contained in cylinder remains trapped by check valve (22) and response control valve (17). Arms
therefore remain blocked, even if operator accidentally moves lift control levers. Cylinder safety valve (15) protects
lift cylinder pressure circuit while relief valve (V) protects pump circuit.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 15
NDIL14TR00607GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 16
B. Lifting phase
Refer to figure 2.
During this phase, the control valve supplies the oil under pressure to the cylinder and it consequently lifts the arms.
The control spool (1) is in such a position, oil flows to piston (9) is cut off and plunger (5) is forced to the left by spring
(6), thus closing discharge port. Oil under pressure opens check valve (22) and operates piston (T) to raise arms.
NOTE: Draft sensitivity may be adjusted throughout lever (25), which controls the position of valve seat (8). When
seat (8) is moved to the right, piston (9) covers ports (T1) and (T2) and oil in valve may be discharged through port
(T3). Since discharge thereby takes longer, lift reaction time increases with a consequent decrease in sensitivity.
When seat (8) is moved to the left ports, (and) are free and oil may be discharged quickly through all three ports (T1),
(T2) and (T3), with consequent short reaction time resulting in increased sensitivity.
NDIL14TR00608GB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 17
C. Lowering phase
Refer to figure 3.
During this phase, the control valve supplies at the same time the oil coming from the pump and the oil contained in
the cylinder to the discharge causing the lowering of the arms.
When return spring (4) pulls spool (1) to the right cylinder is discharged under piston pressure (T) through response
control valve (17) and the port uncovered by spool. Through spool port (F1) and draft sensitivity valve (12), oil flows to
piston (9) which holds plunger (5) in the open position, thus allowing oil from pump to be discharge past plunger (5).
NOTE: Response (rate of drop) is adjusted by knob (29). Slackening this knob restricts exhaust passage between
valve (17) and control valve body, thus increasing the time taken to lower the implement (slow response). Tightening
knob (29) increases effective area of discharge port and the implement drops more quickly (fast response).
NDIL14TR00609GB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 18
Main lift system - Dynamic description – Internal linkage system

Functioning of internal linkage system are as follows:
A. Position control
B. Float control
C. Draft control
D. Combined position and draft control
A. Position control
Refer to Fig. 1.
By lowering the draft control lever (F) fully down draft control inner lever (15) will be away from roller (13). In this way
the draft linkages / levers will not in any way interfere with position control.
When lever (P) is moved back, cam on end of shaft (27) moves lever (14), located between roller (12) and cam (28),
upwards. As the cam (28) on arm cross-shaft is stationary at the beginning of operation, lever (14) reacts against it
and pushes roller (12) forward. This moves link (9) and lever (6) in the direction indicated by the solid arrows to set
control valve (1) in the arm lift position.
Arms rise until cam (28) turns far enough to permit lever (6), link (9) and lever (14) to move under the action of spool
return spring (4), refer to Main lift system - Dynamic description –Distributor (35.100) Figure 3 in the direction
indicated by the clear arrows.
The control valve (1) therefore returns to neutral and the arms stop in the neutral position.
Maximum arm upward travel is limited by rod (16). When rod (16) contacts piston (29), the control valve is returned
to neutral through adjusting screw (3) before the piston reaches mechanical travel limit stop. The same movements
occur in reverse when lever (P) is moved forward to lower arms.
B. Float control
Refer to Fig. 1.
With position control lever (P) and draft control lever (F) fully forward:
• The draft control linkage is not activated.

• Lever (14), link (9) and lever (6) are moved in the direction opposite to that indicated by the solid arrows, and control
valve is held in lowered position (refer to Main lift system - Dynamic description –Distributor (35.100) Figure
3), thereby letting arms swing freely and associated implement float on the surface of the soil.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 19
NDIL14TR00610FB 1
C. Draft control
Refer to Fig. 2.
Move position control lever (P) fully forward.
When the implement has been set to the desired working depth by means of lever (F), and if the implement then hits
a stretch of harder or more compact soil, the draft force on the lower links will increase. This will then cause a greater
top link thrust against the spring (20) which, compressing, transmits motion in the direction of the solid arrows, to the
lever (22), the lever (18), the link (17), the lever (15), the link (9) and the lever (6), thereby setting the control valve in
the arm lifting position.
The arms will rise until the resulting reduction in draft force reduces the compression of spring (20) and causes lever
(22) to rotate in the opposite direction, allowing lever (6) to move backwards, pulled by the control valve spool spring.
Control valve returns to neutral and arms stop lifting.
Once the hard stretch has been left behind, the draft control spring (20) returns completely to its original position and
lever (6) moves further back.
The control valve returns to the discharge position (refer to Main lift system - Dynamic description –Distributor
(35.100) Figure 3) so that the arms lower the implement to its original working position.
If the control lever (F) is positioned further back on quadrant (draft reduction), the hollow shaft (26), pushes lever (15),
roller (13), link (9) and lever (6) to act against the control valve spool, setting the valve in delivery position.
If the lever (F) is moved forward (increased draft), operation is the same but in the opposite direction.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 20
NDIL14TR00611FB 2
D. Combined draft and position control

Refer to Fig. 1 and 2.
With position control lever (P) fully forward, and moving the draft control lever (F) forward from the fully back position,
the working depth is established as described above. When lever (P) is then shifted backwards, lever (14), link (9)
and lever (6) move in the direction indicated by the solid arrows in the position control diagram, placing the control
valve in the delivery position and causing a slight upward movement of the lift arms.
This condition permits lift to operate in draft control mode when patches of hard or compact soil are encountered.
Combined draft and position control therefore limits the changes in working depth which can occur when draft control
alone is used.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 21
Main lift system - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Remove the hydraulic lift from the rear axle housing as

follows:
1. Remove operator’s seat (1).
NDIL14TR00612AB 1
2. Remove three-point linkages. (Top link and lift arms).
NDIL14TR00613AA 2
3. Disconnect oil supply line at (1) between remote control

valve and distributor.
NDIL14TR00614AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 22
4. Disconnect remote control valve return line at hydraulic

lift housing (1).
NDIL14TR00615AB 4
5. Loosen the hydraulic lift housing retaining bolts (1).
NDIL14TR00616AB 5
6. Lift the housing using suitable hoist and place it on a

clean flat surfaced table or fix it on stand.
NOTICE: Never lift the housing by holding distributor knobs
and delicate parts.
NDIL14TR00617AA 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 23
Main lift system - Install

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Refit the hydraulic lift on the transmission housing as

follows.
• Reinstallation follows the removal procedure in re-
verse.
• Before refitting the hydraulic lift in the rear transmis-
sion casing, clean and de grease the mating sur-
faces thoroughly and apply a strip of sealing com-
pound of about 2.0 mm (0.1 in) diameter as shown
in the figure 1.
• Apply the torque settings listed on Main lift system
- Torque (35.100).
NDIL14TR00618FA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 24
Main lift system - Disassemble – External controls

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
With hydraulic lift assembly on tractor.

1. Remove nuts (1) and lift-o-matic button (2).
NDIL14TR00619AB 1
2. Loosen nuts (1) and remove support plate (2).
NDIL14TR00620AB 2
NOTE: To remove plate (2), lift-o-matic lever shaft nut (1)

should be loosened to clear the plate.
NDIL14TR00621AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 25
3. Retrieve springs (1) and clutch plate and remove lock-

nut (2).
NDIL14TR00622AB 4
4. Remove position control lever, clutch plates draft con-

trol lever and spacer.
NDIL14TR00623AA 5
5. Retrieve position and draft control lever keys.

6. Remove quadrant plate (1).
NOTE: To remove lift-o-matic lever (1), lift housing have
to be removed from the tractor. See removal of Internal
controls on Main lift system - Disassemble (35.100) for
procedure.
NDIL14TR00624AB 6
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 26
Main lift system - Assemble – External controls

Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in re-
verse from step 6 back to step 1. (Refer to Main lift
system - Disassemble (35.100)).
See Main lift system - Overview (35.100) and Main lift
system - Adjust (35.100) for lift-o-matic button settings
and adjustments.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 27
Main lift system - Disassemble – Internal controls

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the lift assembly from the rear axle and fix on
a rotary stand. Refer to Main lift system - Remove
(35.100).
2. Remove external control levers. Refer to Main lift sys-
tem - Disassemble – External controls (35.100).
NDIL14TR00617AA 1
3. Loosen two Allen screws (1) and remove diverter valve

assembly (2).
NDIL14TR00626AB 2
4. Retrieve pipe (1) and O-rings.
NDIL14TR00627AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 28
5. Loosen four screws (1) and remove distributor (control

valve) assembly (2).
NDIL14TR00628AB 4
6. Loosen four bolts (1) and remove lift housing front

cover.
NDIL14TR00629AB 5
7. Remove piston and cylinder from the housing.

NOTE: To remove piston, lower the lift arm by hand to push
out the piston out of lift housing.
NOTE: To remove cylinder, gently hammer out the cylinder
using plastic hammer or aluminium rod.
NDIL14TR00630AA 6
8. Using special tool number 291215 A, remove lift-o-

matic spring (1).
NDIL14TR00917AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 29
9. Remove lift-o-matic shaft dowel pin (1).
NDIL14TR00632AB 8
10. Pull out lift-o-matic shaft (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00633AB 9
11. Retrieve lift-o-matic linkage (2) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00634AB 10
12. Open lock and remove pin (1) by screwing out bolt (2).
NDIL14TR00635AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 30
13. Retrieve linkages (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00636AB 12
14. Open lock and remove sector plate.
NDIL14TR00637AA 13
15. Open lock and remove draft control plate.
NDIL14TR00638AA 14
16. Take out position control lever shaft and draft control
lever shaft from the housing.
NDIL14TR00639AA 15
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 31
17. Disconnect draft sensing linkage (1) by removing cir-

clip (2) and loosening bolt (3).
NDIL14TR00640AB 16
18. Pull out draft sensing shaft (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00641AB 17
19. Retrieve draft sensing linkages (1) from the housing.
NDIL14TR00642AB 18
20. Loosen Allen screws (1) and remove stopper assem-

bly (2).
NDIL14TR00643AB 19
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 32
NOTE: Piston connecting rod can be removed only after

removing cross shaft from the housing.
Refer to Main lift system - Disassemble – Cross shaft
(35.100) for cross shaft removal procedure.
NDIL14TR00644AB 20
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 33
Main lift system - Assemble – Internal controls

1. Re-assembly follows disassembly procedure in reverse
from step 20 back to 1.
• Check O-rings and needle bearing for wear and
damage.
• Refer to Main lift system - Adjust – Distributor
(control valve) (35.100) for position, draft and lift-
o-matic control adjustments.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 34
Main lift system - Disassemble – Cross shaft

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. With lift assembly on tractor, remove bolt (1) and thrust

plate (2) from both sides of the lift arm.
NDIL14TR00645AB 1
2. Remove lift arms from shaft using suitable puller or by

hammering gently.
NDIL14TR00646AA 2
3. Remove lift arm shaft by tapping on the right-hand side

end of the shaft with mallet.
NDIL14TR00647AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 35
4. Retrieve piston rod and cam sleeve from the housing.

5. Remove seal from the housing using suitable tool.
NDIL14TR00648AA 4
6. Remove left-hand side and right-hand side shaft

bushes from the housing using special tool number
9971353 for left-hand side bush and 9971355 for
right-hand side bush.
NDIL14TR00649AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 36
Main lift system - Assemble – Cross shaft

Reinstall the shaft and lift arm in the lift housing observ-
ing the following :
1. Reinstallation follows the removal procedure in reverse
from step 6 to step 1. Refer to Main lift system -
Disassemble (35.100).
• Fix new seals using special tool number 292535.
NDIL14TR00650AA 1
2. Fix bushes using special tool number 9971353 and

9971355.
NDIL14TR00651AA 2
3. Ensure that dimensions ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ are as shown in

figure. Bushings do not require reaming after installa-
tion.
4. On completing assembly, check cross shaft end float is
0.200 – 1.400 mm (0.008 – 0.055 in).
NDIL14TR00652AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 37
Main lift system - Disassemble –Distributor (control valve)

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Disconnect hydraulic line between distributor and re-

mote control value at (1).
NDIL14TR00653AB 1
2. Loosen Allen screw (1) and remove diverter value (2).
NDIL14TR00654AB 2
3. Retrieve pipe (1) and O-rings.
NDIL14TR00655AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 38
4. Loosen screws (1) and remove distributor from the lift

housing.
NDIL14TR00656AB 4
NDIL14TR00657GB 5
5. Remove cylinder safety valve (15), response control

valve (17) and pin (19) after removing knob (29).
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 39
6. Remove fitting (20), retrieving check valve (22) and

seat (23).
7. Remove plug (3), retrieving valve spool (1), seat (2),
spring (4) and ring (14).
8. Remove draft sensitivity control valve plug (13) and
plug (7), retrieving plunger (5), spring (6), piston (9) and
seat (8).
9. Remove retaining ring (30) and retrieve spring cup (10),
spring (11) and draft sensitivity control valve.
10. Unscrew plug (27), remove roll pin (31), and retrieve
draft control valve pin (28).
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 40
Main lift system - Inspect – Distributor (control valve)

Thoroughly check seals, replacing if necessary
Check valves for wear and clearance in associated
seats.
If replacement is required, note that spare valve spools
(1), are supplied together with matching seats (2) and
that valve plunger (5) is supplied together with the con-
trol valve body. Check efficiency of spool (1) as de-
scribed in Main lift system - Adjust (35.100).
Check cylinder safety and relief valve setting as de-
scribed. Valve may be integral with remote control
valves or installed on front cover.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 41
Main lift system - Assemble – Distributor (control valve)

1. Re-assemble control valve as shown in figure ( Main lift
system - Disassemble –Distributor (control valve)
(35.100)) and install the front cover only after carrying
out the adjustments specified.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 42
Main lift system - Adjust – Distributor (control valve)

In case of complete disassembly of the lift, it is nec-
essary to make the following checks, adjustments and
settings.
Control valve spool efficiency check

1. Install seat (2) with O-ring, and spool (1) in connection
fitting 293982, checking that seals in bottom of seat
prevent leakage through the connection fitting itself and
connect the latter to hand pump.
2. Push spool (1) into contact with seat (2) and lock the
spool (1) with lock screw tool.
3. Operate the pump to bring oil pressure in system to
250 Kg/cm² (3556 psi) and check on pressure gauge
that pressure takes more than 6 s to drop from 200 –
100 Kg/cm² (2845 – 1422 psi).
4. If necessary, replace spool. Note that spare spools are
provided together with matching seats. NDIL14TR00658AA 1
Position control adjustment

With lift unit removed from tractor.
1. Remove distributor assembly from lift housing.
NDIL14TR00659AA 2
2. Raise lift arms to fully raised position, so that inner arm

(1) comes into contact with lift housing.
NDIL14TR00660AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 43
3. Carefully mark the position on the arm (S2) and on the

housing (S1).
NDIL14TR00661AA 4
4. Slacken lock-nut (10) and unscrew the maximum lift

height adjuster screw (6) using special tool number
293870, until it is no longer in contact with control valve
lever (7).
NDIL14TR00662AB 5
NDIL14TR00328AB 6
5. Install special tool 293846 (A) on lift housing.
NDIL14TR00663AA 7
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 44
6. Using two wrenches, back off lock-nut (8), Fig. 15 and

tighten or slacken adjustable link rod ( (9), Fig. 15) so
that the plunger (P1) is aligned with outer scale (R1) of
tool (special tool number 293846).
NDIL14TR00664AB 8
NOTE: This condition corresponds to a gap (L1) of 82.000

– 82.100 mm (3.228 – 3.232 in) between lever end (7) and
lift housing front face measured applying a force (F1) of 4.0
– 4.5 kg (8.8 – 9.9 lb) to lever end.
7. Tighten lock-nut (8).
NDIL14TR00665AB 9
8. Bring position control lever (P) fully forward on quad-

rant.
9. Rotate arm shaft to bring piston fully forward and check
that moving rod (P1) of tool 293846 is no more than
1.300 – 1.700 mm (0.051 – 0.067 in) back from the
inner register (R2) of the tool.
NDIL14TR00664AB 10
NOTE: This condition corresponds to a gap (4) of 86.300 –

86.700 mm (3.398 – 3.413 in) between lever end (7) and
lift housing front face measured applying a force (F1) of (
4.0 – 4.5 kg (8.8 – 9.9 lb)) to lever end.
NDIL14TR00667AB 11
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 45
Maximum lift arm travel adjustment (on bench)

1. Install special tool 293846 (A) on lift body.
NDIL14TR00663AA 12
2. Put position control lever (P) fully back on quadrant.

3. Raise lift arms to fully raised position, so that inner arm
(1) comes into contact with lift housing.
4. Push the piston into cylinder so that piston moves
through full lift stroke and hold the piston in that posi-
tion.
NDIL14TR00669AB 13
5. Loosen lock-nut (10).

6. Using special tool number 293870 (C), tighten screw
(6) until plunger (P1), Fig. 10) stand-in is not more than
1.300 – 1.700 mm (0.051 – 0.067 in) from the inner
register ( (R2), 10 of the tool 293846.
7. Tighten the lock-nut (10).
– 86.700 mm (3.398 – 3.413 in) between lever end top
cover front face.
NDIL14TR00670AB 14
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 46
Maximum lift arm travel adjustment (on tractor)

1. Raise the hydraulic lift arms by hand to maximum
height position. Make two corresponding marks, one
on lift body (S1) and one on lift arm (S2).
2. Set position and draft control levers (P) and (F) fully
forward on quadrant.
3. Operate lift by means of lift-o-matic and after carrying
out a few lift operations, check that distance between
notches (S1) and (S2) is “d” 2.000 – 4.000 mm (0.079
– 0.157 in).
4. If lift-o-matic is not fitted, raise position and draft control
levers fully back on quadrant (maximum lift position)
and check distance between (S1) and (S2). NDIL14TR00671AB 15
5. If distance “d” is not between 2.000 – 4.000 mm (0.079

– 0.157 in), then adjust as follows.
6. Remove plug (19), unscrew lock-nut (10) and turn set-
ting screw (6) using special tool number 293870 to ob-
tain distances specified above.
7. Tighten lock-nut (10).
8. Reinstall plug (19).
Draft control spring travel adjustment

9. Disengage stop block (1) and with draft control spring
(2) free, check that distance (L2) between plate (3) and
spring (2) is 12.700 – 13.000 mm (0.500 – 0.512 in). If
necessary, adjust shim (H1) thickness, reducing them
if it is lower and adding to them if it is higher.
NDIL14TR00672AB 16
10. Put spring completely under traction using a suitable

rod applied to top link support and check that dis-
tance (L3) between plate (16) and spring (94) is in the
19.200 – 19.700 mm (0.756 – 0.776 in) range. If it is
lower, reduce the shims (H2) between the spring and
the top link support fork. If higher, increase them.
NDIL14TR00673AB 17
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 47
Draft control linkage adjustment (on bench)

Having carried out the position control, maximum lift
arm travel and draft control spring adjustments, adjust
draft control as follows:
1. Remove distributor (control valve) assembly and fix
special tool number 293846.
2. Fit outer draft control link (1).
NDIL14TR00674AB 18
3. Put position control lever (P) fully forward on quadrant

and pull back the draft control lever (F) 184 – 186 mm
(7.244 – 7.323 in) (L2) measured from the beginning of
the slot and the edge of the lever (F).
4. Adjust link (22) to 70.000 – 70.500 mm (2.756 –
2.776 in) (L3).
NDIL14TR00675AB 19
5. Adjust outer draft control link ( (1), Fig. 22) so that the
end (P1) of tool 293846 (A) is on the same plane as the
outer register (R1).
– 82.100 mm (3.228 – 3.232 in) between lever end (7) and
lift housing front face measured applying a force ( (F1),
figure 23) of 4.0 – 4.5 kg (8.8 – 9.9 lb) to lever end.
NDIL14TR00664AB 20
6. Tighten the lock-nut (1).

7. Install the distributor.
NDIL14TR00677AB 21
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 48
Lift - o- matic adjustment.

1. Apply a 50 kg (110 lb) load to lifting arm swivel bear-
ings.
2. Run engine at medium speed ( 1200 – 1500 RPM)
3. Put position and draft control levers (P) and (F) fully
forward on quadrant.
4. Adjust position of support together with lift - o- matic
control levers on lift control support, securing it by
screw (1) so that, when pressing button (Q), arm
descent starts with free travel at the end of the button
(L5) of 9.000 – 12.000 mm (0.354 – 0.472 in).
NDIL14TR00678AB 22
Start to lift check

5. Place position control lever ((P), Figure 22) fully forward
on quadrant.
6. Place lift - o- matic lever (1) in position shown in figure.
NDIL14TR00679AB 23
7. Check by means draft control lever (F) that lifts starts

with lever 184.00 – 186.00 mm (7.24 – 7.32 in) from
end of slot in quadrant.
8. Otherwise, adjust link (1) to obtain specified length and
tighten lock-nut (2).
NDIL14TR00680AB 24
Valve check
Relief and cylinder safety valve setting check on the bench

9. Relief valve (installed on remote control valve in TT75
and on a support on right-hand side of lift housing in
TT55 ) may be checked either on bench or on tractor,
while cylinder safety valve setting check may only be
carried out on bench.
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 49
10. To bench test cylinder safety valve and relief valve

incorporated in remote valve use hand pump 290284
(A), with fittings 290828 (C) and 290824 (B).
11. Relief valve should open at 190 – 195 Kg/cm² (2702 –
2774 psi) while safety valve opening pressure should
be 215 – 220 Kg/cm² (3058 – 3129 psi).
NOTE: If valve setting is not as specified, scrap and re-
place valves. If necessary, valves may be adjusted through
threaded plugs after raising the peened area, and using
wrenches 291862 and 291863 for cylinder safety valve and
relief valve respectively.
NDIL14TR00681AB 25
CAUTION
When travelling on the road with mounted implements, completely unscrew knob (1) to block implement in
transport position.
NDIL14TR00682AB 26
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 50
Main lift system - Service instruction

Following improvements have been made in the hy-
draulic cylinder area to prevent oil leakage from the
cylinder cover plate mounting joint.
1. Replace the O–ring and back–up ring by new square
seal.
NDIL14TR00960AA 1
2. Replace the cylinder cover plate mounting screws (Qty

4) of 8.8 grade with new 10.9 grade screws (1).
NDIL14TR00961AB 2
3. Use LOCTITE® 243™ on threads of these screws while

tightening. Use lock washers (2) with the mounting
screws. In case if unable to fit lock washer for the screw
towards hydraulic distributor at the bottom side (Fig. 3),
the distributor body flange need to be grinded slightly
with a suitable hand grinder to prevent fouling of lock
washer.
4. Tighten the screws to a torque of 13.8 kgm
(99.8 ftlbs.).
NDIL14TR00962AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 51
5. Apply LOCTITE® 518™ on the cylinder cover plate as

shown in figure 4.
NOTE: Note: In case of using Loctite 5188 instead of
LOCTITE® 518™, it is recommended to apply, primer Loc-
tite 7649 on the front plate for faster curing of Loctite 5188.
NDIL14TR00963AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 52
Main lift system - Troubleshooting

Lift fails to operate Governor blocked open Remove foreign particles from drain holes
and inspect filter
Inefficient pump Disassemble and inspect
Erratic upward lift Clogged oil filter Inspect filter and replace cartridge if neces-
movement sary
Air entering suction line Check for faulty connections or seals
Erratic upward lift Oil leakage past spool seals Replace seals
movement
Leakage past spool Remove, check for leakage, clean and re-
place damaged parts. Inspect filter
Check valve leakage Remove, inspect and clean
Leakage past lift piston replace seals. Replace seals
gland or lift cylinder seal
Safety valve leakage or incorrect setting Replace valve
Relief valve blows with Lift arm travel adjustment error Adjust travel
lift arms in max. raised
position
Insufficient or inaccurate Incorrect relief valve setting Replace or adjust
lifting
Incorrect safety setting Replace valve
Poor pump performance Check pump and overhaul or replace
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 53
Index

Main lift system - Adjust – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Main lift system - Assemble – Cross shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Main lift system - Assemble – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Main lift system - Assemble – External controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Main lift system - Assemble – Internal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Main lift system - Disassemble – Cross shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Main lift system - Disassemble – External controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Main lift system - Disassemble – Internal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Main lift system - Disassemble –Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Main lift system - Dynamic description – Internal linkage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Main lift system - Dynamic description –Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Main lift system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Main lift system - Inspect – Distributor (control valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Main lift system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Main lift system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Main lift system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Main lift system - Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Main lift system - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Main lift system - Sectional view - Control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Main lift system - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Main lift system - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Main lift system - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Main lift system - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Main lift system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 54
47899732 23/06/2015
35.5 [35.100] / 55
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Steering
47899732 23/06/2015
41
Contents
Steering - 41
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
47899732 23/06/2015
41
Steering - 41
Steering control - 101
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
TECHNICAL DATA
Steering control
General specification – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General specification – Hydrostatic Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Torque – Hydrostatic Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Special tools – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering control
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Overview – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
Steering control
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Test – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remove – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Install – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Disassemble – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cleaning – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Inspect – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lubricate – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Assemble – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 2
DIAGNOSTIC
Steering control
Troubleshooting – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Troubleshooting – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 3
Steering - Steering control
Steering control - General specification – Mechanical steering

Type Manual re-circulating ball
Make RANE
Reduction ratio 35.0 constant
Steering column angle 61°
Number of balls 81
Ball diameter 74.00 mm (3.02 in)
Inner column bearings Angular contact bearings
Sector shaft bearings Bearing bushes
Oil capacity (approx.) 1050.0 mL (35.5 US fl oz)
Oil type SAE 90 / SAE 140
Oil change period 1200 h
Inner column bearing pre-load 4 to 7 kg cm
Total frictional torque after assembling of sector shaft 6 to 9 kg cm
Steering control - General specification – Hydrostatic Steering

Type Hydrostatic
Make DANFOSS
Hydraulic circuit Independent, separate pump
Oil reservoir Transparent plastic on right-hand side of engine
Oil filter In oil reservoir, gauze
Hydraulic pump
Type Gear
Model C-25
Make HEMA
Drive From engine valve gear
Rotation (seen from rear) Clockwise
Drive ratio 1 to 0.931
Rated speed (at engine governed speed) 2328 RPM
Rated output at maximum rated speed 26.4 L/min (7.0 US gpm)
On-bench output at 1450 RPM 70 102 Kg/cm².
• New or reconditioned pump 15.3 L/min (4 US gpm)
• Used pump 10.7 L/min (3 US gpm)
• Test oil temperature 55 – 65 °C (131 – 149 °F)
• Test oil viscosity SAE 20
Drive/driven gear journal diameter 17.400 – 17.418 mm (0.685 – 0.686 in)
Bearing bore diameter 17.450 – 17.470 mm (0.687 – 0.688 in)
Gear journal clearance in bearing 0.032 – 0.070 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Gear clearance in pump body 0.020 – 0.064 mm (0.001 – 0.003 in)
Bearing width 19.812 mm (0.780 in)
Gear width 18.348 mm (0.722 in)
Pump body width 58.072 – 17.424 mm (2.286 – 0.686 in)
Bearing and gear end clearance in pump body (to be
0.1 – 0.2 mm (0.004 – 0.008 in)
restored on overhaul)
Control valve DANFOSS
With steering column operated rotary valve
Type
(permitting steering also in case of pump failure)
Outfit code
OSPC 1 00
• DANFOSS (with valves in control valve)
Relief valve setting 100 bar (1450 psi)
Power cylinder overload valve setting 200 bar (2900 psi)
Power cylinder:
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 4
Type Double acting, located behind front axle

Make OGNIBENE
Cylinder bore diameter 48 mm (2 in)
Piston rod diameter 22 mm (1 in)
Maximum piston stroke with cylinder make: 214
Steering control - Torque – Mechanical steering

Outer column bolts (C1) M12 X 1.25 50 N·m (37 lb ft)
Cover plate bolts (C2) M8 X 1.25 20 N·m (15 lb ft)
Adjuster screw lock nut (C3) M14 X 1.5 30 N·m (22 lb ft)
Drop arm nut (C4) M30 X 1.5 350 N·m (258 lb ft)
Steering wheel nut (C5) M18 x 1.25 70 N·m (52 lb ft)
Steering assembly mounting bolts (C6) M16 X 1.5 145 N·m (107 lb ft)
NDIL14TR00694FB 1
Steering control - Torque – Hydrostatic Steering

Bolt, control valve support (C1) M16 X 1.5 150 N·m (111 lb ft)
Bolt, control valve to tractor (C2) 3/8"-16 UNC 45 N·m (33 lb ft)
Bolt, cover to control valve (C3) M8 X 1 35 N·m (26 lb ft)
Nut, power cylinder pivot pin (C4) M18 X 1.5 300 N·m (221 lb ft)
Nut, power cylinder piston rod to steering
M16 X 1.5 210 N·m (155 lb ft)
arm (C5)
Nut, piston to rod (C6) M16 X 1.5 100 N·m (74 lb ft)
Bolt, steering pump to engine (C7) M12 X 1.25 8 N·m (6 lb ft)
Nut, cover to pump body (C5) M6 X 1 50 N·m (37 lb ft)
Nut, drive sleeve to pump drive shaft (C5) 7/16"-20 UNF-2B 28 N·m (21 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 5
Steering control - Special tools – Mechanical steering

Description Tool number
Steering wheel puller sleeve 9971375
Hand accelerator dowel remover 9971378
Steering arm puller 9971363
Steering control - Special tools – Hydrostatic steering

Description Tool number
Adopter, power steering pressure check
291318
(includes in the set of hydraulic pressure kit 292870)
Installer, power steering rotor spring 292927
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 6
Steering control - Overview

This is an anti-friction re-circulating ball constant ratio sector type steering gear. A hardened and precision ground
single star worm shaft which forms lower part of the inner column is supported in the steering gear housing by angular
contact bearings assembly at each end. The upper part of the inner column is supported by bearing bush. Adjustment
of the bearing preload on these bearings is achieved by shims between the outer column and steering housing.
The inner column is provided with spline and taper construction for fittment of the steering wheel.
As the steering wheel is turned the inner column rotates and moves the main nut in the axial direction on the inner
column.
The main nut employs two independent ball circuits. The transfer tubes guides the ball at the end of the circuit for
re-entering them to the start of the respective helical path and are positioned that the balls leave and re-enter on a
line tangential to the pitch circle. The transfer tubes re-clamped in place by the retainer.
The rack on one side of the main nut meshes with the taper tooth gear of the sector shaft, so that the sector shaft
rotates during axial movement of the main nut.
The sector shaft teeth are conical and are designed specially to provide true rack and sector action when main nut is
positioned at a slight angle. This construction permits backlash adjustments by shifting sector shaft slightly along its
axis by means of a adjuster screw.
The sector shaft is supported on its longer side by two bushes fitted in the housing. There is a taper spline at the shaft
end to which drop arm is fitted and is retained in position by nut and tab washer.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 7
Steering control - Overview – Hydrostatic steering
NDIL14TR00728FB 1
D1. Control valve P. Hydraulic pump

E. Filter cartridge S. Return to tank
H. Power cylinder T. Reservoir
M. Pump outlet line V. Steering wheel
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 8
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 9
Steering control - Hydraulic schema
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 10
NDIL14TR00959JB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 11
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 12
A. Operation in straight-ahead driving position 11. Cover

B. Right-hand side (Sd) and left-hand side (Ss) 12. Spacer
steer
C. Right-hand side and left-hand side emergency 13, 14. Oil ports
steer (Sed) and (Ses)
d. Operation diagram for straight-ahead driving 15. Rotor inlet passages ( 6 off)
e, f. Operation diagram for two-stage right-hand 16. Connecting port ( 12 off) communicating with
side steering passages ( (15) and (17)) alternatively
E. Filter cartridge 17. Pressure passages (6 off) to power cylinder
communicating with the rotor recesses and
ports ( (18) and (20))
g. Steering system schematics 18. Right-hand side power cylinder chamber
outlet or exhaust ports (6 pairs)
H. Power cylinder 19. Power cylinder exhaust passages ( 6 off)
communicating with ports ( (18) and (20))
M. Pump outlet line 20. Left-hand side power cylinder chamber outlet
or exhaust ports ( 6 off)
P. Hydraulic pump 21. Oil passage from ports (16) to rotor recesses
S. Return to tank 22. Supply ports for passages (15)
T. Reservoir 23. Check valve
V. Steering wheel 24. Relief valve
a. Section through control unit with valve (5) in 25. Washer
neutral
b. Sections through control unit with valve (5) in 26. Oil passage to left-hand side power cylinder
right-hand side steer position (for left-hand chamber
side steer, valve rotation is symmetrical in
opposite direction)
G1, G2. Gap between pin (1) and rotary valve (5) 27. Oil passage to right-hand side cylinder
chamber, piston rod side
r1, r2. Sections through DANFOSS OSPC 100 29. Thrust bearing
control valve
1. Drive pin 31. Seals
2. Sleeve return springs 32. Dust excluder
3. Control valve body 33. Cylinder safety valves
4. Check valve 34. Make-up valves
5. Rotary valve 35. O-rings
6. Valve seat sleeve 36. Valve adjusting screw
7. Rotor drive shaft 37. Plugs
8. Rotor cam ring 38. Valve adjusting screw
9. Rotor
10. Thrust ring
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 13
Steering control - Dynamic description

Hydrostatic steering system is powered (when the engine is running) by steering pump mounted on the front side of
the engine timing gear.
Hydrostatic steering system incorporate a steering pump (1) pressurizes the steering column operated control valve
(2). The pressurized oil from the control valve operates the axle mounted double acting steering cylinder (3).
The control valve is bolted to a bracket mounted on transmission housing and connected to the steering column by
a spindle shaft.
The steering cylinder is fixed at one end to the front axle beam and at the other to an eye on the spindle arm.
The pressure relief value for the system is contained within the steering control valve itself.
Operation
Oil is drawn from the reservoir (4) and into the pump through a filter (3), pressurized by the rotation of the gears and
expelled through the pump outlet port to the steering control valve. The pressurized oil when received at the control
valve is directed to the steering actuating cylinder when the steering wheel is turned.
The control valve incorporates a metering unit which regulates the volume of oil supplied to the cylinder so that it is
proportional to the angular movement of the steering wheel. The metering unit in combination with the check value
also allows the steering to be operated manually without pressurised oil being supplied from the pump.
The system is fully hydrostatic and as such there is no mechanical connection between the steering column and the
steering wheels.
Straight - ahead driving ( A, a, d)

With steering wheel (V) stationary, rotary valve (5) takes neutral position relative to sleeve (6). This position is main-
tained through the action of springs (2), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section A-A) and
the following conditions exist:
• Pin (1), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section B-B) is central in the valve (5) aperture.
• Ports (13) and (14) are in alignment (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section C-C) and the
oil pressure from pump (P) is returned to tank.
• Passages (15), (17) and (19) on the valve (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) sections D-D
and E-E) are off register relative to ports (16), (18) and (20) on the sleeve (i.e. all ports in communication with the
power cylinder remain closed).
Right-hand side steer ( B, Sd, b, e, f)

Upon turning steering wheel (V) clockwise, springs (2), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) sec-
tion A-A) deflect allowing valve (5) to rotate relative to sleeve (6) until gap (G),(refer to Steering control - Hydraulic
schema (41.101) section B-B) is taken up.
Thus:
• Ports (13) and (14), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section C-C) go out of alignment to
discontinue oil return.
• Six passages (15), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section D-D) line up with an equal
number of ports (16) connected instant by instant with the rotor recesses during the inlet phase.
• Six pressure passages (17), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section E-E) line up with ports
(18) communicating with the power cylinder. Moreover, the oil pressure passages communicate with the remaining
ports (16), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section D-D) connected instant by instant with
the rotor recesses during the actuation phase.
• Six exhaust passages (19) line up with ports (20), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section
E-E) communicating with the power cylinder.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 14
Once the gap (G) is eliminated valve (5) positively transmits steering wheel input to both sleeve (6) and rotor (9)
through pin (1) and shaft (7). Diagrams (e and f) show the principle of operation at start of right-hand side steer and
after a certain amount of wheel rotation.
The flow of oil pressure from pump to rotor during inlet, and from rotor to power cylinder line during the power actuation
phase, is provided instant by instant.
Left-hand side steer ( B, Ss)

Upon turning the steering wheel anti-clockwise, a reversal of the above sequence is obtained and delivery passages
(17), (refer to Steering control - Hydraulic schema (41.101) section E-E) supply ports (20) to bring about left-hand
side steering.
Emergency hydraulic steer ( C, Sed, Ses)

Steering is possible even in cases of loss of hydraulic pressure. Upon turning the steering wheel, valve (5) takes up
the normal operating position, whilst the rotor functions as a hand pump directing oil pressure to the power cylinder.
Check valve (4) opens, thereby permitting the flow of oil from tank to rotor by-passing the pump. Valve (23) remains
closed preventing leakage in connecting line between pump and control unit.
Power cylinder safety and make-up valves (N2)

As of safety valves open (33), pressure created by piston (H) is exhausted in one cylinder chamber under the action
of strong external stress on wheels. Simultaneously, vacuum in the opposite chamber is compensated by oil flow
through the opening of the associated make up valve (34). Pressure in one cylinder chamber deriving from small
external stress which are not sufficient to open cylinder safety valve, is exhausted through normal leakage past control
valve (D), while vacuum in the opposite chamber is compensated through make-up (34), as shown in detail N2, for
DANFOSS OSPC 100 control valve.
Operation of the above valves eliminates continuous steering wheel correction and prevents front wheel shimmy,
hydraulic circuit failure and damage to the steering linkage.
NDIL14TR00730FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 15
Steering control - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
sulate.
NDIL14TR00698AB 1
2. Remove the nut (1).
NDIL14TR00699AB 2
3. Remove the steering wheel using special tool number

82834312 and 9971375.
NDIL14TR00700AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 16
4. Remove the electrical couplers (1) for rear lamps,

flasher unit, fuse box etc.
NDIL14TR00702AB 4
5. Disconnect electric connections to fenders below rear

hood.
NDIL14TR00703AA 5
6. Disconnect Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) meter cable

connection (1) to instrument panel, by opening instru-
ment panel from rear hood.
NDIL14TR00704AB 6
7. Loosen the rear hood securing bolts (1) on both sides

and (2) on steering column and remove rear hood care-
fully from tractor (keeping it parallel to the steering col-
umn).
NDIL14TR00705AB 7
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 17
8. Disconnect diesel over flow hose pipe (1) and fuel

sender electric connections (2).
9. Remove nut (3) and dismantle fuel tank strap from
steering column journal.
10. Remove hand accelerator cable.
NDIL14TR00706AB 8
11. Close diesel tap (1) and disconnect hose (2) between
diesel tank and feed pump.
12. Remove fuel tank from the tractor.
NOTE: It is advisable to drain diesel from fuel tank if tank
is more than half filled.
NDIL14TR00707AB 9
13. Remove drop arm nut (1).
NDIL14TR00708AB 10
14. Remove drop arm from steering roller shaft using spe-
cial tool number 9971363.
NOTE: Before removing the drop arm from steering roller
shaft, note the position of the drop arm relative to the shaft.
This is normally shown by marking line on the arm and on
the end face of the steering roller shaft. If this mark is not
provided make a mark on drop arm and end face of the
shaft before removing. This is required to mount back the
drop arm in original position relative to the shaft.
NDIL14TR00709AA 11
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 18
15. Remove the bolts (1) securing steering assembly on

clutch housing.
16. Remove the steering assembly from clutch housing.
NDIL14TR00710AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 19
Steering control - Install

Installation of steering assembly is the reverse of the re-
moval procedure, refer to Steering control - Remove
(41.101), but observe the following:
1. Drop arm should be fitted on the steering roller shaft so
that the marking lines are correspond to each other.
2. The splined section and the thread on the shaft should
be well lubricated with lubricating oil before pushing
arm on the splines.
3. If the position of the drop arm is not marked the follow-
ing method should be used.
The steering gears should be turned exactly to the mid-
dle position. The front wheels should also be brought NDIL14TR00711AB 1
as close as possible to the straight-ahead position. The
drop arm can then be placed in the required position on
the steering roller shaft. Special care should be taken
at this time that neither the position of the steering nor
the front wheels is altered. Small discrepancies can be
balanced out by adjusting the length of the track rod.
4. It should be finally checked whether on full lock to left
and right. The stop takes place on the relevant axle
stop (1). Under no circumstance may the stop be in
the steering gear as otherwise there is danger of grave
mechanical breakage.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 20
Steering control - Disassemble

1. Remove steering assembly from tractor as described
earlier.
2. Remove oil drain plug (1) and drain oil by tilting steering
assembly.
NDIL14TR00712AB 1
3. Rotate the inner column and keep the gear in mid gear
position.
4. Loosen the adjuster screw locknut (1), remove the four
bolts (2) which retains the side cover.
NDIL14TR00713AB 2
5. Withdraw the cover plate with rocker shaft by gently

tapping the end of the shaft with a mallet.
NDIL14TR00714AA 3
6. Loosen the adjusting lock nut further and remove cover

plate from sector shaft.
NDIL14TR00715AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 21
7. Remove the four bolts (1) which retains the outer col-
umn with housing.
NDIL14TR00716AB 5
8. Withdraw the outer column (1) assembly along with top

bearing cage assembly, retrieve the shims (2).
NDIL14TR00717AB 6
9. Take out the bottom bearing cage from the housing.
NDIL14TR00718AB 7
10. Remove the inner column assembly (1) from the steer-
ing housing.
NDIL14TR00719AB 8
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 22
11. Remove the bearing races (1) from the inner column
with a suitable extractor.
NDIL14TR00720AB 9
12. Screw out the transfer tube retainer clamp screws

from the main nut.
NDIL14TR00721AA 10
13. Remove the transfer tubes (1) from the main unit.
NDIL14TR00722AB 11
14. Dislodge main nut ball by rotating the main nut (1) on
either direction. Collect the main nut balls (81 Nos).
15. After dislodging all the main nut balls, remove the
main nut from the inner column.
NDIL14TR00723AB 12
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 23
16. Remove the oil seal (1) from the housing by carefully
levering at diametrically opposite points.
NDIL14TR00724AB 13
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 24
Steering control - Inspect

1. In the interest of safety and reliability all steering gear
components must be in good condition and if there is
any damage to components is noticed, it should not be
rectified, rather to be replaced.
2. Wash all parts prior to inspection. Inspection, repair
and assembly of steering parts must not be attempted
in dirty surroundings. Parts must be kept absolutely
clean.
3. Examine the steel balls, bearing tracks of main nut and
inner column for undue wear and pitting, If damage to
anyone of the either component in the form of pitting
or grooving is evident , the inner column and main nut
assembly must be renewed as a set.
4. Check for wear on the rack teeth portion of the main
nut.
5. Check for damages on the serration and threads of the
inner column. If any damage is observed, check serra-
tion of the corresponding mating serration of the steer-
ing wheel also for damages.
6. Check sector shaft for wear and damages at gear teeth,
spline and threads.
7. Check adjuster screw visually for any bend and threads
for damage and replace if necessary.
8. Check for axial play of the adjuster screw in the sector
shaft ‘T’ slot. In case of excess play replace the spacer.
9. Examine the bearing and races for wear, pitting,
cracked, deformed cages. If evidence of the above are
found the bearing must be renewed. It is advisable to
replace both worm bearing together when renewal is
required.
10. Check fit of the sector shaft in the housing bush. If
a slack fit is apparent, replace both the bushes in the
housing.
11. Check fit of inner column upper bearing area in the
outer column bush. If a slack fit is apparent the rubber
sleeve in the outer column assembly should be driven
out and the bush to be replaced.
12. Check the transfer tube for any damages or wear es-
pecially at the tip and ball entry points.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 25
Steering control - Assemble

1. Clean all components before assembly. Care to be
taken to clean the shimming face of the housing and
outer column and cover plate seating area.
2. Insert the main nut in to the inner column and align the
nut and worm tracks. Ensure that the ball circuit with
shorter pitch towards top.
3. Fit the top and bottom inner race on the inner column
4. Count serial numbers of 9/32” dia steel balls and insert
23 number in the shorter pitch circuit and 38 numbers
in the longer pitch circuit. The remaining 20 numbers
are to be placed in the two sets of transfer tube (10
numbers. in each sets) with sufficient grease to keep
them in position.
5. Ensure that the balls are assembled properly in the right
track. The track from the end of the top circuit to the
beginning of bottom circuit is called as “ no ball zone”
and are should be taken to see that the balls does not
slips in to this zone. Any balls present in this zone
will damage the transfer tube leading to failure of the
steering mechanism.
6. Insert the transfer tubes in to position in the main nut,
Keep the transfer tube retainer in position over the
transfer tubes and secure with screw and washers.
Check for free movement of the main nut on the worm
shaft.
7. Press the bottom bearing outer race in to position in the
housing and place bearing cage over it.
8. Press the top bearing outer race in to position in the
outer column.
9. Insert the inner column assembly in to the box and
place the top cage over the inner race.
10. Fit the outer column in to the housing without shims
and tighten the bolts to finger tight. Ensure proper
seating of the bearings and faces in position.
11. Measure the gap between the housing face and outer
column with a feeler gauge to determine the shim pack
thickness. Deduct 0.002" from the determined thick-
ness.
12. Remove the outer column bolts and take out the outer
column assembly.
13. Apply an uniform coat of Anabond 666 on the housing
and outer column face.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 26
14. Assemble the outer column assembly in to the hous-

ing by placing shims between the housing face and
outer column. Tighten the outer column bolts to
50 N·m (37 lb ft) after applying a thin cotting of hold
tight on bolts.
15. Ensure smooth rotation of the inner column with out
axial movement. Adjust the shims if necessary to get
smooth rotation.
16. Insert the spacer in to the adjuster and fit to the T-slot
of the sector shaft. Check for axial play of the adjuster
screw. If play exists, replace the spacer with thick one.
Adjuster screw should not be jammed and should be
free to rotate by hand.
17. Set the steering in the mid gear position.
18. Insert the spacer in the correct position, so that cen-
tre teeth of the sector shaft engages with the middle
portion of the main nut rack.
19. Apply a uniform coat of Anabond 666 on the housing
and assemble the cover plate in to the housing by
engaging adjuster screw thread provided in the cover
plate.
20. Draw out the sector shaft adjuster screw fully.
21. Provide a thin coating of hold tite on bolts and tighten
the cover plate to 20 N·m (15 lb ft).
22. Drive in the adjuster screw until the required pre-load
of 60-90 Kg cm is achieved and tighten the adjuster
screw lock nut. Ensure that the adjustment is done in
the mid gear position only.
23. Drive new seals in position in to the sector shaft side
of the housing.
24. Fit the dust sleeve and fix the drop arm by matching
the mark already made.
25. Place the tab washer and tighten the lock nut to
350 N·m (258 lb ft) and fold the tab washer.
26. Fill the steering gear assembly with specified grade of
oil and check for smooth operation.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 27
Steering control - Adjust

Provision is made in the design for adjustments, so that
there is no back lash in the Straight-Ahead Position
(SAP). But back lash will apparent away from the SAP
and will be increasing towards the steering locks.
If there is excess free play on the steering wheel at SAP,
check and adjust the back lash as per procedure given
below.
1. Rock the steering wheel and look for visual lift in the
ball joints. If lift is in excess, the ball joint requires
replacement.
2. Keep the vehicle in SAP. It is most important to ensure
this, since the sector shaft is machined to give more
back lash at the extremity of each lock. Therefore if
back lash adjustment is carried out at any position other
than at SAP severe binding would occur at SAP.
3. Disconnect the drag link from drop arm.
4. Check the drop arm small end for any lash by rocking
in the direction of movement.
5. Loosen the adjuster screw lock nut and screw in the
adjuster screw until the play in the drop arm just stops.
6. Tighten the adjuster screw lock nut.
7. Pull the drag link.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 28
Steering control - Test – Hydrostatic steering

When the hydrostatic steering system is in operation,
the pressure of oil supplied by the steering pump, to
the steering motor, can rise towards the maximum set-
ting of the steering motor relief valve, which is 120 bar
(1740 psi) depending on tractor model.
Steering pump
There is no relief valve in the steering / low pressure
pump. The following practical test will determine if
steering pump output is sufficient to allow satisfactory
operation of the steering system.
Steering test
1. Set engine speed to 1000 RPM.
2. Turn steering quickly from lock to lock. If steering is
operating correctly the reaction of the steering should
be immediate with no time delay between turning the
steering wheel and movement of the wheels. At full
lock the relief valve in the steering motor should be
heard to blow and the engine speed should drop to
approximately 970 RPM.
NDIL14TR00725AA 1
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 29
Steering control - Remove – Steering motor

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your
hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this
manual, including protective goggles, gloves,
and safety footwear.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0208A
2. To gain access to the steering motor:

• Remove tractor rear hood
• Remove fuel tank
3. Disconnect the four supply / return tubes and O-ring
seals from the steering motor and cap the ends of the
tubes and steering motor to prevent entry of foreign
particles.
T. To tank
P. From pump
L. Left port
R. Right port
NDIL14TR00731AB 1
4. Remove the four bolts (1) at the base of the steering

column and slide out the steering motor from the steer-
ing column.
NDIL14TR00732AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 30
Steering control - Install – Steering motor

Reinstall the steering motor following the removal pro-
cedure in reverse. Refer to Steering control - Remove
– Steering motor (41.101).
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 31
Steering control - Disassemble – Steering motor

1. Hold the steering securely in a vice.
2. Remove the end cover bolts (6 plus one special screw).
NDIL14TR00733AA 1
3. Remove the end cover, sideways.
NDIL14TR00734AA 2
4. Lift the gear wheel set (with spacer fitted) off the unit.
Take out the two O-rings.
NDIL14TR00735AA 3
5. Remove cardan shaft.
NDIL14TR00736AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 32
6. Remove distributor plate.
NDIL14TR00737AA 5
7. Screw out the threaded bush over the check valve.
NDIL14TR00738AA 6
8. Remove O-ring.
NDIL14TR00739AA 7
9. Shake out the check valve ball and suction valve pins
and balls.
NOTE: Replace pins prior to the reassembly.
NDIL14TR00740AA 8
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 33
10. Take care to keep the cross pin in the sleeve and spool
horizontal. The pin can be seen through the open end
of the spool. Press the spool inwards and the sleeve,
ring, bearing races and needle bearing will be pushed
out of the housing together.
NDIL14TR00741AA 9
11. Take ring, bearing races and needle bearing from

sleeve and spool. The outer (thin) bearing race can
sometimes “stick” in the housing, therefore check that
it has come out.
NDIL14TR00742AA 10
12. Press out the cross pin. Use the special screw from
the end cover.
NDIL14TR00743AA 11
NOTE: A small mark has been made with pumice stone on

both spool and sleeve close to one of the slots for the neu-
tral position springs (see Fig. 12) If the mark is not visible,
remember to leave a mark of your own on sleeve and spool
before the neutral position springs are dismantled.
NDIL14TR00744AA 12
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 34
13. Carefully press the spool out of the sleeve.
NDIL14TR00745AA 13
14. Press the neutral position springs out of their slots in

the spool.
NDIL14TR00746AA 14
15. Remove dust seal and O-ring / kin-ring / roto glyd.
NDIL14TR00747AA 15
16. The steering unit OSPB is now completely dismantled.
NDIL14TR00748AA 16
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 35
Steering control - Cleaning – Steering motor

Clean all parts carefully in Shellsoi K or the like.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 36
Steering control - Inspect – Steering motor

Replace all seals and washers. Check all parts carefully
and make any replacements necessary.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 37
Steering control - Lubricate – Steering motor

Before assembly, lubricate all parts with hydraulic oil.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 38
Steering control - Assemble – Steering motor

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Place the two flat neutral position springs in the slot.

Place the curved springs between the flat ones and
press them into the place.
NDIL14TR00749AA 1
2. Line up the spring set.
NDIL14TR00750AA 2
3. Guide the spool into the sleeve. Make sure that spool
and sleeve are placed correctly in relation to each other.
NDIL14TR00751AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 39
4. Assemble spool and sleeve.
NDIL14TR00752AA 4
NOTE: When assembling spool and sleeve, only two pos-

sible ways of positioning the spring slots are correct.
There are three slots in the spool and three holes in the
sleeve in the end of the spool/ sleeve, opposite to the end
with speing slots. Place the slots and holes opposite each
other so that parts of the holes in the sleeve are visible
through the slots in the spool.
NDIL14TR00753AA 5
5. Press the springs together and push the neutral posi-

tion springs into place in the sleeve.
NDIL14TR00754AA 6
6. Line up the springs and centre them.
NDIL14TR00755AA 7
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 40
7. Guide the ring down over the sleeve.

NOTE: The ring should be able to move - free of the
springs.
NDIL14TR00756AA 8
8. Fit the cross pin into the spool / sleeve.
NDIL14TR00757AA 9
9. Fit bearing races and needle bearing as shown on be-

low drawing.
NDIL14TR00758AA 10
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 41
Assembly pattern for standard bearing

1. Outer bearing race
2. Needle bearing
3. Inner bearing race
4. Spool
5. Sleeve
* The inside chamfer on the inner bearing race
must face the inner spool
NDIL14TR00759FB 11
Installation of O-ring
1. Turn the steering unit until the bore is horizontal in po-
sition. Guide the outer part of the assembly tool into
the bore for the spool / sleeve.
NDIL14TR00760AA 12
2. Grease O-ring and king ring / roto glyd with hydraulic

oil and place them on the tool.
NDIL14TR00761AA 13
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 42
3. Hold the outer part of the assembly tool in the bottom

of the steering unit housing and guide the inner part of
the tool right to the bottom.
NDIL14TR00762AA 14
4. Press and turn the O-ring / kin-ring into position in the

housing.
NDIL14TR00763AA 15
5. Draw the inner and outer parts of the assembly tool

out of the steering unit bore, leaving the guide from the
inner part in the bore.
NDIL14TR00764AA 16
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 43
Installation of lip seal
WARNING
hands or fingers.
1. Lubricate the lip seal with hydraulic oil and place it on
the assembly tool.
NDIL14TR00765AA 17
2. Guide the assembly tool right to the bottom.
NDIL14TR00766AA 18
3. Press and turn the lip seal into place in the housing.
NDIL14TR00767AA 19
4. With a light turning movement, guide the spool and

sleeve into the bore.
NOTE: Fit the spool set holding the cross pin horizontal.
NDIL14TR00768AA 20
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 44
5. The spool set will push out the assembly tool guide.
The O-ring and kin ring / roto glyd are now in position.
NDIL14TR00769AA 21
6. Turn the steering unit until the bore is vertical again.

Put the check valve ball into the hole indicated by the
arrow.
NDIL14TR00770AA 22
7. Screw the threaded bush lightly into the check valve

bore. the top of the bush must lie just below the surface
of the housing.
NDIL14TR00771AA 23
8. Place a ball in the two holes (1).
NDIL14TR00772AB 24
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 45
9. Place a new pin in the same two holes.
NDIL14TR00779AA 25
10. Grease the O-ring with mineral oil approximate viscos-

ity 500.00 mm² (0.78 in²)/s at 20 °C (68 °F).
NDIL14TR00773AA 26
11. Place the distributor plate so that the channel holes

match the holes in the housing.
NDIL14TR00774AA 27
12. Guide the cardan shaft down into the bore so that the
slot is parallel with the connection flange.
NDIL14TR00775AA 28
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 46
13. Place the cardan shaft as shown so that it is held in

position by mounting fork.
NDIL14TR00776AA 29
14. Grease the O-ring with mineral oil approximate viscos-

ity 500.00 mm² (0.78 in²)/s at 20 °C (68 °F) and place
them in the two grooves in the gear rim. Fit the gear-
wheel and rim on the cardan shaft.
NDIL14TR00777AA 30
NOTE: Fit the gearwheel (rotor ) and cardon shaft so that a

tooth base in the rotor is positioned in relation to the shaft
slot as shown. Turn the gear rim so that the seven through
holes match the holes in the housing.
NDIL14TR00778AA 31
15. Fit the spacer, if any.
NDIL14TR00780AA 32
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 47
16. Place the end cover in position.
NDIL14TR00781AA 33
17. Fit the special screw with washer and place it in the
hole (1).
NDIL14TR00782AB 34
18. Fit the six screws with washers and insert them.
Cross-tighten all the screws and the rolled pin with a
torque of 2.4 – 3.6 daN (5.4 – 8.1 lbf). The steering
motor can now be function tested.
NDIL14TR00783AA 35
19. Fit the dust seal ring in the housing using suitable tool
and a plastic hammer.
NDIL14TR00784AA 36
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 48
20. Press the plastic plugs into the connection ports. Do

not use a hammer.
NDIL14TR00785AA 37
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 49
Steering control - Troubleshooting – Mechanical steering

Wobbling Knuckle joint pin wears off Renew knuckle joint
King pin / spindle bush wear off Renew bushes
Steering play Adjust the play by adding or removing
shims at worm shaft flange.
Wrong wheel alignment Check and correct toe-in
Steering roller shaft loose / play Adjust the play
One side pulling Tire pressure less Check tire pressure and inflate accordingly
Knuckle joint wears off Renew knuckle joint
Wrong wheel alignment Check and correct toe-in
Spindle bush tight Check and renew bushes
Play between arm and spindle Renew the worn-out parts
Wheel bearing play Check bearing pre-loading and adjust
More wear on a tire Renew the wear off tire
Rim run out Change rim
Axle bearing broken / damaged / tight Renew bearings
Hard Steering Oil level / quality Check and replace / top-up
Tire pressure Check and inflate to correct pressure
Grease less Clean and grease
Wheel alignment Check toe-in setting
Spindle seize in bush Renew bush / repair spindle
Excessive wear of tire Retread / change tire
Thrust washers damaged Renew thrust washers
Wrong play setting in steering assembly Check and adjust
Steering control - Troubleshooting – Hydrostatic steering

Steering wheel is heavy No or insufficient oil pressure
to turn a) Pump does not run Start up pump (loose V-belt)
b) Pump defective Repair or replace pump
c) Pump runs in the wrong the direction Correct direction of rotation of pump or re-
d) Pump is worn out place pump
e) Pump is under dimensioned Replace pump
Install a larger pump (examine pressure
need and flow)
Pressure relief valve is stuck in open posi- Repair or clean pressure relief valve. Ad-
tion or setting pressure is too low just the valve to the correct pressure
Priority valve is stuck in open position Repair or clean the priority valve
Too much friction in the mechanical parts of Lubricate bearings and joints of steering
the vehicle gear or repair if necessary. Check steer-
ing column installation
Emergency steering balls missing Install new balls
Combination: Downstream system + steer- Change cylinder type (through going piston
ing unit with suction valve and differential rod). If necessary use two differential cylin-
cylinder are inexpedient ders
Regular adjustments of Leaf spring without spring force or broken Replace leaf springs
the steering wheel are
necessary (“snake-like
driving”)
Spring in double shock valve broken Replace shock valve
Gear wheel set worn Replace gear wheel set
Cylinder seized or piston seals worn Replace defective parts
Neutral position of Steering Column and steering unit out of Align the steering column with steering unit
steering wheel cannot line
be obtained, i.e. there
is a tendency towards
“Motoring”
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 50

Too little or no play between steering col- Adjust the play and, if necessary, shorten
umn and steering unit input shaft the splines journal.
Pinching between inner and outer spools Contact your authorised NEW HOLLAND
“Motoring” effect. The Leaf springs are stuck or broken and have Replace leaf springs
steering wheel can turn therefore reduced spring force
on its own
Inner and outer spools pinch, possible due Clean steering unit or contact your NEW
to dirt HOLLAND dealer
Return pressure in connection with the Reduce return pressure, change cylinder
reaction between differential cylinder and type or use a non-reaction control unit
steering unit too high
Backlash Cardan shaft fork worn or broken Replace cardan shaft
Leaf springs without spring force or broken Replace leaf springs
Worn splines on the steering column Replace steering column
“Shiny”-effect. The Air in the steering cylinder Bleed cylinder. Find and remove the rea-
steered wheels vibrate. son for air collection
(Rough tread on tires
gives vibrations)
Mechanical connections or wheel bearings Replace worn parts
worn
Steering wheel can be Oil is needed in the tank Fill with clean oil and bleed the system
turned the whole time
without the steered
wheels moving
Steering cylinder worn Replace or repair cylinder
Gear wheel set worn Replace gear wheel set
Spacer across cardan shaft forgotten Install spacer
Steering wheel can be One or both anti-cavitation valves are leaky Clean or replace defect or missing valves
turned slowly in one or or are missing in OSPC or OVP/OVR
both directions without
the steered wheels turning
One or both shock valves are leaky or are Clean or replace defective or missing
missing in OS PC or OVP/OVR valves
Steering is too slow and Insufficient oil supply to steering unit, pump Replace pump or increase number of revo-
heavy when trying to turn defective or number of revolutions too low lutions
quickly
Relief valve setting too low Adjust valve to correct setting
Relief valve sticking owing to dirt Clean the valve
Spool in priority valve sticking owing to dirt Clean the valve, check that spool moves
easily without spring
Too weak spring in priority valve Replace spring by a stronger (There are 3
sizes: 4 bar (58 psi), 7 bar (102 psi) and
10 bar (145 psi)
“Kick-back” in steering Fault in the system Contact your authorised NEW HOLLAND
wheel from system. Kicks
from wheels
Heavy kick-back in Wrong setting of cardan shaft and gear Correct setting as shown in service manual
steering wheel in both wheel set
directions
Turning the steering Hydraulic hoses for the steering cylinders Reverse the hoses
wheel activates the have been switched around
steered wheels opposite
Hard point when starting Spring force in priority valve too weak Replace spring by a stronger one ( 4 bar
to turn the steering wheel (58 psi) , 7 bar (102 psi) and 10 bar
(145 psi))
Air in LS and /or PP pipes Bleed LS and PP pipes
Clogged orifices in LS or PP side priority Clean orifices in spool and in connecting
valve plugs for LS and PP
Oil is too thick (cold) Let motor run until oil is warm
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 51

Too little steering force Pump pressure too low Correct pump pressure
(possibly to one side only)
Too little steering cylinder Fit a larger cylinder
Piston rod area of the differential cylinder Fit cylinder with thinner piston rod or 2 dif-
too large compared with piston diameter ferential cylinders
Leakage at either Shaft defective Replace shaft seal
input shaft, end cover,
gear-wheel set, housing
or top part
Screws loose Tighten screws Torque 3-3, t daNm or
steering unit (2, 5-3 daNm)
Washers or O-rings defective Replace washers and O-rings
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 52
Index
Steering - 41

Steering control - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Steering control - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Steering control - Assemble – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Steering control - Cleaning – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Steering control - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Steering control - Disassemble – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Steering control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steering control - General specification – Hydrostatic Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering control - General specification – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering control - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Steering control - Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Steering control - Inspect – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Steering control - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering control - Install – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steering control - Lubricate – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Steering control - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Steering control - Overview – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Steering control - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steering control - Remove – Steering motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Steering control - Special tools – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering control - Special tools – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering control - Test – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Steering control - Torque – Hydrostatic Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering control - Torque – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering control - Troubleshooting – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Steering control - Troubleshooting – Mechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 53
47899732 23/06/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 54
Steering - 41
Hydraulic control components - 200
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
SERVICE
Steering circuit relief valve

Adjust – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adjust – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 2
Steering - Hydraulic control components
Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust – Hydrostatic steering

Steering relief valve pressure test
NOTICE: There is no relief valve in steering pump and the
following pressure test must only be performed as speci-
fied below. Failure to observe this precaution may result in
severe damage to the hydraulic pump.
1. Turn steering onto full left-hand side lock.
2. Disconnect left-hand side turn feed hose at steering
cylinder.
3. Install power steering pressure checking kit. (special
tool number 292870 with adapter 271318). As shown
in Fig. 1.
4. Start tractor and set engine speed to 1450 RPM. Turn
NDIL14TR00726AB 1
steering wheel to the left with a pull of approximately
22 N (5 lb) and observe the pressure reading.
NOTE: The use of a force greater than 22 N (5 lb) at the rim
of the steering wheel may lead to slightly inaccurate read-
ings due to the pumping action of the hydrostatic steering
motor.
If the steering test was satisfactory but pressure read-
ings are away from specification the relief valve in the
steering motor must be adjusted.
The pressure reading should be 110 – 125 bar (1595 –
1812 psi).
5. If the system pressure is not to specification proceed to
relief valve adjustment.
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 3
Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust – Hydrostatic steering

Relief valve adjustment
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is
necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering
bracket, to gain access to the hexagon headed adjusting
screw.
1. Disconnect the steering motor from the steering
bracket and remove from the tractor.
2. Fabricate suitable test hose to connect pump pipeline
to steering motor. Connect locally procured ‘T’ joint be-
tween test hose and steering motor and install pressure
gauge as shown in the Fig. 1.
3. Block the plug connections to steering cylinder with
suitable blanking cap.
4. Connect the return hose normally. If required connect
with extra hose and suitable adopter.
5. Start the engine and idle between 1450 – 1500 RPM.
Run the tractor until the transmission oil reaches nor-
mal working temperature.
6. With the engine running, turn the steering motor shaft
to obtain full lock. The pressure gauge reading should
read 120 bar (1740 psi).
7. If the pressure readings are not correct, reset the ad-
juster (11), using an 8.000 mm (0.315 in) hexagon key.
NDIL14TR00727FB 1
1. Plug 7. Pressure gauge 0-5000 lbf.in2

2. Steering shaft 8. Swivel running Tee
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 4
3. Relief valve 9. Blanking cap

4. Fabricated steering motor output hose 10. Spring
5. Tractor tubes to steering cylinder 11. Adjuster
6. Fabricated hose for pump supply to steering motor
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 5
Index
Steering - 41

Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering circuit relief valve - Adjust – Hydrostatic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
41.2 [41.200] / 6
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering cylinder
Component identification – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Steering cylinder
Remove – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overhaul – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 2
Steering - Cylinders
Steering cylinder - Component identification – 2WD
NDIL14TR00786GA 1
1. Nut 5. Cylinder mounting bracket

2. Washer 6. Spacer
3. Nut 7. Bolt
4. Washer
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 3
Steering cylinder - Remove – 2WD

1. Stand the tractor on a hard level surface and position
the front wheel in the straight ahead position.
2. Disconnect flexible pipes, cap the open pipe ends and
remove hose clamps.
3. Remove the nut securing the cylinder rod ball joint
to the steering arm and separate the joint, refer to
Steering cylinder - Component identification –
2WD (41.216) Figure 1.
NOTE: Position of flexible pipes and orientation of connec-
tors must be the same upon re-assembly.
4. Remove the nut (3) securing the steering cylinder on
front axle beam.
5. Remove the steering cylinder from the tractor and re-
trieve washer (4), spacer (6) and bolt (pivot pin) (7).
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 4
Steering cylinder - Install – 2WD

Installation is the reversal of the removal procedure.
Refer to Steering cylinder - Remove – 2WD (41.216).
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 5
Steering cylinder - Overhaul – 2WD
NDIL14TR00787FA 1
1. Cylinder 5. Cylinder rod

2. Wiper seal 6. Gland and seal assembly
3. Retaining ring 7. Piston
4. Gland nut 8. Nut
1. Using appropriate ‘C’ spanner, unscrew and remove

the gland nut (4).
2. Using a punch, push the steering cylinder gland into the
cylinder and remove the wire locking ring (3).
3. Pull the rod (5) and gland assembly (6) from the cylin-
der.
4. Remove the nut from the cylinder rod and disassemble
to replace seals.
NDIL14TR00788AA 2
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 6
5. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.

6. Reassemble the cylinder in the reverse to disassembly,
lubricating all components as assembled. Replace all
seals supplied in the service seal kit.
NOTE: The seal located in the centre of the gland is re-
placeable.
NDIL14TR00789AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 7
Index
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
Steering cylinder - Component identification – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder - Install – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering cylinder - Overhaul – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Steering cylinder - Remove – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 8
47899732 23/06/2015
41.3 [41.216] / 9
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Wheels
47899732 23/06/2015
44
Contents
Wheels - 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
47899732 23/06/2015
44
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
47899732 23/06/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
SERVICE
Front wheels
Test – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Check – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 2
Wheels - Front wheels
Front wheels - Test – 2WD

Wheel camber test
Check the front wheel camber considering that when
the tractor moves along a straight line, wheels should
be tilted by 2° relative to the ground, corresponding to a
difference (“X”) of approximately 15.0 mm (0.6 in) be-
tween the rim edges.
NDIL14TR00822AB 1
Front wheel toe-in test

When the tractor moves along a straight line, wheels
should be parallel to the tractor centre line or slightly
toe-in until a max. of 0.50 mm (0.02 in), measured be-
tween the rim edges.
Check the correct toe-in as follows:
1. Inflate front tires to a pressure of 1.7 bar (25.0 psi).
2. Place the steering wheel at mid-travel, with one spoke
along the tractor centre line.
3. Check if wheels are parallel to the tractor centre line.
4. Measure the distance (B) between the wheel inner rims
at hub height at the front of the wheels.
5. Measure the distance between the wheel inner rims at
hub height at the rear of the wheels. The measurement
taken should be the same as (B) or greater by up to
5.00 mm (0.20 in) max. NDIL14TR00823AB 2
6. If necessary to adjust the front wheel toe-in, proceed

as follows:
• Loosen the clamp (1) on both end of the track control
rod.
• Turn the track control rod (2) in or out to shorten or
lengthen the track control rod until 0.50 mm (0.02 in)
toe-in is achieved.
• Tighten the clamp (1).
NDIL14TR00824AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 3
Wheels - Front wheels
Front wheels - Check – 4WD

When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels
of four-wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the lon-
gitudinal axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe-in
of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of
6.000 mm (0.236 in) as measured at the edges of the
wheel rims.
To check the exact value of the toe-in setting of four-
wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tires to the prescribed pressure.
2. Position the steering at the straight ahead position
(along the longitudinal axis of the tractor).
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Make a chalk mark on the front inside edges of both
wheel rims, at the height of the wheel hub centres.
Measure the distance “1” between the chalk marks.
5. Move the tractor forward to turn both front wheels
through 180°. The chalk marks will now be measure
between the rear inside edges of the wheel rims at the
height of the wheel hub centres. Mow measure the
distance “2” checking that this new measurement is
equal to or greater than the distance “1” by a maximum
or 6.0000 mm (0.2362 in).
The rotation of the wheels through 180° is necessary to
eliminate the effect of wear, misalignment or distortion
of the wheel rims on the measurements obtained.
NDIL14TR00437AB 1
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment, remove

nut (2) and pull the track rod end (1) out of its housing.
Slacken off locknut (3) and screw the track rod end (1)
in or out to increase or decrease the distance (2) fig. 2.
Reposition the track rod end (1) in its housing and
re-check alignment as described in points 4 and 5
above.
After having adjusted the alignment to within the
prescribed limits, tighten locknut (3) to a torque of
180.00 N·m (1593.13 lb in) and nut (2) to 100.00 N·m
(885.07 lb in).
NOTE: The self-locking nut (2) must be renewed each time
it is removed or partially unscrewed.
NDIL14TR00438AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 4
Index
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511

Front wheels - Check – 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front wheels - Test – 2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47899732 23/06/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 5
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical systems
47899732 23/06/2015
55
Contents
Electrical systems - 55
[55.000] Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.201] Engine starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
[55.301] Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
[55.404] External lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6
[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.7
47899732 23/06/2015
55
Electrical system - 000
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electrical system
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview – Control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Electrical system
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DIAGNOSTIC
Electrical system
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 2
Electrical systems - Electrical system
Electrical system - Overview

Electrical system and fuses
The electrical system of tractors consists of various wiring
harnesses, lights, switches, battery, alternator, starter and
instrument cluster.
Fuses (1) protect electrical circuits with thin pieces of

wire, which heat up and melt when too much current flows
through them. This opens circuit and protects the wiring
from burning. This can occur in the event of a ‘short
circuit’, or by connecting equipment which demands a
current greater than the circuit, designed to carry. The
fuse is specially designed and in the event of failure, a
new fuse of the same rating should be fitted. NDIL14TR00825AA 1
NOTICE: The fuse should never be repaired or replaced

by a fuse of a higher rating.
If the fuse repeatedly ‘blows’ the cause must be investi-
gated and repaired.
Fuses are arranged in two separate columns. There are
5 fuses in one and two spare fuses in the other.
Rating Circuit
10 A Instrument cluster
15 A Lamps
10 A Horn
10 A Turn signal
10 A Plough lamp
NDIL14TR00826AB 2
Spare fuses
Rating Details
15 A Spare
15 A Spare
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 3
Electrical system - Overview – Control switches
NDIL14TR00836FB 1
1. Left/right indicator switch

2. Horn
3. Hand throttle lever
4. Key start/stop switch
5. Head light switch
6. Hazard warning light switch
Left/right turn switch

This is used to switch on, the left or right turn signal cir-
cuits. It has 3 positions.
1. Right Right turn

2. Centre Off
3. Left Left turn
Hazard light switch

This is used on both left and right turn signal circuits. This
allows to operate as a warning to other road traffic.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 4
Key start switch

A three-position key-start switch is installed. The key-start
switch positions are as follows:
Position 1 Electrical equipment Off

Position 2 Accessories on (head lamp, instrument
cluster, horn and gauges, brake lights, turn
signal)
Position 3 Starter motor engaged
NDIL14TR00837AB 2
Horn switch
A push button switch is used to complete the horn signal
circuit.
Light switch
A turn type switch is used to switch the light circuits. It has
4 positions.
Position 1 Off
Position 2 Parking lights and instrument panel lights.
Position 3 Low beam
Position 4 High beam
NDIL14TR00838AB 3
Neutral start switch

A two position ‘bal plunger type’ switch (1) mounted on
left-hand side of transmission housing, operated by the
high/low range lever.
NDIL14TR00839AB 4
Brake light switch

The brake pedal switch (1) is located below the right foot
board near the foot brake. It is actuated while applying
brake and is indicated by the light provided on the fender.
NDIL14TR00840AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 5
Electrical system - Service instruction

Protecting the electrical systems during charging or welding precautions
To avoid damage to the electrical systems, always ob-
serve the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit
connections, including the battery connections,
when the engine is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to
earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 V nom-
inal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the
battery or use a slave battery to jump charge the
engine.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batter-
ies before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or
on any implement attached to the tractor.
6. Always disconnect the negative cable from the bat-
teries when charging the batteries in the tractor
with a battery charger.
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid.
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Con-
tact with skin and eyes could result in severe
irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof
goggles and protective clothing (gloves and
aprons). Wash hands after handling.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0120A
NOTICE: Failure to disconnect the earth cable connections

at the battery prior to charging the batteries or welding on
the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to
the electrical system.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 6
Electrical system - Test

Electrical circuit failures can all be grouped in to four
types.
1. Open circuit
2. Resistance fault
3. Short circuit
4. Live short circuit
1. Open circuit
This type of failure occurs when a circuit is broken at
any point in that circuit.
Failure mode
Circuit fails to work at all.
Method of testing
First check the simple possible failure cause like fuse,
bulb or bulb contacts.
With the circuit ‘Live’, a multimeter set to volts can be
used to locate and identify the point where the circuit is
broken.
2. Resistance fault
This type of failure occurs when some part of the circuit
becomes corroded or damaged and so restricts the flow
of electricity.
Failure mode
The circuit often works, but fails to perform satisfactorily.
Method of testing
With the circuit ‘live’, connect a multimeter set to volts
across suspected part of the circuit. A bad cable or
connection will show a voltage reading across it. If the
voltmeter shows more than 0.5 V, there is a resistance
fault.
3. Short circuit
This type of failure occurs when a direct connection oc-
curs between the positive and negative parts of the cir-
cuits.
Failure mode
In a fused circuit the fuse will ’blow’ and protect the cir-
cuit. If the circuit is not fused then burning of the wiring
will occur.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 7
Method of testing
With the circuit open, remove the ground connection
from the faulty circuit. (eg. take out the bulb). With
the multimeter set to “Buzz”, connect between the sus-
pected wire and ground, The multimeter will buzz if a
short circuit is present. Check through the faulty wire
until the buzz stops and your have located the fault.
4. Live short circuit

This type of failure occurs when a connection is made
across two positive sides of a circuit.
Failure mode
Several parts of a circuit will try to operate simultane-
ously. Possibly a ‘fuse’ is the current draw required is
greater than the fuse rating.
Method of testing
With the circuit “open” and multi-meter set to “buzz” on
resistance. Correct meter wires across suspected cir-
cuits.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 8
Electrical system - Troubleshooting

NOTE: Whenever effecting a repair, the reason for the cause of problem must be investigated and corrected to avoid
repeat failures.
Several or all lights do not Battery discharged Check battery, charge or renew
illuminate
Loose or defective battery cable connec- Inspect, clean and tighten connections
tions
Loose harness connectors Check and ensure connectors securely
tightened
Fuse burned out Inspect and renew, check circuit before
re-connecting power
Faulty wiring Check lighting circuit, repair or renew
Defective light switch Check and renew
Several light bulbs burned out due to de- Check and renew voltage regulator
fective voltage
Individual lights do not Burned out bulb Check and renew
illuminate
Defective or corroded bulb contacts Inspect, clean or renew
Fuse burned out Inspect and renew, check circuit before
re-connecting power
Loose or broken wires Inspect, secure, repair or renew wiring
Poor ground connection Inspect, dean or tighten ground connec-
tions
Lights bum out repeatedly Loose or corroded wiring connections Inspect, secure, repair or renew wiring
Loose bulb or lamp mounting bracket Inspect, tighten or renew
Faulty voltage regulator Check and renew voltage regulator
Plough light inoperative See, “Individual lights do not illuminate” See “Individual lights do not illuminate”
Flasher lamps do not Fuse blown Inspect and renew, check CIrcuit before
illuminate re-connecting power.
Flasher unit inoperative Check and renew
NOTE: Flasher unit may be bypassed by
interconnecting tenninals. This enables
circuit continuity to be checked.
Flasher switch inoperatIve Check and renew
Defective wiring or connections Inspect circuit, dean and tighten connec-
tions or renew wiring
Individual flasher lamp Burned out bulb Check and renew
does not illuminate
Corroded or loose bulb contacts Inspect, clean, tighten or renew
Poor ground connections or damaged Inspect, clean and tighten connection, re-
wiring pair or renew wiring
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 9
Index

Electrical system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrical system - Overview – Control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electrical system - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical system - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electrical system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
55.1 [55.000] / 10
Harnesses and connectors - 100
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuse and relay box

FUNCTIONAL DATA
Wiring harnesses
Electrical schematic sheet 01 – Centre harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electrical schematic sheet 02 – Front harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical schematic sheet 03 – Rear harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electrical schematic sheet 04 – Instrument cluster circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electrical schematic sheet 05 – Charging and starting circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SERVICE
Wiring harnesses
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 2
Electrical systems - Harnesses and connectors
Fuse and relay box - General specification

Five fuses housed in the fuse box.
Sl.no Protected circuit Ampere
1 Instrument cluster 10 A
2 Lamp 15 A
3 Horn 10 A
4 Turn signal 10 A
5 Plough Lamp 10 A
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 3
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 01 – Centre harness
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 4
NDIL14TR00861JB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 5
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 6
Fuse description
Fuse 1 Headlight low beam Fuse 5 Horn, fuel gauge and engine shut off
Fuse 2 Headlight high beam Fuse 6 Hazard lights
Fuse 3 Brake lamp Fuse 7 Work lamp
Fuse 4 Indicator lights Fuse 8 Parking lights
Key to wiring diagram

1. Connector to front harness 15. Connector to instrument panel
2. Connector to front harness 16. Fuel level sender
3. Connector to front harness 17. Horn switch
4. Alternator warning lamp 18. Connector to rear harness
5. Left indicator warning lamp 19. Start/ignition switch
6. Hour meter gauge 20. Connector to start switch
7. Fuel gauge 21. Connector to safety start switch
8. Panel lights 22. Connector to light switch
9. Tachometer 23. Light switch
10. Main beam indicator warning lamp 24. Hazard light switch
11. Right indicator warning lamp 25. Hazard light connector
12. Oil pressure guage 26. Connector to indicator switch
13. Engine temperature guage 27. Indicator switch
14. Connector to instrument panel 28. Flasher unit
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 7
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 – Front harness
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 8
NDIL14TR00862JB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 9
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 10

1. Right head lamp 9. Temperature sender
2. Right head lamp connector 10. Oil pressure switch
3. Horn 11. Starter solenoid
4. Horn connector 12. Chassis connection
5. Left head lamp 13. Connector to centre harness. Located front of fuel tank
6. Left head lamp connector 14. Connector to centre harness. Located front of fuel tank
7. Battery 15. Connector to centre harness. Located front of fuel tank
8. Alternator
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 11
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 – Rear harness
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 12
NDIL14TR00863JB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 13
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 14

1. Rear right indicator lamp 13. Left front indicator lamp
2. Rear right park lamp 14. Left front park lamp
3. Right brake lamp 15. Connector, located under left foot-plate
4. Connector, located behind lamp housing 16. Connector, located under left foot-plate
5. Work lamp 17. Brake light switch
Connector, located behind rear lamp housing
6. 18. Right front park lamp
assembly
7. Plough lamp switch 19. Right front indicator lamp
8. Left brake lamp 20. Connector, located behind lamp housing
9. Rear brake lamp 21. Connector to front harness
10. Rear left indicator lamp 22. To front harness
11. Connector, located behind lamp housing 23. Safety start switch
12. Connector, located behind lamp housing
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 15
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 – Instrument

cluster circuit
NDIL14TR00864FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 16
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 – Charging and

starting circuit
NDIL14TR00865FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 17
Wiring harnesses - Repair

The following method to repair wiring is a temporary
expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as
possible. Replacement of temporary repaired cables
with new is particularly important if the tractor is to be
used for puddling, spraying etc, as water/chemicals can
enter the repaired area, travel up the cable and damage
electrical components. Do not attempt to repair the wire
on any system sensors as these are sealed and should
only be replaced with a new component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that
only Resin cored solder is used. of other types of solder
may result in further cable damage.
To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
1. Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area.
NDIL14TR00827AA 1
2. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13.00 mm (0.51 in)
of insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
3. Using a suitable solvent, clean about 50.00 mm
(1.97 in) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable
cover and the individual leads.
4. Twist two bare leads together for each damaged lead,
being careful to match wire colors, then solder the leads
using resin cored solder. Tape each repaired lead with
vinyl insulation tape, figure 1.
NDIL14TR00828AA 2
5. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey cable

cover at each end of the repair section. Make a paper
trough, figure 2, then apply silicon rubber compound
(non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up
to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to
fill the ends of the cut away area.
NDIL14TR00829AA 3
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 18
6. Allow the compound to cure, then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 50.00 mm (1.97 in) of
tape at each end is necessary, figure 3.
7. Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the dam-
aged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
NDIL14TR00830AA 4
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 19
Index

Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 01 – Centre harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 – Front harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 – Rear harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 – Instrument cluster circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 – Charging and starting circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Wiring harnesses - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
47899732 23/06/2015
55.2 [55.100] / 20
Engine starting system - 201
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine starting system

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Engine starter
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
DIAGNOSTIC

47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 2
Electrical systems - Engine starting system
Engine starting system - General specification

Make MICO
Voltage rating 12 V
Rated output 2.7 kW (3.7 Hp)
Rotation (viewed from the driver’s end) Clockwise
Number of teeth on pinion 10
No of poles 4
Field winding Electrical excitation
Control Starting switch on vehicle
Operation Pre-engaged direct drive solenoid
Pinion travel 18.0 mm (0.7 in)
Solenoid details
Winding resistance at 20 °C (68 °F)
Pull-in winding 0.24 Ω
Hold-on winding 1.05 Ω
Current consumption at 12 V
Pull-in + hold-on - instantaneous (max.) 60 A
Hold-on - continuous (max.) 12 A
Engine starting system - Torque

Starter motor mounting bolts M12 X 1.5 74.00 N·m (54.58 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 3
Engine starting system - Overview

Tractor is fitted with a 12 V, solenoid operated pre-engaged type starter.
When the key is turned to the start position, an electrical circuit is made, from the key switch, through gearbox mounted
safety start switch to the starter solenoid. The electricity in this circuit energies the solenoid coils and the solenoid
plunger is magnetically attracted into the solenoid core. This movement, transmitted through a mechanical linkage
pulls the drive pinion to mesh with the flywheel ring gear. When the pinion gear is fully meshed with the ring gear the
solenoid plunger reaches the end of its travel and contacts with a switch connecting the battery directly to the starter
motor. This switch directs battery power directly to the starter motor, which causes it to rotate and as a consequence,
the engine is cranked to start.
When the key switch is released, battery power to the solenoid is removed. The solenoid plunger returns to rest
position (aided by the solenoid plunger spring) and the starter pinion is released from the flywheel ring gear, this
also breaks the battery connection. To protect the starter motor from high engine speed, an over run clutch is fitted
between the starter motor and pinion gear.
NDIL14TR00841GB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 4
1. Ignition/starter switch or driving switch 6. Roller-type overrunning clutch

2. Solenoid switch 7. Pinion
3. Return spring 8. Battery
4. Excitation winding series winding 9. Armature
5. Engaging lever
1. Rest position No current to starter, pinion demeshed.

Pull -in and hold-in windings are energized. A pinion tooth meets a gap in
2. Favorable meshing position the ring gear, and the pinion meshes immediately. Shown is starter position
just before main current is switched on.
A pinion tooth meets a ring gear tooth. Engaging lever in end position,
3. Unfavorable meshing position meshing spring compressed, pull-in winding not energized. Main current
flows, armature rotates. Pinion attempts to mesh with ring gear.
Engaging lever in end position, pull-in winding not energized main current
4. End position
flows, pinion is fully meshed. Engine is cranked.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 5
Engine starter - Remove

1. Disconnect battery from electric circuit.
2. Disconnect connections (1), (2) and (3).
3. Loosen the three retaining bolts and remove starter mo-
tor from the tractor.
NOTICE: Starter motor should be serviced and repaired
only by authorised MICO dealer.
NDIL14TR00842AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 6
Engine starter - Install

Installation of starter motor is reversal of removal pro-
cedure. Refer to Engine starter - Remove (55.201).
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 7
Engine starter - Test

NOTICE: Before carrying out any starting system test, en-
sure that the battery is fully charged and in good condition.
Starter solenoid feed voltage test

1. Connect voltmeter between starter solenoid battery ter-
minal and chassis ground.
2. If voltmeter shows less than battery voltage, check bat-
tery connections to solenoid or chassis ground connec-
tions.
NDIL14TR00843AB 1
Solenoid ‘on load’ feed voltage test

1. Connect voltmeter between starter solenoid battery ter-
minal and chassis ground.
2. Crank engine on starter with fuel injection pump fuse
pulled out to prevent engine starting.
3. If during cranking voltmeter shows less than 9.6 V,
check battery, if battery is good, check for poor con-
nections between battery and starter or a fault in starter
motor.
4. If voltage is higher than 11 V and cranking speed is low,
check for fault in starter.
NDIL14TR00844AB 2
Safety start circuit test

1. Connect voltmeter between solenoid safety start con-
nection and chassis ground.
2. Crank engine over on starter.
3. If reading is less than 8.5 V check key switch, safety
start switch and connections.
NDIL14TR00845AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 8
Engine starting system - Troubleshooting

Engine will not crank and Battery discharged Check battery charge or renew
starting solenoid does not
engage
Key start switch safely start switch, sole- Check the circuit and repair or renew faulty
noid inoperative components
Starting circuit open or high resistance Check circuit connections and repair or re-
new faulty wire connections
Engine will not crank but Battery discharged Check battery charge or renew
solenoid engages
Defective starter motor connections or Check, clean and tighten connections
loose battery connections
Starting motor faulty Inspect, repair or renew
Starting motor turns but Defective starter motor drive assembly Inspect and repair / renew
not engages
Defective solenoid or pinion engagements Inspect and repair / renew
levers
Defective flywheel ring gear Inspect and repair / renew
Engine crank slowly Discharged battery Check the battery charge or renew
Excessive resistance in starting circuit Check circuit connections and repair or re-
new faulty wiring
Defective starter motor Inspect and repair / renew
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 9
Index

Engine starter - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine starter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Engine starter - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine starting system - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine starting system - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine starting system - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine starting system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47899732 23/06/2015
55.3 [55.201] / 10
Alternator - 301
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 1
Contents
Alternator - 301
TECHNICAL DATA
Alternator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Alternator
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Alternator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DIAGNOSTIC
Alternator
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 2
Electrical systems - Alternator
Alternator - General specification

Make MICO
Rated voltage 14 V
Rotation (seen from pulley side) Clockwise
Cut-in speed at 12 V and 25.00 °C (77.00 °F) 1050 – 1150 RPM
Output at 14 V across battery after warm-up with fully
23 A
bedded in brushes
Rotor winding resistance between both collector rings
3.4 – 3.8 Ω
20.00 °C (68.00 °F)
Alternator speed on tractor (at engine governed speed) 6000 RPM
Drive ratio 1 to 1.992
Torque requirement for nut securing alternator pulley 41.00 N·m (30.24 lb ft)
Voltage regulator
Type Integral with alternator
Alternator-test speed 4000 RPM
Voltage setting 13.60 – 14.00 V (13.60 – 14.00 V)
Alternator - Torque
Alternator mounting bracket nuts M10 X 1.25 40.00 N·m (29.50 lb ft)
Alternator pivot bolt M10 X 1.5 80.00 N·m (59.00 lb ft)
Belt tension adjusting screw M8 X 1.25 24 N·m (17.7 lb ft)
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 3
Alternator - Overview
The alternator is fitted on the right-hand side of the engine
and driven by the fan belt. The two electrical cables (1)
and (2) connects the alternator to the electrical system.
The small wire (1) is connected from the key start switch
through the battery warning light. The other larger wire
(2) is connected to the battery.
Alternator function
When the key switch is turned on, a 12 V electrical circuit
is made through a 1.4 W bulb, used as the battery warning
light, to the alternator. This circuit illuminates the bulb and
supplies a small electrical current, which partially magne-
tizes the rotor of the alternator. NDIL14TR00846AB 1
When the engine starts and begins to drive the alternator,

electricity will be produced. Once the voltage produced
rises above battery voltage, the circuit through the bat-
tery-warning bulb is disconnected and light extinguished.
As the alternator voltage is now above battery voltage,
electricity starts to flow through the large wire connected
directly to the battery. An in built regulator is used to limit
the maximum voltage to 14 V.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 4
Alternator - Remove
1. Disconnect battery from electric circuit.
2. Disconnect connections (1) and (2).
3. Loosen bolts and remove belt guard (3).
NDIL14TR00847AB 1
4. Slacken and remove the nut and bolt (1) fastening the
alternator to the belt stretcher (2).
5. Move the alternator to reduce belt tension and remove
it from the alternator pulley.
6. Screw out the alternator mounting bolts and remove the
alternator.
NOTICE: Alternator should be serviced and repaired only
by authorised MICO dealer.
NDIL14TR00848AB 2
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 5
Alternator - Install
Installation is reversal of removal procedure. Tighten
the belt to 10.00 – 13.00 mm (0.39 – 0.51 in) deflecion
when moderate finger pressure is applied to the longest
run of the belt.
NDIL14TR00849AB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 6
Alternator - Test
NOTE: Ensure that the battery is at least 75% charged
before commencing alternator test.
Quick test
1. Battery warning light should illuminate when the key
switch is turned to position 2.
If the warning light does not fully illuminate when the
key switch is turned on, check the fuse and bulb. If
the fuse or bulb was not the cause, check the wiring
connections to the alternator.
To do this, disconnect the lead from the alternator ‘D’
terminal. Touch the lead to a good / clean chassis
ground with the ignition switch in position 2.
1. D - Terminal
2. B+ - Terminal
NDIL14TR00850AB 1
Result Possible cause Remedy

Bulb illuminates Alternator faulty Repair or replace alternator
Check fuse, bulb and wiring from key
Bulb doesn't illuminate Faulty circuit
switch to alternator
2. If result from test shows that wiring is satisfactory, but

alternator performance is still doubtful, check alternator
output.
3. To do this, connect a voltmeter between alternator ‘B+’
terminal and chassis ground, leaving all connections
intact.

12.5 V (or battery voltage) System good None
Check fusible link at starter
Less than battery voltage Faulty circuit Check wiring between battery and
alternator
If battery voltage is shown, start the engine.

13.6 – 14.0 V
System good None
Battery warning light extinguished
Engine Revolutions Per Minute Increase engine RPM
Less/more than 13.6 – 14.0 V (RPM) low Repair or replace alternator
Battery warning light illuminated Alternator faulty Check fusible link and wiring to
Faulty circuit battery
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 7
Full test
Check battery condition and alternator belt as previ-
ously described.
Ignition circuit test

Battery warning light should illuminate when the key
switch is turned on.
If the warning light is not fully illuminated, check the bulb
and fuse. If the bulb or fuse is not the cause, check the
wiring connections to the alternator.
1. Disconnect lead from alternator ‘D’ terminal, connect
voltmeter between ‘D’ lead and chassis ground. With
ignition switch on voltmeter should show 12 V.
NDIL14TR00851AB 2
If there is a fault with the ignition or warning light circuit.

2. If meter shows 12 V, test the alternator connection.
With ‘D’ lead connected to alternator terminal, connect
voltmeter between ‘D’ terminal and chassis ground.
With key switch on voltmeter should show between 1.0
– 15.0 V.
If less there may be a height resistance fault in the key
switch / warning light circuit or a fault with the alternator.
If considerably more than 1.5 V, fault is with the alter-
nator.
Repair or replace as required.
NDIL14TR00852AB 3
Alternator output test

Alternator should supply DC current at 13.6 – 14.0 V in
order to charge the battery and power accessories.
1. To test, connect voltmeter between alternator ‘B+’ ter-
minal and chassis ground, leaving wiring intact. With
the engine off, voltmeter should show battery voltage.
If less, there is a fault with the charging circuit.
NDIL14TR00853AB 4
Start the engine with connections as above, increase

engine speed until battery warning light extinguishes.
Voltmeter should show 13.6 – 14.0 V.
If less, then alternator is faulty. If considerably more,
then regulator is faulty.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 8
Alternator Amp. test

Remove lead from alternator terminal (2), connect an
Ampmeter (min 30 A capacity) between B+ terminal (2)
and B+ lead (2).
Ampmeter should show 20 – 23 V initially, gradually re-
ducing as battery is charged.
If alternator output is low, ensure connections between
battery and alternator are good.
If connections are good, but alternator output is low,
repair or replace alternator as required.
NDIL14TR00854AB 5
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 9
Alternator - Troubleshooting
Alternator charging Defective alternator / voltage regulator Check and renew
at high rate (battery
overheating)
No output from the Alternator drive belt broken Tension correctly (renew)
alternator
Loose connection in the charging circuit Check, clean and tighten connections
Defective alternator Check and renew
Intermittent or low Alternator drive belt slipping Check and adjust tension and renew
alternator output
Loose of broken connection in the charging Inspect the circuit tighten the connections
circuit
Defective alternator Check and renew
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 10
Index
Alternator - 301
Alternator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alternator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Alternator - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alternator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Alternator - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alternator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alternator - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 11
47899732 23/06/2015
55.4 [55.301] / 12
Battery - 302
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 1
Contents
Battery - 302
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Battery
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Battery
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DIAGNOSTIC
Battery
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 2
Electrical systems - Battery
Battery - General specification

Type Lead acid
Voltage 12 V
Capacity
88 – 100 A·h
(at 20 h rating)
Location In front of radiator
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 3
Battery - Overview
Description
Tractors feature a 12 V, negative ground, lead acid type battery of 6 cells connected in series.
These cells are assembled in a polypropylene case and covered with a hard plastic top. Each cell contains a group
of positive and negative plates insulated from one another by separator plates. The plates are alternately arranged
in assembly to form an element. When the element is immersed in electrolyte, the voltage created is slightly higher
than 2 V.
The series connection adds the voltage, so producing slightly over 12 V at the battery terminals.
Construction
Battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell consists of one (+ve) and one (-ve) plates and each cell is
separated by porous material all (+ve) plates are welded together to form a (+ve) terminal and similarly a (-ve) terminal
is formed. These plates are submerged in an electrolyte solution i.e. sulfuric acid.
Functions
• To provide a source of current for starting lighting and instruments.
• Helps to control voltage in the electrical system.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 4
Battery - Remove
1. Remove the air pre-cleaner (1).
NDIL14TR00855AB 1
2. To maintain the hood in the raised position, a gas strut

(1) is provided inside the hood.
NDIL14TR00856AB 2
3. Disconnect battery terminals.

NOTICE: Always disconnect the negative cable (1) first.
4. Loosen clamp (2) and remove the battery from the trac-
tor.
NDIL14TR00857AB 3
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 5
Battery - Install
Installation of battery is reversal of removal procedure
(refer to Battery - Remove (55.302)), but observe the
following:
• Clean the battery case and battery terminals and
clamps before installation, by using a solution of
sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water.
NOTICE: Cover vents while cleaning.
• Connect negative terminal last.
• Do not over tighten the battery securing clamp as this
may damage the battery case.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 6
Battery - Test
Condition of the battery could be checked by these dif-
ferent methods
1. Hydrometer test (specific gravity)
2. Voltmeter test
3. Load test (voltmeter whilst cranking)
4. Current drain test
Hydrometer test
The hydrometer test indicates the battery state of
charge by measuring the specific gravity of the elec-
trolyte in the battery cells. Using a hydrometer draw in
enough electrolyte to raise the float in the barrel with
the bulb fully expanded.
NOTE: Do not draw in much electrolyte, as float may get
contact with the top of the barrel.
Read and record the specific gravity of each cell. The
average specific gravity of all cells should be between
1.230 - 1.260. If the average value of all cells is less
than 1.230, recharge the battery.
If the average specific gravity of all cells is above 1.230,
but the variation between cells is more than 0.050, the
battery may be faulty. Recheck after fully charging the
battery.
NDIL14TR00858FB 1
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 7
Voltmeter test
The open circuit voltmeter test indicates the battery
‘state of charge’ by measuring the voltage stored in
the battery. Connect a voltmeter across the battery
terminals and read the voltage.
NOTE: The battery must have been disconnected from any
charge for at least 10 h before checking and the tempera-
ture has to be 25 °C. Due to this restrictions it is not com-
mon to measure battery condition this way.
The table below shows the open circuit voltage and spe-
cific gravity readings relative to the state and charge.
NDIL14TR00859AB 2
Open circuit voltage 25.0 °C

State of charge Specific gravity
(77.0 °F)
100% 12.78 V 1.260 - 1.280
75% 12.53 V 1.230 - 1.250
50% 12.28 V 1.200 - 1.220
25% 12.02 V 1.170 - 1.190
0% 11.71 V 1.100 - 1.130
Load test
NOTICE: The battery must be fully charged before carrying
out a load test.
Never carry out this test on a battery, which is less than
75% charged. Connect a voltmeter across the battery
terminals. Read the battery voltage whilst cranking the
engine for 20 s. Voltmeter should not show less than
9.6 V over the 20 s period.
CAUTION
Pull the fuel shut of knob and hold while cranking to
prevent engine from starting during this process.
If battery does not maintain 9.6 V over 20 s, fully charge
the battery as described in the battery. Make another
load test, as above. if battery again fails to maintain 6
– 9 V replace the battery.
Current drain test

The current drain test is used in a situation where the
battery and charging system test is ok and yet the bat-
tery is continually in a low state of charge. This may
be due to a circuit continually drawing current from the
battery. To identify, disconnect the cable from the bat-
tery negative terminal. Connect the voltmeter between
battery negative port and the battery negative cable.
With all electrical switches turned OFF the voltmeter
should show 0 V. If battery voltage is shown, then a
circuit is drawing current. Remove fuses one by one
until voltage drops to 0 V volts and the faulty circuit is
identified.
If by removing the fuses does not cause the voltmeter
to drop to zero, disconnect the wires from the electrical NDIL14TR00860AB 3
accessories, (alternator etc.) until the voltmeter shows
0 V.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 8
Battery - Charging
• Current : 7.5 A
• Hours for charging : 15 h
CAUTION
When batteries are being charged an explosive gas
mixture forms beneath the cover of each cell. Do not
disconnect live circuits at the terminals of the batteries
on charge, a spark will occur where the live circuit is
broken, which may ignite the gas and cause an explo-
sion.
Similarly do not smoke, use welding/grinding equip-
ment near to batteries on charge.
A slow charge is the only method to fully charge a bat-
tery. A high rate charger can be used to quickly boost
the capacity of a battery, but must be followed by slow
charge to bring the battery to full capacity.
Observe the following when slow charging the battery:
• If the battery is to remain in the tractor, disconnect
the cables at the battery to prevent damage to the
electrical system during charging.
• Thoroughly clean the battery.
• Make sure the electrolyte is at the correct level.
Battery is fully charged when 3 specific gravity readings
taken at 1 h intervals indicate no increase in specific
gravity.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 9
Battery - Service instruction

During scheduled maintenance checks of tractor, the
battery should also be given careful attention. Battery
life can be extended by regularly performing the follow-
ing maintenance procedure.
1. Loosen the battery terminal clamps and disconnect the
cables from the battery. Always disconnect the nega-
tive cable first and reconnect last.
2. Clean the battery case, battery terminals and cable
clamps using a solution of sodium bicarbonate (baking
soda) and water.
NOTICE: Cover vents while cleaning.
3. Heavy corrosion of battery terminals and cable clamps
may be cleaned with a wire brush.
4. Heavy corrosion of battery terminals and cable clamps
may be cleaned with a wire brush.
5. Inspect cable condition and cable connections. Pay
attention to both ends of cables. Remove any corro-
sion and ensure clean contact. Check both negative to
chassis and positive to starter cables.
6. Maintain the electrolyte level midway between plates
and top cover. Add distilled water if necessary. Do not
use well / tap water. Do not top up with acid.
7. Battery securing clamps must be used to keep the bat-
tery secure. Do not over-tighten, as this may damage
the battery case.
8. Ensure vent caps are tightened and wipe down the bat-
tery. Battery should be kept clean and dry.
9. Coat the terminal and cable clamps with petroleum jelly
(vaseline) to prevent corrosion. Do not use grease.
10. Batteries should not be allowed to discharge com-
pletely. If the tractor is to be stored for a period of more
than 2 weeks, the battery should be removed from the
tractor and stored in a dry location on a wooden plat-
form. Trickle charge every 2 to 3 weeks to maintain
the battery in good condition.
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 10
Battery - Troubleshooting
Battery low or discharged Loose or worn out alternator drive belt Check and adjust tension or renew
Defective battery, do not accept or hold Check the condition of the battery or renew
charge
Excessive resistance due to loose charging Check, clean and tighten connections
system connections
Defective voltage regulator / alternator Check and renew
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 11
Index
Battery - 302
Battery - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Battery - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Battery - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Battery - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Battery - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Battery - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47899732 23/06/2015
55.5 [55.302] / 12
External lighting - 404
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Headlight
Work light
Turn signal and/or hazard lights
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 2
Electrical systems - External lighting
Headlight - General specification

Reflector Asymmetric
Bulb (double filament) 60 W/ 55 W ( 12 V)
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 3
Work light - General specification

Plough lamp
Switch Integral
Lens White
Bulb 55 W ( 12 V)
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 4
Turn signal and/or hazard lights - General specification

Fender lights
Front lights (left and right)
Parking light
Lens White
Bulb 21 W ( 12 V)
Turn signal light
Lens Orange
Bulb 21 W ( 12 V)
Rear lights (left and right)
Parking light + license plate light
Red
(Right-hand side only)
Lens
21 W ( 12 V)
Bulb
Turn signal light Orange
Lens
21 W ( 12 V)
Bulb
Stop signal light
Lens Red
Bulb 21 W/ 5 W ( 12 V)
Reflector Integral to stop light lens
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 5
Index

Headlight - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Turn signal and/or hazard lights - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Work light - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47899732 23/06/2015
55.6 [55.404] / 6
Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments - 408
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Instrument cluster
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Instrument cluster
Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DIAGNOSTIC
Instrument cluster
(*) See content for specific models
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 2
Electrical systems - Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments
Instrument cluster - General specification

Lights, signals and accessories
Instruments
Fuel level
Instrument type Gauge
Sender type Variable resistance
Oil pressure
Instrument type Gauge (switch)
Sender rating 1 bar (14 psi)
Water temperature
Sender type Variable resistance
Voltmeter
Sender type Direct
Controls
Fuel stop
Type Solenoid switch
Rating 1.5 ( 12 V, current draw)
Indicator and flasher
Type Solid state
Rating 12 V
Ignition switch
Type 3 Position key
Rating 12 V
Light switch
Type 4 Position key
Rating 12 V
Turn signal switch
Type Left-off-right
Rating 12 V
Brake switch
Type Plunger operated
Rating 12 V
Neutral start switch
Type High/Low gear lever
Rating 12 V
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 3
Instrument cluster - Overview

TT55 Tier3 engine, 2WD tractor APAC --- MEA
TT75 Tier3, 2WD tractor APAC --- MEA
NDIL14TR00831FB 1
Instrument panel consists of the following :
1. Left indicator lights 7. Fuel level gauge

2. Position lights 8. Tachometer
3. High beam indicator light 9. Hour meter
4. Engine oil pressure gauge 10. Water temperature gauge
5. Battery charging Indicator 11. Air cleaner clog light
6. Right indicator lights
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 4
Engine oil pressure gauge

A pressure sensor (1) is installed on left-hand side of en-
gine into the main oil gallery. Change in oil pressure affect
the resistance of this sensor. The gauge then measures
the resultant current in the circuit and indicates it on the
indicator as oil pressure. Below 0.5 bar (7.2 psi), the sen-
sor switch closes fully, the indicator (4), figure 1 will glow.
Battery Charging Indicator

This is used to indicate if the alternator is operating cor-
rectly. A 1.4 W bulb is connected into the key switch alter-
nator circuit. This will illuminate when key switch is turned NDIL14TR00832AB 2
to position 2. It should go off once engine is started and
alternator begins to charge the battery.
Left/right indicator lights

Left and right turn, 1.4 W lamps are mounted in the in-
strument console. These are connected to the left/right
turn indicator circuit and flash whenever the turn signals
are operated. Both the indicator lights flash when hazard
warning switch is used.
High beam indicator light

A 1.4 W lamp is connected to the head light high beam
circuit. When high beam is selected the lamp should illu-
minate.
Temperature gauge
A temperature sensor (1) installed at the cylinder head
water jacket outlet, changes in resistance according to the
temperature of the water. The gauge indicates the wa-
ter temperature according to the electrical current flowing
through the sensor and displays it on the dial.
NDIL14TR00833AB 3
Tachometer
Cable (1) driven from engine, indicates engine speed and
hours worked.
NDIL14TR00834AB 4
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 5
Fuel level gauge

A sensor inside the fuel tank changes is resistance ac-
cording to the fuel level. The gauge measures the resul-
tant current and indicates it as fuel level on the dial.
NDIL14TR00835AA 5
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 6
Instrument cluster - Troubleshooting

Warning lights and Faulty key start switch Inspect and renew
gauges in-operative
Fuses burned out Inspect and renew, check circuit before re-
connecting power
Loose or broken wiring Inspect circuit, tighten connections/ renew
wiring
Gauges erratic or Loose or broken wiring Inspect circuit, tighten connectors / renew
inoperative wiring
Gauges always show Sender line short circuited Check the circuit
maximum reading
(fuel gauge and water
temperature gauge)
Oil pressure gauge Pressure switch faulty Check and renew
showing in green zone
without starting tractor
with ignition switch in
position – 1
Connection not okay Check and correct
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 7
Index

Instrument cluster - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Instrument cluster - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Instrument cluster - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(*) See content for specific models
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 8
47899732 23/06/2015
55.7 [55.408] / 9
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine Reference PAGE

290740 [Engine Lifting Hook] Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 5
291050 [Cylinder Head Valve Engine - Special tools 10.1 / 5
Spring Compressor]
292909 [Special Tool] Mechanical transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
292909 [Special Tool] Reverse gears - Disassemble 21.4 / 22
292904 [Set Of Adjustable Final drive housing - Special tools 27.3 / 5
Pullers]
292904 [Set Of Adjustable Final drive housing - Disassemble 27.3 / 14
Pullers]
47899732 23/06/2015
PRINTED IN INDIA
47899732 23/06/2015
EN

Tractor New Hollnad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tractor New Hollnad

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tractor New Hollnad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

TT55 / TT65 / TT75

Part number 47899732

© 2016 CNH Industrial (India) Pvt.Ltd. All Rights Reserved.

[10.102] Pan and covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2

[10.106] Valve drive and gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3

[10.101] Cylinder heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4

[10.105] Connecting rods and pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5

[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6

[10.110] Balancer and damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7

[10.218] Fuel injection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8

[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9

[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10

[10.414] Fan and drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11

[10.304] Engine lubrication system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12

[21.140] Mechanical transmission internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2

[21.126] Gearbox external controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3

[21.145] Gearbox internal components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2

[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4

Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2

[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3

Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31

[31.201] Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2

Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2

[35.104] Fixed displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2

[35.359] Main control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3

[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4

[35.100] Main lift system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5

[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2

[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3

Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2

[55.201] Engine starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3

[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5

[55.404] External lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6

[55.408] Warning indicators, alarms, and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.7

Notes for equipment

Wheels and tires

Removal and installation

Acid and alkalis

Adhesives and sealers

Solvent based adhesive / sealers

Water base adhesive / sealers

Resin based adhesives / sealers

Anaerobic, cyanoacrylate and other acrylic adhesives

For two-pack systems see resin based adhesives / sealers.

Isocyanate (polyurethane) adhesives / sealers

Highly flammable, flammable, combustible.

Brake and clutch fluids (polyalkylene glycols)

Chemical materials - general

Do keep work areas clean, uncluttered and free of spills.

Do store according to national and local regulations.

Do keep chemical materials out of reach of children.

Do not transfer chemical materials to unlabeled containers.

Clutch linings and pads